Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009   Commission file number 333-147871

 

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   13-3523163
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

14 Schoolhouse Road

Somerset, New Jersey

  08873
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (732) 537-6200

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

(Note: For the past 90 days, the registrant has not been required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     ¨   Yes     ¨   No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ‘large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “non-accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   ¨     Non-accelerated filer   x     Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

On September 15, 2009 there were 100 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ITEM

       PAGE
PART I
 

Special Note Regarding Forward - Looking Statements

   3

Item 1.

 

Business

   4

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   13

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   22

Item 2.

 

Properties

   22

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

   23

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   24
PART II

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

   24

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

   25

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   27

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   47

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   49

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   100

Item 9A(T).

 

Controls and Procedures

   100
 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

   100

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

   101
PART III

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

   102

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

   106

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   136

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   138

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   140
PART IV

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   141

SIGNATURES

     145

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Certain information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be deemed to be “forward-looking statements.” All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Form 10-K are forward-looking statements. In particular, statements that we make regarding future market trends are forward-looking statements. When used in this document, the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “plan,” “should,” “intend,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “potential” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by our management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate. Any forward-looking statements are not guarantees of our future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements. We disclaim any duty to update any forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that may cause actual results, developments and business decisions to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

our substantial indebtedness;

 

   

our ability to service our outstanding indebtedness and the impact such indebtedness may have on the way we operate our business;

 

   

competition in the industry;

 

   

the continued financial viability and success of our suppliers and customers, including the research and development and other scientific endeavors of our customers;

 

   

product or other liability risks inherent in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of our offerings;

 

   

changes in government regulations or our failure to comply with those regulations or other applicable laws, including environmental, health and safety laws;

 

   

difficulties or delays in providing quality offerings, services and support to our customers, including manufacturing problems and difficulties or delays associated with obtaining requisite regulatory consents or approvals associated with those activities;

 

   

uncertainties relating to general economic, political and regulatory conditions;

 

   

inability to enhance our existing or introduce new technology or service offerings in a timely manner, and technological developments and products offered by our competitors;

 

   

increased costs for the raw materials used by our manufacturing businesses or shortages in these raw materials;

 

   

changes in healthcare reimbursement in the United States or internationally;

 

   

currency risks and other risks associated with international markets;

 

   

tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions;

 

   

failure to retain or continue to attract senior management or key personnel;

 

   

disruption of, damage to or failure of our information systems;

 

   

acquisition opportunities and our ability to successfully integrate acquired businesses and realize anticipated benefits of such acquisitions;

 

   

the inability to protect our trade secrets and enforce our patent, copyright and trademark rights, and successful challenges to the validity of our patents, copyrights or trademarks and the associated costs;

 

   

certain liabilities in connection with our pension plans;

 

   

the recent financial crisis and current uncertainty in global economic conditions; and

 

   

conflicts of interest with our controlling investors.

We can give no assurances that any of the events anticipated by the forward-looking statements will occur or, if any of them does, what impact they will have on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

3


Table of Contents
ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“we”, “us”, “our” or the “Company”) is one of the leading providers of advanced drug delivery and packaging technologies and outsourced development, manufacturing, and packaging services to the global pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health industry. Our proprietary drug delivery and packaging technologies help our customers achieve their desired clinical and market outcomes and are used in many well-known products. Our business is organized in three operating segments: Oral Technologies, Sterile Technologies and Packaging Services. Refer to the subsequent events footnote in our financial statements for additional information. We believe that through our prior and ongoing investments in facilities and capacity, our innovation activities and the sales of existing products and introduction of new products by our customers, we will continue to benefit from attractive margins and from the growth potential in these areas.

We have extensive relationships with leading industry customers. In fiscal 2009, we did business with 96 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers and 43 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers. Selected key customers include Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, GlaxoSmithKline, Eli Lilly, Merck, Abbott, Genentech, Wyeth and Novartis. We have many longstanding relationships with our customers, particularly in proprietary technologies, where a product relationship will often last for more than a decade and can extend from clinical development through the end of a product’s life cycle. We serve customers who require innovative product development, superior quality, advanced manufacturing and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs.

We believe our customers value us because our breadth of technologies and services, geographic reach, and depth of expertise enable us to create a broad range of single-or integrated-offering business and product solutions, many of which are unavailable on an integrated basis from other providers of individual technologies or outsourcing services. The aim of our offerings is to allow our customers to manage their own capital bases more efficiently, lower their total costs and focus more concisely on their core competencies to develop and commercialize more products that improve outcomes for patients. We believe our market position, global scale and customer and offering diversity reduce our exposure to potential strategic and product shifts within the industry. For fiscal 2009, we generated net sales of $1.6 billion, with a relatively balanced revenue split between our North American and European operations.

Our history of innovation in the advanced delivery and packaging of drugs formed the foundation of our market-leading business. We have a track record of more than seven decades of oral dose form innovation since we commercialized softgel manufacturing in the 1930s and in 2009 celebrate the 75 th anniversary of our original softgel manufacturing process patent. We launched the “fast dissolve” dose form category by commercializing our Zydis ® technology in the 1980s and introduced a vegetable-based softgel shell system, VegiCaps ® Soft capsules, in 2001. In addition to oral dose innovations, we have three decades of packaging innovation experience in patient and physician sample kits, innovative child resistant/senior-friendly designs, unit dose technology (DelPouch ® /DelStrip ® ) and compliance-enhancing packaging (HingePak™/PillCalendar™/RxBarrier+™). More recently launched technology innovations include our GPEx ® cell line technology for biologics and the new SECURE VIAL™, which expands the application of our blow-fill-seal sterile technology into injectable products. Today we employ more than 1,000 scientists and technicians and hold approximately 1,500 patents and patent applications in advanced drug delivery, biologics formulation, manufacturing and packaging. We apply this portfolio to actively support current and future revenue generation and we may receive exclusivity fees and royalties for certain of our technologies.

Our Competitive Strengths

 

   

Leading Provider of Innovative Proprietary Technologies and Outsourced Services . We are one of the leading providers of proprietary drug delivery and packaging technologies and outsourced services to the global pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health industry. We believe we have the leading outsourced market share position within the Oral Technologies and Packaging Services segments. With over 1,000 scientists and technicians worldwide and approximately 1,500 patents and patent applications, we possess significant depth of proprietary technologies and formulation expertise.

 

   

Longstanding, Extensive Relationships with Blue Chip Customers . We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers, with business in fiscal 2009 with 96 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers and 43 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers. These and more than one thousand of our other customers require high-end product development, superior quality, advanced manufacturing and skilled technical services to support their development and marketed product needs. We believe our customers value us because our geographic reach, breadth of offerings, and depth of expertise enable us to create a broad range of business and product solutions, many of which are unavailable on an integrated basis from other individual providers of outsourcing services.

 

   

Diversified Operating Platform . We are diversified by virtue of our geographic scope as well as across our customer base, our customers’ products, our service offerings and our ability to provide solutions at nearly every stage of product lifecycles. We provide services for thousands of products and customers in nearly 100 countries, with the top 20 products representing less than one-third of total revenue in fiscal 2009. In fiscal 2009, no customer accounted for more than 10%

 

4


Table of Contents
 

of our net revenues. This diversity, combined with long product lifecycles and close customer relationships, has contributed to the stability of our business. It has also allowed us to capitalize on opportunities across the spectrum of outsourced services to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries and reduce our exposure to potential strategic, customer and product shifts.

 

   

Culture of Innovation with Strong Formulation and Engineering Foundation . We have a long track record of innovation across our offerings and, to further encourage active innovation, we have developed incentive compensation systems linked to patent filings and other recognition and reward programs for scientists and non-scientists alike. Our culture of creativity and innovation is founded on our advanced drug delivery and formulation scientists, our advanced packaging and blow-fill-seal design engineers, and our manufacturing engineers throughout our global network. We also design much of our critical softgel manufacturing equipment and design and fabricate tooling and other critical components in many of our businesses.

 

   

Significant Historical Investment in Global Manufacturing . We have made significant past investments to establish a global manufacturing footprint and today hold nearly four million square feet of manufacturing and laboratory space across five continents. Recent investments in facilities and capacity in our Oral Technologies and Sterile Technologies segments have positioned us for future growth in key market areas. These manufacturing and packaging capabilities allow us the flexibility to accommodate the changing needs of our customers while consistently maintaining their quality, delivery and regulatory compliance requirements.

 

   

High Standards of Quality and Regulatory Compliance . We operate our plants in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (“cGMP”), following our own high standards which are consistent with those of many of our large global pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. We have approximately 1,000 employees around the globe focusing on quality and regulatory compliance. More than half of our manufacturing and packaging facilities are registered with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), while some of our manufacturing and packaging facilities are registered with other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the European Medicines Agency (“EMEA”), and certain facilities are registered with multiple regulatory agencies.

 

   

Strong and Experienced Management Team . Our senior management team is operationally focused with nearly 200 years of combined and diverse experience within the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries. With an average tenure of 16 years within healthcare, this team possesses deep market knowledge and a wide network of industry relationships.

 

   

Principal Shareholder with Proven Healthcare Sector Expertise . Our principal shareholder is an entity controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group (Blackstone), a leading global alternative asset manager and financial advisory firm. Current and prior healthcare investments by The Blackstone Group, in addition to the Company, include: Biomet, Emcure, Gerresheimer, Apria Healthcare, Nycomed, DJO Inc., Southern Cross, Stiefel Labs, TeamHealth and Vanguard Health Systems.

Our Strategy

We believe we are well situated to leverage our market-leading position, strong customer relationships, innovative technologies and prior growth investments to generate future growth and attractive returns on capital. We have identified three strategic components to our growth strategy:

 

   

Driving enhanced value in our current businesses through operational excellence, focused selling of development and supply chain solutions, active cross-referral and selling of individual offerings, and maximizing the value created from new offerings, facilities and capacity.

 

   

Creating new value through focused, market-centric innovation and technology leadership efforts, including development of new, differentiated solutions; creating new markets and expanding current markets for our offerings; making obsolete the need for our customers to maintain in-house capabilities in our areas of competency; and new intellectual property generation and access.

 

   

Expanding our participation in marketed products, such as through royalties and profit-sharing opportunities or through development and out-licensing of these products, to enable us to retain a greater share of the value of the products we produce.

The key near-term elements of our growth strategy include:

 

   

Realize Benefits of Our Recent Investments in New Facilities and Expanded Capacity . We have made significant capital investments in our Sterile Technologies and Oral Technologies segments to position us for future growth. These investments are aligned with market segments demonstrating strong growth, such as pre-filled syringes for the US market and fast-dissolve oral drug delivery for many markets globally.

 

   

Continue to Enhance our Operational Excellence . We expect to drive both new sales and margin improvements as a result of continuing our focus on driving Operational Excellence in everything we do. We expect to achieve this via tools

 

5


Table of Contents
 

such as Lean Manufacturing and Six Sigma, among others. Lean Manufacturing includes a set of programs designed to eliminate inefficiencies from processes to drive improved earnings and customer satisfaction, and Six Sigma focuses on significantly reducing process variations and consistently achieving desired product specifications.

 

   

Realize Benefits from Growth Initiatives Already Underway . We have identified specific initiatives and strategies which are intended to drive sales and profitability growth. We expect that potential planned customer launches of products that are currently in development across all of our operating segments will contribute future growth in the near-to-medium term. We expect to drive additional growth through future launches from technology innovation programs that are currently underway. We also have multiple programs in active development for prescription and consumer health products that we believe, if successfully developed and commercially launched, will provide a significant contribution to growth through manufacturing revenues, profit shares and/or royalties.

History

Prior to our acquisition by Blackstone, we operated as part of the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (“PTS”) segment of Cardinal Health, Inc. (“Cardinal”). PTS was created through a series of acquisitions starting in 1996 in order to provide a broad range of specialized, comprehensive market-leading solutions for the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. In 1996, Cardinal acquired PCI Services, Inc., which was the market leader in outsourced packaging for prescription and over-the-counter pharmaceuticals, veterinary and other products. Two years later, R.P. Scherer Corporation, the market leader in advanced oral drug delivery technologies, was acquired. In 1999, in order to participate in the important sterile dose form market, we acquired Automatic Liquid Packaging, Inc., the market leader in blow-fill-seal technology for respiratory treatments, ophthalmics and other areas.

In 2001, we continued our expansion with two acquisitions, SP Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a provider of sterile fill/finish manufacturing and lyophilication services for injectables and International Processing Corporation, which provided us with oral solid coating and dose manufacturing capabilities. In 2002, we entered the fee-for-service analytical chemistry market with the acquisition of Magellan Labs, a leader in the provision of analytical sciences services to the U.S. pharmaceuticals industry. Finally, in 2003, Cardinal acquired Intercare Group PLC, from which we expanded our European manufacturing network. During this period, and through 2006, we also made other selective acquisitions of businesses, facilities and technologies in all segments.

 

6


Table of Contents

Our Segments

Our offerings and services are summarized below by segment.

 

Segment

  

Offerings and Services

   Fiscal 2009
Revenue*
          (in millions)

Oral Technologies

  

•        Formulation, development and manufacturing of prescription and consumer health products using our proprietary softgel and Zydis technologies, as well as conventional technologies

   $ 956.7

Packaging Services

  

•        Contract packaging (blisters, bottles, pouches and unit doses), advanced packaging technologies, printing (inserts, labels, folding cartons), and packaging, storage, distribution and inventory management for clinical trials

   $ 451.4

Sterile Technologies

  

•        Formulation, development, and manufacturing for injectables in prefilled syringe and other formats, and for blow-fill-seal unit dose; analytical and scientific consulting services; biologic cell line development; and development and manufacturing services for inhaled products

   $ 278.5

 

* Segment Revenues excludes inter-segment revenue elimination of $47.1 million.

This table should be read in conjunction with Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Oral Technologies segment

Our Oral Technologies segment provides formulation, development and manufacturing of oral dose forms for prescription and consumer health products. These oral dose forms are products using softgel and modified release technologies.

Softgel

We provide formulation, development and manufacturing services of soft gelatin, or softgel, capsules, which we first commercialized in the 1930s. We are the market leader in overall softgel manufacturing, and we hold the leading market position in the prescription arena. Our two main product lines, traditional softgel capsules (in which the shell is made from animal-derived materials) and VegiCaps ® Soft (in which the shell is made from vegetable-derived materials), are used in a broad range of customer products including in the prescription, over-the-counter and vitamin markets. Softgel capsules encapsulate liquid, paste or oil-based active compounds in solution or suspension into an outer shell, sealing the capsule simultaneously with filling. Softgel capsules have historically been used to solve formulation challenges or technical issues for a specific drug, to help improve the clinical performance of compounds, to provide important market differentiation, particularly for over-the-counter compounds, and to provide safe handling of hormonal, potent and cytotoxic drugs. For example, Wyeth, using our proprietary formulation and shell technologies in their Advil ® Liqui-Gels ® softgel product, was able to obtain clinical proof of a “faster onset” of pain relief than available from competing drugs. As a result, the Liqui-Gel ® products in the Wyeth Advil ® franchise have been one of the faster growing products in this category.

Both physician and patient studies we have conducted have demonstrated a preference for softgel capsules versus traditional tablet and capsule dose forms in terms of ease of swallowing, real or perceived speed of delivery, the ability to remove or eliminate unpleasant odor or taste and, for physicians, perceived improved patient compliance with dosing regimens.

We also participate in the softgel vitamin, mineral and supplement business in selected regions around the world. With our introduction in 2001 of our vegetable-derived softgel shell, VegiCaps ® Soft capsules, drug and consumer health manufacturers have been able to expand the compatibility of the softgel dose form with a broader range of active ingredients and serve patient/consumer populations that were previously inaccessible due to religious, dietary or cultural preferences. Our VegiCaps ® Soft capsules are patent protected in most major global markets.

Representative customers include Wyeth, Novartis, Schering-Plough, GlaxoSmithKline, Mylan and Bayer.

Modified Release

We provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for fast-dissolve (Zydis ® tablets) and controlled release products. We launched the “fast-dissolve” tablet category in 1986 with Zydis ® tablets, a unique oral dosage form that is freeze-dried in its package, can be swallowed without water and which dissolves in the mouth in typically less than three seconds. Typically used for drugs and for patients who can benefit from rapid oral disintegration, it is utilized in a wide range of products and indications, including a broad range of central nervous system-related disease treatments, such as products for migraines, Parkinsons’ Disease, schizophrenia, and pain-relief. Zydis ® tablets continue to be used in new ways by our customers as we extend the application of the technology to new categories, such as a recently launched product for allergies that can replace existing injection delivery. We plan to continue to expand the development pipeline of customer products for Zydis ® tablets.

 

7


Table of Contents

For controlled release, we offer a broad range of proprietary and conventional technologies that allow for once-daily administration of drugs instead of more frequent dosing, taste-masking, and other functional benefits.

Representative customers include Pfizer, Eli Lilly, Abbott, Johnson & Johnson, Schering-Plough, Merck and GlaxoSmithKline.

Sterile Technologies segment

Our Sterile Technologies segment principally provides formulation, development and manufacturing services for products requiring aseptic processing, including products for injection and inhalation, using both traditional and advanced blow-fill seal technology. The segment also provides biologic cell line development technologies, analytical chemistry services, and regulatory consulting.

Injectables

We provide formulation, development, clinical and commercial manufacturing and analytical services for injectable products. Our range of injectable manufacturing offerings includes filling drugs or biologics into pre-filled syringes, bags and other delivery formats. We provide integrated solutions offerings and related supporting services such as process validation skills. With our range of injectable solutions we are able to meet a wide range of specifications, timelines and budgets. The complexity of the manufacturing, know-how and high start-up capital requirements create significant barriers to entry and, as a result, there are a limited number of competitors.

Representative customers include Pfizer, Sanofi Aventis and Novartis.

Blow-Fill-Seal

Blow-fill-seal is an advanced aseptic processing technology which uses a continuous process to form, fill with drug, and seal a plastic container in a sterile environment. Blow-fill-seal units are typically substantially lower cost per unit than traditional sterile forms and are currently primarily used for non-injectable drugs, such as respiratory, ophthalmic and otic products. In fiscal 2009, we had the number one market share position in outsourced blow-fill-seal, and we operate the largest capacity commercial manufacturing blow-fill-seal facility in the world.

Our sterile blow-fill-seal manufacturing has the capacity and flexibility of manufacturing configurations and solutions for products that are temperature, light and oxygen-sensitive. We also provide innovation around complex container design and manufacturing. Our regulatory expertise leads to decreased time to commercialization and our dedicated and development production lines support feasibility, stability and clinical runs. In fiscal 2009, we introduced our new blow-fill-seal produced injectable vial technology, SECURE-VIAL™, for liquid injectable products. We plan to continue to expand our product line in existing and new markets and in higher margin specialty products with additional respiratory, ophthalmic, injectable and nasal applications.

Representative customers include Novartis, Roche and Alcon.

Other

We also offer additional capabilities, in certain areas of which we have a leading market share position, including analytical chemical and cell-based testing and scientific services, respiratory products formulation and manufacturing, regulatory consulting, and biologics product development. Our respiratory product capabilities include development services for sterile products and inhaled products for delivery via metered dose inhalers, dry powder inhalers and nasal sprays. Our offerings are based on quality, execution and performance as well as the depth and breadth of services offered. We provide global regulatory and clinical support services and create for our customers regulatory and clinical strategies during all stages of development. Our biologics offerings include our advanced and patented Gene Product Expression or GPEx ® , technology, which is used to develop stable, high-yielding mammalian cell lines for biologic compounds. Our GPEx ® technology can provide rapid cell line development, high biologics production yields, flexibility and versatility and has been used for a commercially-launched product.

Packaging Services segment

We offer standard and custom packaging and printing solutions for prescription drugs and biologics, over-the-counter medications, and veterinary and consumer health products. We convert bulk tablets, capsules, syringes and other dose forms into market-ready packages, such as blister packs, pouches, sachets and bottles. Our capabilities also include designing, printing and producing the paper-based components of drug packaging, including folding cartons, inserts, labels and patient information materials. Examples of our patented and proprietary technologies include the design of the award-winning DelPouch ® package for unit dosing of topical compounds and DelStrip ® for child-resistant packaging of oral film medications.

We have more than three decades of package design innovation experience, including child resistant packaging, compliance-enhancing calendar packaging designs such as Hingepak ® , leading-edge anti-counterfeiting packaging solutions, and two-dimensional bar code-and RFID-incorporating packaging processes. We remain focused on providing fully integrated solutions, both within the packaging area and also across our manufacturing and packaging offerings. Our scalability and flexibility is a key to our success,

 

8


Table of Contents

allowing us to meet the needs for products of varying sizes, from orphan drugs all the way through blockbuster launches. We have the ability to produce materials for and package more than 200 different products simultaneously in our network of facilities.

In addition, we provide manufacturing, packaging, storage and inventory management for drugs and biologics in clinical trials. We offer customers flexible solutions for clinical supplies production, and provide distribution and inventory management support for both simple and complex clinical trials. This includes dose form manufacturing or overencapsulation where needed, placebos, comparator drugs, clinical packages and kits for physicians and patients, inventory management, investigator kit ordering and fulfillment, and return supply reconciliation and reporting. We support trials in most regions of the world through our network of facilities.

In Fiscal 2009, we continued to maintain a market-leading position in the commercial packaging business, despite a net reduction of product packaging outsourced by our customers as they transferred volumes to in-house capacity.

Representative customers include Johnson & Johnson, GlaxoSmithKline, Novartis, Wyeth, Amgen, Sankyo and Pfizer.

Product Solutions

We are differentiated in the pharmaceutical outsourcing market by our ability to offer a broad range of innovative, integrated solutions which can help our customers take their compounds from laboratory to market. Once a product is on the market, we can also provide comprehensive integrated product supply, from the sourcing of the bulk drug to comprehensive manufacturing and packaging to the testing and release to distribution. Customer solutions we develop are flexible, scalable and creative, so that they meet the unique needs of both large and emerging companies, and for products of all sizes. We believe that our integrated solutions will become an increasingly important contributor to our growth in the future.

Sales and Marketing

Our target customers include large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, mid-size, emerging and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, and consumer health companies, along with other selected healthcare market segments. We have longstanding, extensive relationships with leading pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. In fiscal 2009, we did business with 96 of the top 100 global pharmaceutical marketers, and 43 of the top 50 biotechnology marketers, as well as more than one thousand other customers. Faced with pricing and reimbursement pressures as well as other market challenges, large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have increasingly been seeking to enhance the clinical competitiveness of their drugs and biologics and to reduce their fixed cost base. Many mid-size, emerging and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, while facing the same pricing and market pressures, have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather to partner with other companies—through licensing, collaborations or outsourcing—to access the critical skills, technologies and services required to bring their products to market. Consumer health companies require rapidly developed, innovative dose forms, packaging and formulations to keep up in the fast-paced over-the-counter and vitamins markets. These market segments are all critically important to our growth, but require distinct solutions, marketing and sales approaches, and market strategy.

We follow a hybrid demand generation organization model, with both global account teams offering the full breadth of Catalent’s solutions to selected accounts, and technical specialist teams providing the depth of technical knowledge and practical experience in each individual offering. All business development and field sales representatives ultimately report to a single sales head, and significant investments have been made in capabilities-specific training and selling. Our sales organization currently consists of more than 100 full-time, experienced sales professionals. We participate in major trade shows relevant to the offerings globally and ensure adequate visibility to our offerings and solutions through a comprehensive advertising and publicity program.

Global Accounts

We manage selected accounts globally due to their materiality and growth potential by establishing strategic plans, goals and targets. Account leaders are also responsible for developing and leading the execution of an annual sales/operating plan for the account. We recorded approximately 35% of our total revenue in fiscal 2009 from these global accounts. These accounts are assigned a dedicated business development professional with substantial industry experience. Account leaders are responsible for managing the overall account relationship, and for most accounts one member of the executive management team is also assigned to assist in building peer-to-peer executive relationships. Growing sales, profitability, and increasing account penetration are key goals and linked to compensation. Account leaders also work closely with the rest of the sales organization to ensure alignment around critical priorities for the accounts.

Emerging, Specialty and Virtual Accounts.

Emerging, specialty and virtual pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are expected to be a critical driver of industry growth globally. For example, nearly all of the industry-wide revenue growth between 2008 and 2014 is expected to come from companies other than the top 10 pharmaceutical companies. In addition, we believe the majority of compounds in development are also from these emerging companies. Historically, many of these companies have chosen not to build a full infrastructure, but rather partner with other companies to produce their products. We expect them to continue to do so in the future, and to provide critical sources for future integrated solution demand.

 

9


Table of Contents

We expect to continue to increase our penetration of geographic clusters of emerging companies in North America and Europe. We regularly use active pipeline screening and customer targeting to identify the optimal candidates for partnering based on product profiles, funding status, and relationships, to ensure that our technical sales specialists and field sales representatives develop the custom type of integrated solutions most needed by each customer.

Contractual Arrangements

We generally enter into a broad range of contractual arrangements with our customers, including agreements with respect to feasibility, development, supply, licenses, packaging, service arrangements and quality. The terms of these contracts vary significantly depending on the offering and customer requirements. Some of our agreements may include a variety of revenue arrangements such as fee-for-service, royalties, profit-sharing and fixed fees. We generally secure pricing and contract mechanisms in our supply agreements that allow for periodic resetting of pricing terms and, in some cases, these agreements provide for our ability to renegotiate pricing in the event of certain price increases for the raw materials underlying our products. Our typical supply agreements include indemnification from our customers for product liability and intellectual property matters and caps on Catalent’s contractual liabilities, subject in each case to negotiated exclusions. In addition, our typical manufacturing supply agreement terms range from two to five years with regular renewals of one to three years, although some of our agreements are terminable upon much shorter notice periods, such as 30 or 90 days.

Manufacturing Capabilities

Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey. We also operate manufacturing facilities, development centers and sales offices throughout the world. We have 30 facilities on five continents with nearly four million square feet of manufacturing, lab and related space, excluding one location currently held for sale. Our manufacturing capabilities encompass a full suite of competencies including regulatory, quality assurance and in-house validation at all of the production sites.

We operate our plants in accordance with GMP, utilizing the same high standards as our large pharmaceutical and biotechnology customers. Twenty of the thirty plants are registered with the FDA, while some of our manufacturing and packaging facilities are registered with other applicable regulatory agencies, such as the EMEA, and certain facilities are registered with multiple regulatory agencies.

We have invested approximately $700 million in our manufacturing facilities since fiscal 2005 through improvements and expansions in our facilities including $83.7 million on capital expenditures in fiscal 2009. We believe that all of our facilities and equipment are in good condition, are well maintained and are able to operate at present levels.

Our manufacturing operations are focused on regulatory compliance, continuous improvement, process standardization and excellence in execution across the organization. Our manufacturing operations are structured around an enterprise management philosophy and methodology that utilizes principles and tools common to a number of quality management programs including Six Sigma and Lean Manufacturing.

Raw Materials

We use a broad and diverse range of raw materials in the design, development and manufacture of our products. This includes, but is not limited to key materials such as gelatin, starch, and iota carrageenan for the Oral Technologies segment; packaging films and paper products for our Packaging Technologies segment, and resin for our blow-fill-seal sterile business in our Sterile Technologies segment. The raw materials that we use are sourced externally on a global basis. Globally, our supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters and international supply disruptions, including those caused by pandemics, geopolitical issues and other issues. For example, the supply of gelatin is obtained from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (“BSE”) have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin from any one or more key suppliers, there can be no assurance that we could obtain an alternative supply from our other suppliers. If future restrictions were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin from certain geographic sources due to concerns of contamination from BSE, any such restriction could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products and the use of alternative non-bovine-derived gelatin for specific customer products could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval.

We work very closely with our suppliers to assure continuity of supply while maintaining excellence in material quality and reliability. We continually evaluate alternate sources of supply, although we do not typically pursue regulatory qualification of alternative sources due to the strength of our existing supplier relationships, the reliability of our current supplier base and the time and expense associated with the regulatory process. Although a change in suppliers could require significant effort or investment by us in circumstances where the items supplied are integral to the performance of our products or incorporate unique technology such as gelatin, we do not believe that the loss of any existing supply arrangement would have a material adverse effect on our business. See

 

10


Table of Contents

“Risk Factor—Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials.”

Competition

We compete on several fronts both domestically and internationally, including competing with other companies that provide advanced technologies or outsourcing services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health companies based in North America, Latin America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. We also may compete with the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health manufacturers that choose to source these services internally, where possible. In Fiscal 2009, we experienced a net reduction of product packaging outsourced by our customers as they transferred such volumes to in-house capacity.

Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how (where relevant), consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value and speed.

Employees

We have approximately 9,200 employees in thirty facilities on five continents, excluding one facility held for sale and accounted for as discontinued operations. Fourteen facilities are in the United States, two of which are unionized; the unionized facility has a five-year collective bargaining agreement in place, with approximately one year remaining. National work councils and/or unions are active at all twelve of our European facilities consistent with labor environments/laws in European countries. Similar relationships with labor unions or national work councils exist in our plants in Argentina, Brazil and Australia. Our management believes that our employee relations are satisfactory.

 

     North America    Europe    South America    Asia Pacific    Total

Approximate Number of Employees

   4,200    4,000    500    500    9,200

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect a number of our offerings, services and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. We operate under licenses from third parties for certain patents, software and information technology systems and proprietary technology and in certain instances we license our technology to third parties. We also have a long track record of innovation across our lines of business and, to further encourage active innovation, we have developed incentive compensation systems linked to patent filings and other recognition and reward programs for scientists and non-scientists alike. We maintain a multi-disciplinary Innovation Council to assess and prioritize innovation investments.

We have applied in the United States and certain foreign countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service marks and patents, some of which have been registered and issued, and also hold common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. We hold approximately 1,500 patents and patent applications worldwide in advanced drug delivery, biologics formulation, manufacturing and packaging.

We hold patents and license rights relating to certain aspects of our packaging services, formulations, nutritional and pharmaceutical dosage forms, mammalian cell engineering and sterile manufacturing services. We also hold patents relating to certain processes and products. We have a number of pending patent applications in the United States and certain foreign countries, and intend to pursue additional patents as appropriate. We have enforced and will continue to enforce our intellectual property rights in the United States and worldwide.

We do not consider any particular patent, trademark, license, franchise or concession to be material to our overall business.

Regulatory Matters

The manufacture, distribution and marketing of the use of our offerings for the products of our customers in this industry are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, other government authorities and foreign regulatory authorities. Certain of our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and will be required to comply with operating and security standards of, the DEA, the FDA, the DHHS, the European Union member states and various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as foreign agencies, and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

In addition, certain of our subsidiaries may be subject to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, The Public Health Service Act, the Controlled Substances Act and comparable state and foreign regulations, and the Needlestick Safety and Prevention Act.

 

11


Table of Contents

Laws regulating the manufacture and distribution of products also exist in most other countries where our subsidiaries conduct business. In addition, the international manufacturing operations are subject to local certification requirements, including compliance with domestic and/or foreign good manufacturing practices and quality system regulations established by the FDA and/or applicable foreign regulatory authorities.

We are also subject to various federal, state, local, foreign and transnational laws, regulations and recommendations, both in the United States and abroad, relating to safe working conditions, laboratory and manufacturing practices and the use, transportation and disposal of hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. In addition, U.S. and international import and export laws and regulations require us to abide by certain standards relating to the importation and exportation of finished goods, raw materials and supplies and the handling of information. We are also subject to certain laws and regulations concerning the conduct of our foreign operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and anti-bribery laws and laws pertaining to the accuracy of our internal books and records.

The costs associated with complying with the various applicable federal regulations, as well as state, local, foreign and transnational regulations, could be significant and the failure to comply with all such legal requirements could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Quality Assurance

We are committed to creating and maintaining the highest standard of regulatory compliance while providing high quality products to our customers. To meet these commitments, we have developed and implemented quality systems and concepts throughout the organization that we believe are appropriate. Our senior management team is actively involved in setting quality policies, standards and internal position papers as well as managing internal and external quality performance. Our quality assurance department provides quality leadership and supervises our quality systems programs. An internal audit program monitors compliance with all applicable regulations, standards and internal policies. In addition, our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other equivalent local, state and foreign regulatory authorities. All FDA and DEA inspectional observations have been resolved or are under longer term remediation and are on track to be completed at the prescribed timeframe provided in response to the agency. We believe that our operations are in compliance in all material respects with the regulations under which our facilities are governed. We have more than 1,000 employees around the globe focusing on quality and regulatory compliance.

Environmental Matters

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those of the EPA and equivalent state, local and foreign regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination and employee health and safety. Our manufacturing facilities use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us, for which we have recorded appropriate reserves as needed.

 

12


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently believe are immaterial, may also impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial leverage could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or in our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting our obligations under the notes.

We are highly leveraged. The following chart shows our level of indebtedness as of June 30, 2009.

 

Maturity

                     June 30, 2009
                 (in millions)

Debt:

        

Senior secured credit facilities

        

Revolving credit facility (1)

  April 2013        $ 36.0

Term loan facilities (2)

  April 2014          1,404.2

Senior toggle notes

  April 2015          565.0

Senior subordinated notes (3)

  April 2017          303.2

Other obligations

           38.9
            

Total debt

         $ 2,347.3
            

 

(1) We have a senior secured $350.0 million revolving credit facility, with an original six-year maturity.
(2) We have approximately $1,404.2 million (U.S. dollar equivalent) aggregate principal amount of senior secured term loan facilities, consisting of a $1,038.8 million U.S. dollar-denominated tranche and a €259.7 million Euro-denominated tranche (equal to $365.4 million based on an exchange rate of €1 = $1.4069), each with an original seven-year maturity.
(3) Represents the U.S. dollar-equivalent of the €215.5 million aggregate principal amount of senior subordinated notes based on an exchange rate of €1 = $1.4069.

Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for us, including:

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic, industry or competitive developments;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of fluctuations in exchange rates because certain of our borrowings, including our senior secured term loan facilities and the senior subordinated notes, are denominated in euros;

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including the notes, and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants and borrowing conditions, could result in an event of default under the indentures governing the notes and the agreements governing such other indebtedness;

 

   

restricting us from making strategic acquisitions or causing us to make non-strategic divestitures;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, product development, debt service requirements, acquisitions and general corporate or other purposes; and

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who are less highly leveraged and who, therefore, may be able to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting.

Our total interest expense was $183.2 million and $204.3 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. A 1% increase in such rates would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $9.4 million.

 

13


Table of Contents

The recent financial crisis and current uncertainty in global economic conditions could negatively affect our operating results.

The current financial crisis and uncertainty in global economic conditions have resulted in substantial volatility in the credit markets and a low level of liquidity in many financial markets. These conditions may result in a further slowdown to the global economy that could affect our business by reducing the prices that end market participants are willing to pay for our customer’s products or by reducing the demand of our offerings, which could in turn negatively impact our sales and revenue generation and result in a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations, financial position and prospects.

Despite our high indebtedness level, we and our subsidiaries will still be able to incur significant additional amounts of debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the indentures governing the notes and the senior secured credit facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness that could be incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. In addition to the $350.0 million available to us for borrowing under the revolving credit facility subject to certain conditions, we have the option to increase the amount available under the term loan and revolving credit facilities by up to an aggregate of $300.0 million on an uncommitted basis. As of June 30, 2009, we had $36.0 million outstanding under our $350.0 million revolving credit facility. In addition, under the senior toggle notes, we have the option to elect to pay interest in the form of PIK Interest, as defined in Note 7 of the audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements, which will increase our debt by the amount of any such interest. If new debt is added to our or our subsidiaries’ existing debt levels, the risks associated with debt we currently face would increase. The Company delivered notice on April 6, 2009 to The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), in its capacity as trustee under the indenture for the Company’s outstanding Senior Toggle Notes that, with respect to the interest that will be due on such notes on the October 15, 2009 interest payment date, the Company will make such interest payment by using the PIK feature of the Senior Toggle Notes at the PIK interest rate of 10.25% instead of paying interest in cash. The entirely PIK interest election is now the default election for future interest periods unless the Company elects otherwise prior to the beginning of any future interest period.

Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our senior secured credit facilities and the indentures governing the notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness and issue certain preferred stock;

 

   

pay certain dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

   

place limitations on distributions from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

issue or sell capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

guarantee certain indebtedness;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

sell or exchange assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create certain liens; and

 

   

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of the revolving credit facility, permit the lenders to cease making loans to us. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior secured credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and to terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Such actions by those lenders could cause cross defaults under our other indebtedness. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness. We pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under the senior secured credit facilities. If the lenders under the senior secured credit facilities accelerate the repayment of borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay the senior secured credit facilities as well as our unsecured indebtedness, including the notes. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities include other and more restrictive covenants and restrict our ability to prepay our other indebtedness, including the notes. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control.

 

14


Table of Contents

We utilize derivative financial instruments to reduce our exposure to market risks from changes in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness and we are exposed to risks related to counterparty credit worthiness or non-performance of these instruments

We enter into pay-fixed interest rate swaps to limit our exposure to changes in variable interest rates. We are exposed to credit-related losses which could impact the results of operations in the event of fluctuations in the fair value of the interest rate swaps due to a change in the credit worthiness or non-performance by the counterparties to the interest rate swaps.

Risks Related to our Business

We participate in a highly competitive market and increased competition may adversely affect our business.

We operate in a market that is highly competitive. We compete on several fronts, both domestically and internationally, including competing with other companies that provide outsourcing services to pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health companies based in North America, Latin America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. We also may compete with the internal operations of those pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health manufacturers that choose to source these services internally, where possible. In Fiscal 2009, we experienced a net reduction of product packaging outsourced by our customers as they transferred such volumes to in-house capacity.

We face material competition in each of our markets. Competition is driven by proprietary technologies and know-how, consistency of operational performance, quality, price, value and speed. Some competitors may have greater financial, research and development, operational and marketing resources than we do. Competition may also increase as additional companies begin to enter our markets or use their existing resources to compete directly with ours. Expanded competition from manufacturers in low-cost jurisdictions, such as India and China, may in the future impact our results of operations or prevent our growth. Greater financial, research and development, operational and marketing resources may allow our competitors to respond more quickly with new or emerging technologies and to changes in the nature or extent of our customer requirements that may render our offerings obsolete or non-competitive, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The demand for our offerings depends in part on our customers’ research and development and other scientific endeavors. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed if our customers spend less on or are less successful in these activities.

Our customers are engaged in research, development and production in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health markets. The amount of customer spending on research, development and production has a large impact on our sales and profitability, particularly the amount our customers choose to spend on outsourcing. Our customers determine the amounts that they will spend based upon, among other things, available resources and their need to develop new products, which, in turn, is dependent upon a number of factors, including their competitors’ research, development and production initiatives, and the anticipated reimbursement scenarios for specific products and therapeutic areas. In addition, consolidation in the industries in which our customers operate may have an impact on such spending as customers integrate acquired operations, including research and development departments and their budgets. Our customers finance their research and development spending from private and public sources. A reduction in spending by our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to product and other liability risks that could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

We are subject to significant product liability and other liability risks that are inherent in the design, development, manufacture and marketing of our offerings. We may be named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits, which may allege that our offerings have resulted or could result in an unsafe condition or injury to consumers. Such lawsuits could be costly to defend and could result in reduced sales, significant liabilities and diversion of management’s time, attention and resources. Even claims without merit could subject us to adverse publicity and require us to incur significant legal fees.

Furthermore, product liability claims and lawsuits, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business operations, financial condition and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. We have historically sought to manage this risk through the combination of product liability insurance and contractual indemnities and liability limitations in our agreements with customers and vendors. The availability of product liability insurance for companies in the pharmaceutical industry is generally more limited than insurance available to companies in other industries. Insurance carriers providing product liability insurance to those in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries generally limit the amount of available policy limits, require larger self-insured retentions and exclude coverage for certain products and claims. There can be no assurance that a successful product liability claim or other liability claim would be adequately covered by our applicable insurance policies or by any applicable contractual indemnity or liability limitations. In addition, as we seek to expand our participation in marketed products through royalty and profit sharing arrangements, our ability to contractually limit our liability may be restricted.

 

15


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated. We are subject to various local, state, federal, foreign and transnational laws and regulations, which include the operating and security standards of the United States Drug Enforcement Agency (“DEA”), FDA, various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments, the United States Department of Health and Human Service (“DHHS”), the European Union member states and other comparable agencies and, in the future, any changes to such laws and regulations could adversely affect us. In particular, we are subject to laws and regulations concerning good manufacturing practices and drug safety. Our subsidiaries may be required to register for permits and/or licenses with, and will be required to comply with the laws and regulations of the DEA, the FDA, DHHS and foreign agencies including the EMEA and other various state boards of pharmacy, state health departments and/or comparable state agencies as well as other foreign agencies and certain accrediting bodies depending upon the type of operations and location of product distribution, manufacturing and sale.

The manufacture, distribution and marketing of our offerings for use in our customers’ products are subject to extensive ongoing regulation by the FDA, the DEA, the EMEA, and other equivalent local, state, federal and foreign regulatory authorities. Failure by us or by our customers to comply with the requirements of the FDA, the DEA, the EMEA and the local, state, federal and foreign regulatory authorities could result in warning letters, product recalls or seizures, monetary sanctions, injunctions to halt manufacture and distribution, restrictions on our operations, civil or criminal sanctions, or withdrawal of existing or denial of pending approvals, including those relating to products or facilities. In addition, such a failure could expose us to contractual and product liability claims as well as contractual claims from our customers, including claims for reimbursement for lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant.

In addition, any new offerings or products must undergo lengthy and rigorous clinical testing and other extensive, costly and time-consuming procedures mandated by the FDA, the EMEA and other equivalent local, state, federal and foreign regulatory authorities. We or our customers may elect to delay or cancel anticipated regulatory submissions for current or proposed new products for any number of reasons.

Although we believe that we are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that a regulatory agency or tribunal would not reach a different conclusion concerning the compliance of our operations with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or renew existing permits, licenses or any other regulatory approvals or obtain, without significant delay, future permits, licenses or other approvals needed for the operation of our businesses. Any noncompliance by us with applicable laws and regulations or the failure to maintain, renew or obtain necessary permits and licenses could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to provide quality offerings to our customers could have an adverse effect on our business and subject us to regulatory actions and costly litigation.

Our results depend on our ability to continue to execute and improve when necessary our quality management strategy and program, and effectively train and maintain our employee base with respect to quality management. Quality management plays an essential role in determining and meeting customer requirements, preventing defects and improving our offerings. While we have a network of quality systems throughout our business units and facilities which relate to the design, formulation, development, manufacturing, packaging, sterilization, handling, distribution and labeling of our customers’ products which use our offerings, quality and safety issues may occur with respect to any of our offerings. A quality or safety issue could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may subject us to regulatory actions, including product recalls, product seizures, injunctions to halt manufacture and distribution, restrictions on our operations, civil sanctions, including monetary sanctions and criminal actions. In addition, such an issue could subject us to costly litigation, including claims from our customers for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant.

The services and offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, and if we encounter problems providing the services or support required, our business could suffer.

The offerings we provide are highly exacting and complex, particularly in our Sterile Technologies segment, due in part to strict regulatory requirements. From time to time, problems may arise in connection with facility operations or during preparation or provision of an offering, in both cases for a variety of reasons including, but not limited to, equipment malfunction, sterility variances or failures, failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, problems with raw materials and environmental factors. Such problems could affect production of a particular batch or series of batches, requiring the destruction of product, or could halt facility production altogether. This could, among other things, lead to increased costs, lost revenue, damage to customer relations, reimbursement to customers for lost active pharmaceutical ingredients, time and expense spent investigating the cause and, depending on the cause, similar losses with respect to other batches or products. Production problems in our contract manufacturing operations could be particularly significant because the cost of raw materials is often higher than in our other businesses. If problems are not discovered before the product is released to the market, recall and product liability costs may also be incurred. In addition, such risks may be greater at facilities that are new or going through significant expansion.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our global operations are subject to a number of economic, political and regulatory risks.

We conduct our operations in various regions of the world, including North America, South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. Global economic and regulatory developments affect businesses such as ours in many ways. Our operations are subject to the effects of global competition, including potential competition from manufacturers in low-cost jurisdictions such as India and China. Local jurisdiction risks include regulatory risks arising from local laws. Our global operations are also affected by local economic environments, including inflation and recession. Political changes, some of which may be disruptive, can interfere with our supply chain and customers and some or all of our activities in a particular location. While some of these risks can be hedged using derivatives or other financial instruments and some are insurable, such attempts to mitigate these risks are costly and not always successful. Also, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates can impact our consolidated financial results.

If we do not enhance our existing or introduce new technology or service offerings in a timely manner, our offerings may become obsolete over time, customers may not buy our offerings and our revenue and profitability may decline.

The healthcare industry is characterized by rapid technological change. Demand for our offerings may change in ways we may not anticipate because of such evolving industry standards as well as a result of evolving customer needs that are increasingly sophisticated and varied and the introduction by others of new offerings and technologies. Several of our higher margin offerings are based on proprietary technologies. The patents for these technologies will ultimately expire, and these offerings may become subject to generic competition. Without the timely introduction of enhanced or new offerings, our offerings may become obsolete over time, in which case our revenue and operating results would suffer. For example, if we are unable to respond to changes in the nature or extent of the technological or other needs of our pharmaceutical customers through enhancing our offerings, our competition may develop product portfolios that are more competitive than ours and we could find it more difficult to renew or expand existing agreements or obtain new agreements. Innovations directed at continuing to offer enhanced or new offerings generally will require a substantial investment before we can determine their commercial viability, and we may not have the financial resources necessary to fund these innovations.

The success of enhanced or new offerings will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

 

   

properly anticipate and satisfy customer needs, including increasing demand for lower cost products;

 

   

enhance, innovate, develop and manufacture new offerings in an economical and timely manner;

 

   

differentiate our offerings from competitors’ offerings;

 

   

achieve positive clinical outcomes for our customers’ new products;

 

   

meet safety requirements and other regulatory requirements of government agencies;

 

   

obtain valid and enforceable intellectual property rights; and

 

   

avoid infringing the proprietary rights of third parties.

Even if we succeed in creating enhanced or new offerings from these innovations, they may still fail to result in commercially successful offerings or may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development, and they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of offerings embodying new technologies or features. Finally, innovations may not be accepted quickly in the marketplace because of, among other things, entrenched patterns of clinical practice, the need for regulatory clearance and uncertainty over third-party reimbursement.

We and our customers depend on patents, copyrights, trademarks and other forms of intellectual property protections, however, these protections may not be adequate.

We rely on a combination of trade secret, patent, copyright and trademark and other intellectual property laws, nondisclosure and other contractual provisions and technical measures to protect a number of our offerings and intangible assets. These proprietary rights are important to our ongoing operations. There can be no assurance that these protections will prove meaningful against competitive offerings or otherwise be commercially valuable or that we will be successful in obtaining additional intellectual property or enforcing our intellectual property rights against unauthorized users. Our exclusive rights under certain of our offerings are protected by patents, some of which are subject to expire in the near term. When patents covering an offering expire, loss of exclusivity may occur and this may force us to compete with third parties, thereby affecting our revenue and profitability. We do not currently expect any material loss of revenue to occur as a result of the expiration of any material patent.

Our proprietary rights may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. We have in the past been subject to patent oppositions before the European Patent Office and we may in the future be subject to patent oppositions in Europe or other jurisdictions in which we hold patent rights. In addition, in the future, we may need to take legal actions to enforce our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. The outcome of any such legal action may be unfavorable to us.

These legal actions regardless of outcome might result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Although we use reasonable efforts to protect our proprietary and confidential information, there can be no assurance that our

 

17


Table of Contents

confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements will not be breached, our trade secrets will not otherwise become known by competitors or that we will have adequate remedies in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of proprietary information. Even if the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property is upheld, a court might construe our intellectual property not to cover the alleged infringement. In addition, intellectual property enforcement may be unavailable in some foreign countries. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or that third parties will not design around our patent claims to produce competitive offerings. The use of our technology or similar technology by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business.

We have applied in the United States and certain foreign countries for registration of a number of trademarks, service marks and patents, some of which have been registered or issued, and also claim common law rights in various trademarks and service marks. In the past, third parties have opposed our applications to register intellectual property and there can be no assurance that they will not do so in the future. It is possible that in some cases we may be unable to obtain the registrations for trademarks, service marks and patents for which we have applied and a failure to obtain trademark and patent registrations in the United States or other countries could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and proprietary technologies and impede our marketing efforts in those jurisdictions.

Our use of certain intellectual property rights is also subject to license agreements with third parties for certain patents, software and information technology systems and proprietary technologies. If these license agreements were terminated for any reason, it could result in the loss of our rights to this intellectual property, our operations may be materially adversely affected and we may be unable to commercialize certain offerings.

In addition, many of our branded pharmaceutical customers rely on patents to protect their products from generic competition. Because incentives exist in some countries, including the United States, for generic pharmaceutical companies to challenge these patents, pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are under the ongoing threat of a challenge to their patents. If our customers’ patents were successfully challenged and as a result subjected to generic competition, the market for our customers’ products could be significantly impacted, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our future results of operations are subject to fluctuations in the costs, availability, and suitability of the components of the products we manufacture, including active pharmaceutical ingredients, excipients, purchased components, and raw materials.

We depend on various active pharmaceutical ingredients, components, compounds, raw materials, and energy supplied primarily by others for our offerings. This includes, but is not limited to, gelatin, starch, iota carrageenan, petroleum-based products, packaging components, and resin. It is possible that any of our supplier relationships could be interrupted due to natural disasters, international supply disruptions caused by pandemics, geopolitical issues or other events or could be terminated in the future.

For example, gelatin is a key component in our Oral Technologies segment. The supply of gelatin is obtained from a limited number of sources. In addition, much of the gelatin we use is bovine-derived. Past concerns of contamination from Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (“BSE”) have narrowed the number of possible sources of particular types of gelatin. If there were a future disruption in the supply of gelatin from any one or more key suppliers, we may not be able to obtain an alternative supply from our other suppliers. If future restrictions were to emerge on the use of bovine-derived gelatin due to concerns of contamination from BSE, any such restriction could hinder our ability to timely supply our customers with products and the use of alternative non-bovine-derived gelatin could be subject to lengthy formulation, testing and regulatory approval.

Any sustained interruption in our receipt of adequate supplies could have an adverse effect on us. In addition, while we have processes intended to reduce volatility in component and material pricing, we may not be able to successfully manage price fluctuations and future price fluctuations or shortages may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Changes in healthcare reimbursement in the United States or internationally could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The healthcare industry has changed significantly over time, and we expect the industry to continue to evolve. Some of these changes, such as healthcare reform, adverse changes in government funding of healthcare products and services, legislation or regulations governing the privacy of patient information, or the delivery or pricing of pharmaceuticals and healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to reduce the amount of our offerings they purchase or the price they are willing to pay for our offerings. Changes in the healthcare industry’s pricing, selling, inventory, distribution or supply policies or practices could also significantly reduce our revenue and results of operations. Particularly, volatility in individual product demand may result from changes in public or private payer reimbursement or coverage.

 

18


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and other foreign currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial performance and results of operations.

As a company with many international entities, certain revenues, costs, assets and liabilities, including a portion of our senior secured credit facilities and the senior subordinated notes, are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies or any other applicable currencies to the U.S. dollar will affect our revenues, earnings and cash flows and could result in unrealized and realized exchange losses despite any efforts we may undertake to manage or mitigate our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.

Tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are a large multinational corporation with operations in the United States and international jurisdictions, including North America, South America, Europe and the Asia-Pacific region. As such, we are subject to the tax laws and regulations of the United States federal, state and local governments and of many international jurisdictions. From time to time, various legislative initiatives may be proposed that could adversely affect our tax positions. There can be no assurance that our effective tax rate or tax payments will not be adversely affected by these initiatives. In addition, United States federal, state and local, as well as international tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. There can be no assurance that our tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any such challenge.

We are dependent on key personnel.

We depend on senior executive officers and other key personnel, including our technical personnel, to run and grow our business and to develop new enhancements, offerings and technologies. The loss of any of these officers or other personnel combined with a failure to attract and retain suitably skilled technical personnel could adversely affect our operations. Although an incentive compensation plan was adopted after the Acquisition as defined in Note 2 to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements the fact that we do not have the ability to compensate employees with publicly traded equity may have a negative impact on our ability to recruit and retain professionals, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks generally associated with our information systems could adversely affect our results of operations.

We rely on information systems in our business to obtain, rapidly process, analyze and manage data to:

 

   

facilitate the manufacture and distribution of thousands of inventory items to and from our facilities;

 

   

receive, process and ship orders on a timely basis;

 

   

manage the accurate billing and collections for thousands of customers;

 

   

manage the accurate accounting and payment for thousands of vendors; and

 

   

schedule and operate our global network of manufacturing, packaging and development facilities.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected if these systems are interrupted, damaged by unforeseen events or fail for any extended period of time, including due to the actions of third parties.

We may in the future engage in acquisitions and other transactions that may complement or expand our business or divest of non-strategic businesses or assets. We may not be able to complete such transactions and such transactions, if executed, pose significant risks and could have a negative effect on our operations.

Our future success may be dependent on opportunities to buy other businesses or technologies and possibly enter into joint ventures that could complement, enhance or expand our current business or offerings and services or that might otherwise offer us growth opportunities. We may face competition from other companies in pursuing acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. Our ability to acquire targets may also be limited by applicable antitrust laws and other regulations in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions in which we do business. To the extent that we are successful in making acquisitions, we may have to expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt and assume loss-making divisions. We may not be able to complete such transactions, for reasons including, but not limited to, a failure to secure financing. Any transactions that we are able to identify and complete may involve a number of risks, including the diversion of management’s attention to integrate the acquired businesses or joint ventures, the possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process, the potential loss of customers or employees in connection with the acquisition, and our potential inability to achieve our intended objectives for the transaction. In addition, we may be unable to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies, and this may lead to operational inefficiencies.

To the extent that we are not successful in completing divestitures, we may have to expend substantial amounts of cash, incur debt and continue to absorb loss-making or under-performing divisions. Any divestitures that we are unable to complete may involve a number of risks, including diversion of management’s attention, a negative impact on our customer relationships, costs associated with retaining the targeted divestiture, closing and disposing of the impacted business or transferring business to other facilities.

 

19


Table of Contents

Our offerings and our customers’ products may infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties.

From time to time, third parties have asserted intellectual property infringement claims against us and our customers and there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against either us or our customers in the future. While we believe that our offerings do not infringe in any material respect upon proprietary rights of other parties and/or that meritorious defenses would exist with respect to any assertions to the contrary, there can be no assurance that we would not be found to infringe on the proprietary rights of others. Patent applications in the United States and some foreign countries are generally not publicly disclosed until the patent is issued or published, and we may not be aware of currently filed patent applications that relate to our offerings or processes. If patents later issue on these applications, we may be found liable for subsequent infringement. There has been substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries with respect to the manufacture, use and sale of products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights.

Any claims that our offerings or processes infringe these rights (including claims arising through our contractual indemnification of our customers), regardless of their merit or resolution, could be costly and may divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel. We may not prevail in such proceedings given the complex technical issues and inherent uncertainties in intellectual property litigation. If such proceedings result in an adverse outcome, we could, among other things, be required to:

 

   

pay substantial damages (potentially treble damages in the United States);

 

   

cease the manufacture, use or sale of the infringing offerings or processes;

 

   

discontinue the use of the infringing technology;

 

   

expend significant resources to develop non-infringing technology;

 

   

license technology from the third party claiming infringement, which license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or may not be available at all; and

 

   

lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property against others.

In addition, our customers’ products may be subject to claims of intellectual property infringement and such claims could materially affect our business if their products cease to be manufactured and they have to discontinue the use of the infringing technology which we may provide.

Any of the foregoing could affect our ability to compete or have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which could increase our costs and restrict our operations in the future.

Our operations are subject to a variety of environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) and equivalent local, state, and foreign regulatory agencies in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. These laws and regulations govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the use, handling and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, soil and groundwater contamination and employee health and safety. Any failure by us to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements could result in the limitation or suspension of production or subject us to monetary fines or civil or criminal sanctions, or other future liabilities in excess of our reserves. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing the destruction and disposal of raw materials and non-compliant products, the handling of regulated material that are included in our offerings, and the disposal of our offerings at the end of their useful life. In addition, compliance with environmental, health and safety requirements could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or require us to acquire costly pollution control equipment, incur other significant expenses or modify our manufacturing processes. Our manufacturing facilities use, in varying degrees, hazardous substances in their processes. These substances include, among others, chlorinated solvents, and in the past chlorinated solvents were used at one or more of our facilities, including a number we no longer own or operate. As at our current facilities, contamination at such formerly owned or operated properties can result and has resulted in liability to us. In the event of the discovery of new or previously unknown contamination either at our facilities or at third-party locations, including facilities we formerly owned or operated, the issuance of additional requirements with respect to existing contamination, or the imposition of other cleanup obligations for which we are responsible, we may be required to take additional, unplanned remedial measures for which no reserves have been recorded. We are conducting monitoring and cleanup of contamination at certain facilities currently or formerly owned or operated by us. We have established accounting reserves for certain contamination liabilities but cannot assure you that such liabilities will not exceed our reserves.

 

20


Table of Contents

Certain of our pension plans are underfunded, and additional cash contributions we may be required to make will reduce the cash available for our business, such as the payment of our interest expense.

Certain of our employees in the United States, United Kingdom, Germany, France, Japan and Australia are participants in defined benefit pension plans which we sponsor. As of June 30, 2009, the underfunded amount of our pension plans on a worldwide basis was approximately $104.7 million, primarily related to our plans in the United Kingdom and Germany. The amount of future contributions to the United Kingdom plan or to our other underfunded plans will depend upon asset returns and a number of other factors and, as a result, the amount we may be required to contribute to such plan in the future may vary. Such cash contributions to the plans will reduce the cash available for our business such as the payment of interest expense on the notes or our other indebtedness.

Blackstone controls us and our Investors may have conflicts of interest with us or our noteholders in the future.

Blackstone controls approximately 86.7% of BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., with the other Investors (as defined in Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements) controlling the remainder. By virtue of this controlling interest and BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C.’s ownership of all the outstanding membership interests of our indirect parent company, Phoenix Charter LLC, we are controlled by Blackstone. Blackstone controls us and all of our subsidiaries and is entitled to elect all of our directors, to appoint new management and to approve actions requiring the approval of our stockholder, including approving or rejecting proposed mergers or sales of all or substantially all of our assets, regardless of whether noteholders believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests.

The interests of the Investors may differ from holders of our notes in material respects. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of the Investors as equity holders might conflict with the interests of our noteholders. The Investors also may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings (including financings that are secured and/or senior to the senior subordinated notes) or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to our noteholders. Additionally, the indentures governing the notes permit us to pay advisory fees, dividends or make other restricted payments under certain circumstances, and the Investors or their affiliates and/or advisors may have an interest in our doing so. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement” for a discussion of certain payments to be made to affiliates of Blackstone in connection with the Acquisition and related financings.

Members of the Investors or their affiliates or advisors are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and may, from time to time in the future, acquire interests in businesses or provide advice that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. They may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. You should consider that the interests of these holders may differ from yours in material respects. See Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” and Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

 

21


Table of Contents
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Manufacturing Capabilities

Our principal executive offices are located at 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey. We also operate manufacturing facilities, development centers and sales offices throughout the world. We have 30 facilities on five continents with nearly five million square feet of manufacturing, lab and related space, excluding locations held for sale. Our manufacturing capabilities encompass a full suite of competencies including regulatory, quality assurance and in-house validation at all of the production sites. The following table sets forth our manufacturing and laboratory facilities by area and region, excluding locations held for sale:

 

Facility Sites   

Country

  

Region

  

Segment

   Total Square
Footage
  

Owned/Leased

1    Kakegawa    Japan    Asia Pacific    Oral Technologies    107,300    Owned
2    Braeside    Australia    Asia Pacific    Oral Technologies    163,100    Owned
3    Beinheim    France    Europe    Oral Technologies    78,100    Owned
4    Eberbach    Germany    Europe    Oral Technologies    370,580    Leased
5    Aprilia    Italy    Europe    Oral Technologies    72,000    Owned
6    Swindon    United Kingdom    Europe    Oral Technologies    164,687    Owned
7    Swindon    United Kingdom    Europe    Oral Technologies    253,314    Owned
8    Somerset, NJ    USA    North America    Oral Technologies    265,000    Owned
9    Winchester, KY    USA    North America    Oral Technologies    120,000    Owned
10    St. Petersburg, FL    USA    North America    Oral Technologies    328,073    Owned
11    Buenos Aires    Argentina    South America    Oral Technologies    82,700    Owned
12    Sorocaba    Brazil    South America    Oral Technologies    88,993    Owned
13    Schorndorf    Germany    Europe    Packaging Services    182,403    Owned
14    Schorndorf    Germany    Europe    Packaging Services    38,317    Owned
15    Dublin    Ireland    Europe    Packaging Services    82,882    Leased
16    Bolton    United Kingdom    Europe    Packaging Services    46,700    Owned
17    Corby    United Kingdom    Europe    Packaging Services    103,000    Owned
18    Guaynabo    Puerto Rico    North America    Packaging Services    120,240    Owned
19    Humacao    Puerto Rico    North America    Packaging Services    106,282    Leased
20    Manati    Puerto Rico    North America    Packaging Services    83,841    Leased
21    Moorestown, NJ    USA    North America    Packaging Services    112,000    Owned
22    Philadelphia, PA    USA    North America    Packaging Services    7,625    Owned
23    Philadelphia, PA    USA    North America    Packaging Services    568,624    Owned/Leased
24    Woodstock, IL    USA    North America    Packaging Services    *    Owned
25    Brussels    Belgium    Europe    Sterile Technologies    313,725    Owned
26    Limoges    France    Europe    Sterile Technologies    179,000    Owned
27    Woodstock, IL    USA    North America    Sterile Technologies    421,665*    Owned
28    Middleton, WI    USA    North America    Sterile Technologies    43,600    Leased
29    Morrisville, NC    USA    North America    Sterile Technologies    186,406    Leased
30    San Diego, CA    USA    North America    Sterile Technologies    45,440    Leased

TOTAL

            4,735,597   

 

* Site 24 leases space from site 27.

 

22


Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Legal Matters

Beginning in November 2006, the Company, along with several pharmaceutical companies, has been named in civil lawsuits, currently totaling fifty-seven in number, filed by fifty-six individual plaintiffs (one plaintiff is maintaining two lawsuits involving similar allegations) purportedly injured by their use of the prescription acne medication Amnesteem ® , a branded generic form of isotretinoin, and in some instances of isotretinoin products made and/or sold by other firms as well. Plaintiffs allege that they suffer from inflammatory bowel disease and other disorders as a result of their ingestion of Amnesteem. The geographic distribution of these fifty- seven lawsuits is as follows: one in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina that has been transferred to the Accutane ® (Isotretinoin) federal Multi-District Litigation (“Accutane MDL”) in the Middle District of Florida; two in the Court of Common Pleas, Washington County, Pennsylvania; one in the Superior Court for Los Angeles County, California; one in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California that has been transferred to the Accutane MDL; one in the Circuit Court, Cook County, Illinois; and fifty-one in the Superior Court, Atlantic County, New Jersey. The New Jersey cases and several of the other cases have been brought by a consortium of plaintiffs’ law firms, including Seeger Weiss. The following discussion contains more detail about the lawsuits.

Fifty-one lawsuits are pending in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Law Division, Atlantic County by individual plaintiffs who claim to have ingested not only Amnesteem, but also one or more branded generic isotretinoin products, including Sotret ® (Ranbaxy) and/or Claravis ® (Barr), as well as Accutane (the pioneer isotretinoin product sold by Hoffmann-LaRoche). Eighteen of these cases allegedly involve the use of both Accutane and one or more of the branded generic forms of isotretinoin; such cases include one or more Roche entities as defendants and are filed as part of the New Jersey consolidated mass tort proceeding set up in 2005 for all New Jersey Accutane lawsuits. The remaining thirty-three cases do not involve the use of Accutane but allegedly involve the use of one or more branded generic isotretinoin products, including Amnesteem. These cases are not part of the Accutane mass tort litigation; these non-mass tort, generics-only cases have been consolidated for discovery purposes but not for trial. All fifty-one of the cases, both mass tort and non-mass tort, are assigned to the same judge. In addition to the Company, these lawsuits name other pharmaceutical companies whose respective isotretinoin products each plaintiff allegedly ingested.

Two lawsuits involving only Amnesteem use are pending in the Court of Common Pleas, Washington, County, Pennsylvania. One lawsuit was filed in the General Court of Justice, Superior Court Division, Durham County, NC, but was removed successfully to the United States District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina, Durham Division. Pursuant to a tolling agreement, the case had been dismissed without prejudice pending the outcome of the United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit’s review of the decision of the Accutane MDL Court to exclude plaintiff’s general causation expert. On August 26, 2008, the Eleventh Circuit affirmed the exclusion of plaintiff’s expert, and a subsequent petition for rehearing was denied. Plaintiffs have since re-filed the case in the Middle District of North Carolina, and we successfully moved to transfer the case to the Accutane MDL.

Two additional lawsuits, filed by a single individual plaintiff and appearing to involve only Amnesteem use, are pending in California. The first suit was initially filed in Superior Court, Los Angeles County in July 2007 against Hoffmann-LaRoche entities and plaintiff’s treating physicians, after which it was discovered that plaintiff ingested Amnesteem rather than Accutane. Consequently, plaintiff added the Company to the lawsuit in October 2008. The lawsuit sets forth the usual array of product liability claims as permitted by California law including negligence, strict liability, breach of express warranty and breach of implied warranty and seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory damages in excess of $25,000. It also includes a medical malpractice claim against the treating physicians. The same plaintiff then filed a second lawsuit against the Company in the same court, but did not assert claims against the doctors. The Company therefore removed this second case to the United States District Court for the Central District of California, and successfully moved to transfer it to the Accutane MDL. The first case has been stayed pending developments in the second case. Neither case is currently set for trial.

One lawsuit appearing to involve only Amnesteem use was served on the Company in February 2009 and had been pending in the District Court of Bowie County, Texas. This plaintiff dismissed his Texas lawsuit recently, shortly after filing a new lawsuit in New Jersey, and this New Jersey lawsuit is included among the above-referenced thirty-three consolidated non-mass tort cases.

One lawsuit allegedly involving Amnesteem, Claravis and Accutane ingestions has been filed in the Circuit Court, Cook County, Illinois, but has not yet been served upon the Company. Codefendant Hoffmann-LaRoche removed the case to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, and then conditionally transferred the case to the Accutane federal MDL. Plaintiff petitioned to remand the case to state court and opposed the conditional transfer to the MDL, and the case has been remanded to Circuit Court, Cook County.

Although expressed in various terms, generally speaking, all fifty-seven of these lawsuits set forth some or all of the standard array of product liability claims including strict liability for defective design, strict liability for failure to warn, negligence (in both design and warnings), fraud and misrepresentation, and breach of warranty. The lawsuits seek unspecified amounts of compensatory and punitive damages. The Company believes it has valid defenses to these lawsuits and intends to vigorously defend them.

From time to time we may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with

 

23


Table of Contents

acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against such other litigation and do not currently believe that the outcome of any such other litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial statements. In addition, the healthcare industry is highly regulated and government agencies continue to scrutinize certain practices affecting government programs and otherwise. From time to time, we receive subpoenas or requests for information from various government agencies, including from state attorneys general and the U.S. Department of Justice relating to the business practices of customers or suppliers. We generally respond to such subpoenas and requests in a timely and thorough manner, which responses sometimes require considerable time and effort, and can result in considerable costs being incurred, by us. We expect to incur additional costs in the future in connection with existing and future requests.

 

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

There is no established public trading market for our common stock. PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, which is wholly owned by PTS Holdings Corp., owns 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock. We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock over the past three fiscal years and we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the next twelve months. The agreements governing our indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends.

 

24


Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial and operating data for, or as of the end of, each of the five years ended June 30, 2009 (including the Predecessor and Successor periods as defined in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statement herein). The selected historical financial data as of and for the predecessor years ended June 30, 2005, 2006, and the combined predecessor and successor year ended June 30, 2007 and the successor years ended June 30, 2008 and 2009 were derived from our audited Consolidated Financial Statements. This table should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto.

 

     Predecessor     Predecessor            Successor     Combined  (1)     Successor     Successor  
     Year Ended June 30,     For the Period
July 1, 2006

to
April 9, 2007
           For the Period
April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
    Year Ended
June 30, 2007
    Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    Year Ended
June 30, 2009
 
     2005     2006                                       
(in millions, except as noted)                                                  

Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Net revenue

   $ 1,515.2      $ 1,608.0      $ 1,271.8           $ 422.2      $ 1,694.0      $ 1,817.7      $ 1,639.5   

Cost of products sold

     1,118.6        1,195.9        973.1             333.0        1,306.1        1,360.1        1,234.3   
                                                             

Gross margin

     396.6        412.1        298.7             89.2        387.9        457.6        405.2   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     228.7        263.6        220.6             71.1        291.7        305.6        279.4   

Impairment charges and loss /(gain) on sale on assets

     74.3        8.8        (1.3          (0.2     (1.5     316.6        195.2   

In-process research and development (IPR&D)

     —          —          —               112.4        112.4        —          —     

Restructuring and other special items

     74.7        11.8        22.0             25.5        47.5        23.7        20.2   
                                                             

Operating earnings/(loss)

     18.9        127.9        57.4             (119.6     (62.2     (188.3     (89.6

Interest expense, net

     17.1        6.8        8.9             44.1        53.0        201.2        181.6   

Other (income)/expenses, net

     0.9        1.7        0.1             0.7        0.8        144.6        (14.5
                                                             

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

     0.9        119.4        48.4             (164.4     (116.0     (534.1     (256.7

Income tax (Benefit)/expense

     (12.4     31.0        1.5             (20.0     (18.5     (82.1     16.8   

Minority interest, net of tax expense/(benefit) (2)

     (13.0     2.0        3.9             0.7        4.6        3.5        (0.6
                                                             

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     26.3        86.4        43.0             (145.1     (102.1     (455.5     (272.9

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (3)

     (12.4     (35.4     (18.1          (5.2     (23.3     (84.2     (35.2
                                                             

Net earnings/(loss)

   $ 13.9      $ 51.0      $ 24.9           $ (150.3   $ (125.4   $ (539.7   $ (308.1
                                                             

 

25


Table of Contents
     Predecessor           Successor
     June 30,           June 30,
     2005    2006           2007    2008    2009
     (unaudited)                           

Balance Sheet Data (at period end)

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 114.1    $ 133.6         $ 82.7    $ 72.4    $ 63.9

Goodwill

     722.9      704.2           1,421.7      1,291.3      1,082.7

Total assets

     2,534.8      2,566.1           3,890.3      3,704.3      3,131.8

Long term debt, including current portion

     80.5      41.6           2,312.0      2,411.5      2,347.3

Total liabilities

     576.9      505.6           2,973.1      3,112.3      3,051.3

Total parent company/shareholder’s equity

     1,952.3      2,056.2           910.6      588.9      80.7

 

     Predecessor            Successor     Combined     Successor  
     Year Ended June 30,     For the Period
July 1, 2006

to
April 9, 2007
           For the Period
April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
    Year Ended
June 30, 2007
    Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    Year Ended
June 30, 2009
 
     2005     2006                                       
                                    (unaudited)              

Other Financial Data:

                   

Capital Expenditures

   222.1      102.0      104.6           18.8      123.4      84.8      83.7   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (4)

   —        7.2x      4.9x           —        —        —        —     
                                               

Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations:

                   

Operating activities

   203.0      130.8      182.3           69.8      252.1      83.3      69.1   

Investing activities

   (222.2   (99.2   (83.7        (3,303.9   (3,387.6   (83.7   (81.5

Financing activities

   16.9      (24.9   (208.3        3,289.9      3,081.6      (11.7   10.5   

Net cash provided by (used in) discontinued operations

   (5.1   —        (15.3        0.3      (15.0   (10.3   1.0   

Effect of foreign currency

   (5.3   12.8      13.9           4.1      18.0      12.1      (7.6

 

(1) The combined results of the Successor and the Predecessor are not necessarily comparable due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the Acquisition and the change in the capital structure, which primarily impact depreciation and amortization expense, in-process research and development, gross margin, selling, general and administrative expenses and interest expense. We have disclosed the impact of the change in basis of accounting for each of these captions in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. While the presentation of the fiscal 2007 results on this combined basis does not comply with U.S. GAAP, management believes that this provides useful information to assess the relative performance of the businesses in all periods presented in the financial statements.
(2) Minority interest, net of tax expense/(benefit) includes tax expense/(benefit) of $6.7 million in fiscal 2005, $(2.2) million in fiscal 2006, $(3.2) million for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, $(0.5) million for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, $(3.7) million in fiscal 2007 on a combined basis, $(0.3) million for the fiscal 2008 and $(0.1) for fiscal 2009.
(3) Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax provision/ (benefit) of $1.6 million in fiscal 2005, $4.3 million in fiscal 2006, $4.7 million for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, $(3.5) million for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, $1.2 million in fiscal 2007 on a combined basis, $(2.9) million for fiscal 2008 and $(1.8) for fiscal 2009.
(4) The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is calculated by dividing the sum of earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, equity in earnings (loss) from non-consolidated investments and fixed charges, by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expenses, capitalized interest and imputed interest on our leased obligations. For Predecessor’s fiscal year 2005, for the Successor’s period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and year ended June 30, 2007 on a combined basis and fiscal years 2008 and 2009, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $3.0 million, $ 164.1 million, $102.7 million, $533.0 and $255.6 million, respectively.

 

26


Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations covers periods both prior to and subsequent to the Acquisition (as discussed below). Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of certain historical periods do not reflect the significant impact of the Acquisition. You should read the following discussion together with our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere herein and the information set forth under “Item 6. Selected Financial Data”

The discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. For additional information regarding some of the risks and uncertainties that affect our business and the industry in which we operate, please read “Item 1A.—Risk Factors” included elsewhere herein. Our actual results may differ materially from those estimated or projected in any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of advanced dose form and packaging technologies, and development, manufacturing and packaging services for pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer healthcare companies. Our proprietary drug delivery and packaging technologies help our customers achieve their desired clinical and market outcomes and are used in many well-known products. As part of a strategy to streamline and focus operations, the business was reorganized at the end of June 2007 into three operating segments: Oral Technologies, Sterile Technologies and Packaging Services. This reorganization better aligns the Company with its customers and markets and provides for improved management accountability and strategic decision making within each segment. Previously, we operated our business in six segments: Softgel, Modified Release, Sterile Injectables, Sterile Blow-Fill-Seal, Packaging Services and Analytical and Other. As part of the reorganization, the Oral Technologies segment includes the Softgel and Modified Release business, and the Sterile Technologies segment includes the Sterile Injectables and Sterile Blow-Fill-Seal businesses as well as portions of the Other segment. The Packaging Services segment remains the same as previously reported.

 

   

Oral Technologies . We provide formulation, development and manufacturing services for most of the major oral dose forms on the market today. Our advanced oral drug delivery technologies are used in many well-known customer products and include proprietary delivery technologies for drugs, and consumer health products. We also provide formulation, development and manufacturing for conventional oral dose forms, including controlled release formulations, as well as tablets and capsules. There are twelve Oral Technologies facilities in nine countries, including three in North America, five in Europe, two in South America and two in the Asia-Pacific region. Our Oral Technologies segment represented approximately 57% of total net revenue for fiscal 2009 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

 

   

Sterile Technologies . We produce nearly every type of major sterile dose form used in the prescription drug and biologic market today. In addition, this segment provides biologic cell line development and analytical and scientific consulting services. Sterile drugs may be injected, inhaled, or applied to the eye, ear, or other areas, and we offer both proprietary and traditional dose forms necessary for these separate routes of administration. For injectable drugs, we provide formulation and development for injectables as well as lyophilization (freeze drying) for otherwise unstable drugs and biologics. We also fill drugs or biologics into vials, pre-filled syringes, bags and other sterile delivery formats. For respiratory, ophthalmic and other routes of administration, our blow-fill-seal technology provides integrated dose form creation and filling of sterile liquids in a single process, which offers cost and quality benefits for our customers. The complexity of aseptic manufacturing, high start-up capital requirements, long lead time and stringent regulatory requirements serve as significant barriers to market entry. We have four Sterile Technologies manufacturing facilities, including two in North America and two in Europe, plus two analytical and scientific laboratory facilities in North America. Our Sterile Technologies segment represented approximately 16% of total net revenue for fiscal 2009 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

 

   

Packaging Services . We provide extensive packaging services for thousands of pharmaceuticals, biologics, consumer health and veterinary products, both on a standalone basis and as part of integrated supply-chain solutions that span both manufacturing and packaging. Our Packaging Services segment offers contract packaging services (packaging drugs in blisters, bottles, pouches and unit-doses), printed components (creating package inserts or folding cartons) and clinical trial supply services (providing packaging, inventory and logistics management for clinical trials). We operate through a network of thirteen Packaging Services facilities including eight in North America and five facilities in Europe. Our Packaging Services segment represented approximately 27% of total net revenue for fiscal 2009 on a combined basis before inter-segment eliminations.

The Acquisition

On April 10, 2007, an entity controlled by affiliates of Blackstone acquired from Cardinal certain assets and liabilities of the PTS business segment of Cardinal (excluding the Martindale generic and specialty manufacturing, Beckloff Associates regulatory consulting and Healthcare Marketing Services businesses and an idle Puerto Rico manufacturing facility), pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. The Acquisition aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 billion was funded with approximately $1.0 billion in

 

27


Table of Contents

cash equity contributions from a Blackstone affiliate, $1.4 billion in proceeds from the issuance of term loans under a new senior credit facility, $565.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of senior toggle notes, and $300.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of senior subordinated notes. In addition, costs associated with issuing these long-term debt obligations approximated $71.1 million and are capitalized on the Company’s balance sheet and are being amortized to interest expense over the respective terms of the debt instruments.

Historical Ownership by Cardinal

We historically operated as a portion of the PTS business segment of Cardinal and not as a stand-alone company. The financial statements for all periods prior to April 10, 2007 included herein reflect the operations that were acquired as part of the Acquisition and have been derived from the historical consolidated financial statements of Cardinal using the historical results of our operations and the historical basis of our assets and liabilities.

Prior to the Acquisition, we were allocated general corporate overhead expenses from Cardinal for corporate-related functions and corporate overhead expense. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocations from Cardinal are reasonable. However, such expenses are not indicative of, nor is it practical or meaningful for us to estimate for all historical periods presented, the actual level of expenses that would have been incurred had we been operating as a separate, stand-alone public or private company during such periods.

Recent Developments

On July 31, 2009, the Company executed a new $300.0 million U.S. forward starting swap agreement, which will be effective June 30, 2010 and mature on April 10, 2013. The hedging instrument has a fixed rate of 3.219% and will be indexed based on a one month USD LIBOR-rate in order to hedge our variable interest rate debt.

On April 6, 2009, the Company delivered notice to The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), in its capacity as trustee under the indenture for the Company’s outstanding Senior Toggle Notes that, with respect to the interest that will be due on such notes on the October 15, 2009 interest payment date, the Company will make such interest payment by using the PIK feature of the Senior Toggle Notes at the PIK interest rate of 10.25% instead of paying interest in cash. The entirely PIK interest election is now the default election for future interest periods unless the Company elects otherwise prior to the beginning of any future interest period.

Subsequent to June 30, 2009, the Company closed its Pennsauken printing facility and converted existing services to Moorestown, New Jersey. In addition, the Company expanded its capabilities by investing in additional technology and equipment at Moorestown to develop and offer new services. The Company recorded approximately $1.0 million in employee-related restructuring charges which were recognized during the period of closure. In addition, related to the closure, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million through the fiscal year ending June 30, 2009.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The following disclosure is provided to supplement the descriptions of Catalent’s accounting policies contained in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in regard to significant areas of judgment. Management was required to make certain estimates and assumptions during the preparation of its consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These estimates and assumptions impact the reported amount of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. They also impact the reported amount of net earnings during any period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Because of the size of the financial statement elements to which they relate, some of our accounting policies and estimates have a more significant impact on our consolidated financial statements than others. What follows is a discussion of some of our more significant accounting policies and estimates.

Revenues and Expenses

Net Revenue

We sell products and services directly to our pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer health customers. The majority of our business is conducted through supply or development agreements. Revenue is recognized net of sales returns and allowances.

The majority of our manufacturing and packaging revenue is charged on a price-per-unit basis and is recognized either upon shipment or delivery of the product.

Our overall net revenue is generally impacted by the following factors:

 

   

Fluctuations in overall economic activity within the geographic markets in which we operate;

 

   

Sales trends for our customers’ products, the level of competition they experience, the levels of their outsourcing, and the impact of regulation and healthcare reimbursement upon their products and the timing of their product launches;

 

28


Table of Contents
   

Change in the level of competition we face from our competitors;

 

   

Mix of different products or services that we sell and our ability to provide offerings that meet our customers’ requirements;

 

   

New intellectual property we develop and expiration of our patents;

 

   

Changes in prices of our products and services, which are generally relatively stable due to our long-term contracts; and

 

   

Fluctuations in exchange rates between foreign currencies, in which a substantial portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated, and the U.S. dollar.

Operational Expenses

Cost of products sold consists of direct costs incurred to manufacture and package products and costs associated with supplying other revenue-generating services. Cost of products sold includes labor costs for employees involved in the production process and the cost of raw materials and components used in the process or product. Cost of products sold also includes labor costs of employees supporting the production process, such as production management, quality, engineering, and other support services. Other costs in this category include the external research and development costs, depreciation of fixed assets, utility costs, freight, operating lease expenses and other general manufacturing expenses.

Selling, general and administration expenses consist of all expenditures incurred in connection with the sales and marketing of our products, as well as administrative expenses to support our businesses. The category includes salaries and related benefit costs of employees supporting sales and marketing, finance, human resources, information technology and costs related to executive management. Other costs in this category include depreciation of fixed assets, amortization of our intangible assets, professional fees, marketing and other expenses to support selling and administrative areas, as well as amounts allocated to us from Cardinal for historic periods.

Direct expenses incurred by a segment are included in that segment’s results. Shared sales and marketing, information technology services and general administrative costs are allocated to each segment based upon the specific activity being performed for each segment or are charged on the basis of the segment’s respective revenues or other applicable measurement. Certain corporate expenses are not allocated to the segments. In addition, we do not allocate the following costs to the segments:

 

   

Impairment charges;

 

   

Equity compensation expenses;

 

   

Restructuring expenses and other special items;

 

   

Costs to separate from Cardinal; and

 

   

Historical Cardinal allocated expenses.

Our operating expenses are generally impacted by the following factors:

 

   

The utilization rate of our facilities: as our utilization rate increases, we achieve greater economies of scale as fixed manufacturing costs are spread over a larger number of units produced;

 

   

Production volumes: as volumes change, the level of resources employed also fluctuate, including raw materials, component costs, employment costs and other related expenses, and our utilization rate may also be affected;

 

   

The mix of different products or services that we sell;

 

   

The cost of raw materials, components and general expense;

 

   

Implementation of cost control measures and our ability to effect cost savings through our Operational Excellence, Lean Manufacturing and Six Sigma program;

 

   

The timing of bringing new facilities under construction through their start-up phase and into commercial production; and

 

   

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates between foreign currencies in which a substantial portion of our revenues and expenses are denominated, and the U.S. dollar.

Long-lived and Other Definite Lived Intangible Assets

We allocate the cost of an acquired company to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets and liabilities acquired, with the remaining amount being recorded as goodwill. Certain intangible assets are amortized over their estimated lives, while in-process research and development is recorded as a charge to product development expense in the statements of operations on the acquisition date.

 

29


Table of Contents

We assess the impairment of identifiable intangibles if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:

 

   

Significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results;

 

   

Significant changes in the manner of use of the acquired assets or the strategy of the overall business;

 

   

Significant negative industry or economic trends; and

 

   

Recognition of goodwill impairment charges.

If we determine that the carrying value of intangibles and/or long-lived assets may not be recoverable based on the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, we measure any impairment based on fair value, which we derive either by the estimated cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition or on assumptions we believe marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar arms length transactions. We then compare that to the asset’s carrying amount. Any impairment loss recognized would represent the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its estimated fair value. Significant estimates and judgments are required when estimating such fair values. If it is determined that these assets are impaired, an impairment charge would be recorded and the amount could be material. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we recorded asset impairment charges relating to property and equipment as well as other definite-lived intangible assets. See Notes 5 and 16 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Restructuring and Minority Interest

Restructuring and other special items consist of costs associated with our restructuring plans as well as other infrequent, non-recurring or unusual in nature charges or credits, such as settlements of significant lawsuits and retention bonuses or employee-related restructuring charges associated with facility closings. The majority of our restructuring costs consist primarily of employee-related costs (including severance payments), exit costs (including lease termination costs) and asset impairments.

Minority interest, net of tax expense/(benefit) represents the removal of the minority interest partner’s share of the earnings of our joint venture in one of our Oral Technologies manufacturing facilities in Europe.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances when it is assessed that all or a portion of the receivable will not be collected. The Company determines its allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time accounts receivable are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the specific customer’s ability to pay its obligation to the Company, and the condition of the general economy and the customer’s industry. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they become uncollectible. The Company also maintains allowances to reserve for potential credits issued to customers or other revenue adjustments. We monitor the collectability of our receivable portfolio by analyzing the aging of our accounts receivable accounts, assessing credit worthiness of our customers and evaluating the impact of changes in economic conditions that may impact credit risks. If the frequency or severity of customer defaults changes due to changes in customers’ financial condition or general economic conditions, our allowance for uncollectible accounts may require adjustment.

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

The Company writes down its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected, additional inventory write-downs may be required resulting in a charge to income in the period such determination was made.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives, primarily customer relationships and patents and trademarks, continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparative market information. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment and written down to fair value, in accordance with SFAS No. 142. The Company’s impairment analysis is partially based on a discounted cash flow analysis and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The discount rate used for impairment testing is based on the risk-free rate plus an adjustment for market and company-specific risk factors. The use of alternative estimates or adjusting the discount rate used could affect the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in more or less impairment. Any identified impairment would result in an

 

30


Table of Contents

adjustment to the Company’s results of operations. The Company has elected to perform its annual impairment analysis during its fourth fiscal quarter. During fiscal 2009 and 2008, as a result of its interim impairment analyses, the Company recorded impairment changes related to goodwill. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Risk Management

The Company uses derivative instruments as part of its overall strategy to manage its exposure to market risks primarily associated with fluctuations in interest rates. As a matter of policy, the Company does not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

All derivatives are recorded at fair value either as assets or liabilities. Changes in fair value of the hedged item in a fair value hedge are recorded as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognized currently in earnings as a component of net revenues, cost of revenue or selling, general and administrative expenses, based upon the nature of the hedged item, in the statements of operations. Changes in fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments are recognized currently in earnings in the statements of operations. The effective portion of changes in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income. The ineffective portion, if any, is reported in the statements of operations. Amounts included in other comprehensive income are reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged cash flows affect earnings.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161) , amends and expands the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 133) with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations; and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

As required by SFAS No. 133, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123 Revised (FAS 123R), Share-Based Payment . FAS 123R requires companies to recognize compensation expense using a fair-value based method for costs related to share-based payments including stock options and employee stock purchase plans. The expense is determined using the fair value of the award at its grant date based on the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest, and recorded over the applicable requisite service period. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price based on peer companies, the expected dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate. The Company’s parent, PTS Holdings Corp., has a stock incentive plan for the purposes of retaining certain key employees and directors.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions

 

31


Table of Contents

in which the Company operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred taxes are not provided on the unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these earnings are permanently reinvested. The Company has made no provision for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as those earnings are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those foreign subsidiaries.

Under the Predecessor, prior to the Acquisition, the operations of the Company were included in the consolidated U.S. and certain foreign and state tax returns of Cardinal. In other foreign and state jurisdictions, the Company filed its tax returns as a separate taxpayer or as part of a consolidated or unitary group. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities have been determined as if the Company were a separate taxpayer. Cardinal managed its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Company would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone company.

The FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, (“FIN 48”) which is an interpretation of SFAS No.109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FAS 109”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with FAS 109. This standard also provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. Effective July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result, the Company recognized no material adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had a total of $34.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.

Trends Affecting Our Business

We estimate that pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies spent approximately $130 billion worldwide on outsourcing in 2009, of which we estimate approximately $13 billion was spent on Oral Technologies, Sterile Technologies, and Packaging Services. In Fiscal 2009, we experienced a net reduction of product packaging outsourced by our customers as they transferred such volumes to in-house capacity. We expect several key trends to continue to provide robust growth for the outsourcing market, and we expect to further extend our market position in the categories in which we compete.

We believe that aging populations in North America, Europe and Japan will increase the demand for prescription drugs and increase the demand for our services. As large pharmaceutical companies become more focused on the efficiency of their production, we believe the recent trend of large pharmaceutical company facility consolidation will continue and will provide us with an opportunity to work as a strategic partner with these entities.

We expect the growth in sterile injectable drugs to continue to outpace the growth in the remainder of the global prescription drug market, as many newer classes of drugs can only be delivered by injection due to their molecular structure. Market requirements relating to anti-counterfeiting, improved patient compliance and ease of administration are expected to drive demand for innovative dosage forms and package design. Finally, we believe a reimbursement shift towards patient self-administered drugs may favor dose forms and packaging innovation that can help improve outcomes by enabling better patient compliance with drug regimens.

Results of Operations

Use of EBITDA

Management measures operating performance based on net earnings before interest expense, expense/ (benefit) for income taxes and depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”). EBITDA is defined as consolidated earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense and depreciation and amortization. The term EBITDA is not defined under US GAAP. EBITDA is not a measure of operating income, operating performance or liquidity presented in accordance with US GAAP and is subject to important limitations.

We believe that the presentation of EBITDA enhances an investor’s understanding of our financial performance. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We also believe EBITDA is useful to assess our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. We use EBITDA for business planning purposes. In addition, given the significant investments that we have made in the past in property, plant and equipment, depreciation and amortization expenses represent a meaningful portion of our cost structure. We believe that EBITDA will provide investors with a useful tool for assessing the comparability between periods of our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures because it eliminates depreciation and amortization expense. In addition, the Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment earnings before minority interest, other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”).

 

32


Table of Contents

SEC rules regulate the use in filings with the SEC of “non-GAAP financial measures,” such as EBITDA and segment EBITDA that are derived on the basis of methodologies other than in accordance with US GAAP. We present certain non-GAAP measures in order to provide supplemental information that we consider relevant for the readers of the financial statements, and such information is not meant to replace or supersede US GAAP measures. The non-US GAAP measures may not be the same as similarly titled measures used by other companies.

Use of Constant Currency

As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of results on a constant currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve investors’ ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period-over-period. We use results on a constant currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we calculate constant currency by calculating current-year results using prior-year foreign currency exchange rates. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant currency basis as excluding the impact of foreign exchange. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with GAAP. Results on a constant currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not measures of performance presented in accordance with GAAP.

In connection with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other intangible assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”) the Company is required to assess goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company assesses goodwill for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of its reporting units to their fair values. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The Company uses comparative market information and other factors to corroborate the discounted cash flow results. Following the Acquisition, the Company elected to perform its annual impairment evaluation during its fourth fiscal quarter, commencing in fiscal 2008.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, this evaluation resulted in a non-cash charge to goodwill impairment of $239.0 million within the Packaging Services reporting unit as a result of the implied fair value being less than the carrying value of its goodwill. The impairment charge taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 effectively aligned the reporting unit’s book value with its fair value and therefore any decline in the reporting unit’s fair value would potentially result in further impairment of its goodwill.

Based on the results of the Company’s interim assessments of goodwill for impairment, it was determined that the carrying value of the Packaging Services reporting unit exceeded the estimated fair value, at December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009. As a result, the Company identified a partial impairment of goodwill and recorded a non-cash charge of $54.9 million and $8.5 million at December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009, respectively, in the March 31, 2009 Consolidated Statements of Operations. Also, during the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company evaluated the Blow-Fill-Seal reporting unit within the Sterile Technologies segment and concluded that its carrying value exceeded the fair value and recorded a partial goodwill impairment of $46.7 million. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed our annual impairment tests of goodwill and given that there were no significant changes from the previous market conditions or the amount of the reporting units’ cash flows, including the carrying value of assets and liabilities, no additional impairment charges were required for fiscal year 2009.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred pursuant to SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” In conjunction with the goodwill impairment identified in the third quarter of fiscal year 2009, the Company completed a review of its long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, for recoverability and recorded a non-cash impairment charge to the Packaging Services and Sterile Technologies segments of $24.4 million and $63.1 million, respectively. The impairment charges were driven by unfavorable business performance during fiscal year 2009 coupled with deteriorating global economic conditions. Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of asset.

As of October 1, 2008, the Company designated its Euro-denominated senior subordinated notes and Euro-denominated term loan (“Euro-denominated debt”) as an effective economic hedge of the Company’s net investment in its Euro-denominated subsidiaries for financial reporting purposes and thus, recorded unrealized gains of $25.6 million related to foreign currency transactions within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the Balance Sheets at June 30, 2009. Prior to the second quarter of fiscal 2009, $54.2 of unrealized foreign currency gains on our Euro-denominated debt was recorded within other (income)/expense in our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009 compared to Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008

Results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 are as follows:

 

                 Increase/Decrease  
     Fiscal Year
Ended
2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended
2008
    Change
$
    Change
%
 
(in millions)                         

Net revenue

   $ 1,639.5      $ 1,817.7      $ (178.2   -10

Cost of products sold

     1,234.3        1,360.1        (125.8   -9
                              

Gross margin

     405.2        457.6        (52.4   -11

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     279.4        305.6        (26.2   -9

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     195.2        316.6        (121.4   -38

Restructuring and other special items

     20.2        23.7        (3.5   -15
                              

Operating earnings

     (89.6     (188.3     98.7      -52

Interest expense, net

     181.6        201.2        (19.6   -10

Other (income) expense, net

     (14.5     144.6        (159.1   *   
                              

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

     (256.7     (534.1     277.4      -52

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes

     16.8        (82.1     98.9      *   

Minority interest (income)/expense

     (0.6     3.5        (4.1   *   
                              

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (272.9     (455.5     182.6      -40

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (35.2     (84.2     49.0      -58
                              

Net earnings/(loss)

   $ (308.1   $ (539.7   $ 231.6      -43
                              

 

* Percentage not meaningful

Net Revenue

Net revenue decreased 10% or $178.2 million compared to the same period a year ago. The stronger U.S. dollar unfavorably impacted our revenue by approximately seven percentage points or $119.2 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenue decreased by $59.0 million or 3% in fiscal 2009, primarily due to a decline in demand within our Packaging Services segment This decline in demand within the Packaging Services facilities was driven partially by a reduction in certain customers’ volumes due to market demand and certain customers’ decisions to utilize their own facilities versus those of an outsource provider for their packaging needs.

Gross Margin

Gross margin decreased $52.4 million or 11% compared to the same period a year ago. The stronger U.S. dollar decreased our gross margin by approximately six percentage points or $27.8 million. The fiscal year 2008 included a non-cash inventory write-down of approximately $10.0 million at one of our Oral Technologies facilities. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange and non-recurring items, gross margin decreased by $34.6 million, primarily due to revenue demand decreases within our Packaging Services segment as discussed in our net revenue paragraph above.

Selling, General and Administrative expense

Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by approximately 9% or $26.2 million compared to the comparable period in the prior fiscal year. The stronger U.S. dollar decreased our selling, general and administrative expenses by $15.0 million compared to the prior fiscal year. The fiscal year 2009 included an expense of $4.7 million for severance and transition costs related to the replacement of our Chief Executive Officer. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange and non-recurring items, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased $15.9 million as compared to the same period in the prior fiscal year, primarily due to various cost saving initiatives and headcount reductions implemented throughout the fiscal year.

Goodwill Impairment and Other Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

During fiscal 2009, we completed goodwill impairment assessments in accordance with SFAS 142. These analyses were comprised of estimating the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units by using the expected present value of future cash flows and other market factors and then comparing those fair values to their related carrying amounts. These evaluations resulted in

 

34


Table of Contents

non-cash charges to goodwill impairment of $106.1 million within the Sterile Technologies and Packaging Services segment as a result of the implied fair value being less than the carrying value of its goodwill. In conjunction with the goodwill impairments identified in fiscal 2009, the Company completed reviews of the impairment of other definite-lived intangible assets under SFAS No. 144 within the Packaging Services segment for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge to other definite lived intangible assets impairments of $3.3 million within the Packaging Services segment relating to customer relationship intangible assets. In addition, the Company made a determination that certain other definite-lived intangible assets within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during fiscal 2009. The Company performed an evaluation of these assets, which resulted in an impairment charge to other definite-lived intangible assets of $38.2 million on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Impairment charges and loss/ (gain) on sale of asset.

The Company recorded a non-cash $239.0 million goodwill impairment charge within the Packaging Services segment in fiscal year 2008. Also, during fiscal 2008 we made a determination that certain other definite lived intangible assets within the Oral Technologies and Packaging Services segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance. This review resulted in $11.6 million impairment charge to other definite lived intangible assets and is recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and loss/ (gain) on sale of asset.

Property and Equipment Impairment Charges and (Gain)/Loss on Sale of Assets

During the fiscal year 2009, the Company completed goodwill impairment assessments under SFAS No. 142, which resulted in a non-cash charge to goodwill impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In conjunction with the goodwill impairment, the Company completed the required review of long-lived assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment to test for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge of $21.1 million. In addition, during fiscal 2009, the Company made a determination that certain property and equipment within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired. The Company performed an evaluation of these long-lived assets, which resulted in a $24.9 million non-cash impairment charge in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, during fiscal year 2009 we recorded a net loss on the sale of assets amounting to $1.6 million. Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and gain/ (loss) on sale of assets.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we completed our required annual goodwill impairment assessment under SFAS 142. In conjunction with recording this goodwill impairment, the Company completed the required review of long-lived assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment to test for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge of $42.6 million within the Packaging Services segment. In addition, during fiscal 2008, we made a determination that certain property and equipment within the Oral Technologies segment and within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during the fiscal year. We performed an evaluation of these long lived assets, which resulted in a $62.2 million non cash impairment charge to property and equipment impairment and is recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and loss/ (gain) on sale of asset.

Restructuring and Other Special Items

Restructuring and other special items decreased by $3.5 million to $20.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the same period in 2008. The decrease was primarily a result of significant restructuring expense needed in the prior fiscal year due to the separation from Cardinal.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net decreased by $19.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the same period ended June 30, 2008 primarily due to a lower interest rate on our floating-rate term loan.

Other (Income) Expense, net

Other expense, net decreased by $159.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year, primarily as a result of $113.2 million of non-cash unrealized foreign currency translation losses recorded in the prior fiscal year on our Euro-denominated long-term debt compared to $54.2 million of non-cash foreign currency translation gains recorded in the current year. In addition, the Company recorded non-cash unrealized and realized foreign currency losses of $27.8 million during the fiscal year 2009 compared with $38.2 million of unrealized and realized losses in the fiscal year 2008. These decreases were partially offset by a $13.1 million increase in unrealized losses on our foreign denominated interest rate swaps in the current fiscal year and a $3.8 million gain on debt repurchases in the fiscal year 2008.

 

35


Table of Contents

Provision/(Benefit) for Income Taxes

The provision/ (benefit) for income taxes relative to earnings/ (loss) before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations was (6.54) % and 15.4% in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. Generally, fluctuations in the effective tax rate are primarily due to changes in our geographic pretax income resulting from our business mix and changes in the tax impact of permanent differences (including goodwill impairment), restructuring, other special items and other discrete tax items, which may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item. Our effective tax rate reflects benefits derived from operations outside the United States, which are generally taxed at lower rates than the U.S. statutory rate of 35%. Our fiscal 2009 provision for income taxes was $16.8 million and relative to losses before income taxes of $(256.7) million, resulted in an effective tax rate of (6.54)%. Our fiscal 2008 benefit for income taxes was $(82.1) million and relative to losses before income taxes of $(534.1) million resulted in an effective tax rate of 15.4%.

Segment Review

Our results on a segment basis for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended

2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended

2008
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
(in millions)        $     %  

Oral Technologies

        

Net revenue

   $ 956.7      $ 1,039.0      $ (82.3   -8

Segment EBITDA

     214.8        229.4        (14.6   -6

Sterile Technologies

        

Net revenue

     278.5        293.5        (15.0   -5

Segment EBITDA

     27.5        40.7        (13.2   -32

Packaging Services

        

Net revenue

     451.4        531.3        (79.9   -15

Segment EBITDA

     28.4        61.9        (33.5   -54

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (47.1     (46.1     (1.0   2

Unallocated costs (1)

     (207.8     (510.1     302.3      -59

Combined Total

        

Net revenue

     1,639.5        1,817.7        (178.2   -10

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 62.9      $ (178.1     241.0      *   

 

* Percentage not meaningful
(1) Unallocated costs includes special items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other Corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
(in millions)
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
(in millions)
 

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

   $ (195.2   $ (316.6

Equity compensation

     0.3        (8.2

Restructuring and other special items

     (20.2     (23.7

Transitional costs

     (4.7     —     

Sponsor advisory fee

     (10.0     (10.0

Minority interest, net

     0.6        (3.5

Other expense, net

     14.5        (144.6

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     6.9        (3.5
                

Total unallocated costs

   $ (207.8   $ (510.1
                

 

36


Table of Contents

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

(in millions)    Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
 

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ (272.9   $ (455.5

Depreciation and amortization

     137.4        158.3   

Interest expense, net

     181.6        201.2   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     16.8        (82.1
                

EBITDA

   $ 62.9      $ (178.1
                

Oral Technologies segment

Net revenues decreased by 8%, or $82.3 million, compared to the same period a year ago. The stronger U.S. dollar unfavorably impacted the Oral Technologies segment’s revenue by approximately eight percentage points, or $82.6 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenue was essentially flat, primarily due to increased demand for softgel and controlled release prescription pharmaceutical products, offset by volume declines for softgel VMS and consumer health products.

Segment EBITDA decreased by 6%, or $14.6 million, compared to the same period a year ago. The segment’s EBITDA was unfavorably impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar by approximately seven percentage points, or $17.6 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, Oral Technologies segment’s EBITDA increased by approximately 1%, or $3.0 million, which included the non-recurring, non-cash inventory write-down of approximately $10.0 million in fiscal year 2008. Excluding this non-recurring item, Oral Technologies’ EBITDA decreased by approximately $7.0 million, primarily related to suboptimal capacity utilization at one of our operating sites earlier in this fiscal year.

Sterile Technologies segment

Net revenues decreased by 5%, or $15.0 million, due to lower demand for blow-fill-seal products at one of our facilities as a result of customer loss, and a decrease in demand for analytical science services in North America due to weakened economic conditions. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted the Sterile Technologies segment’s revenue by approximately two percentage points, or $7.3 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenue decreased by approximately 3%, or $7.6 million.

Segment EBITDA decreased by $13.2 million to $27.5 million for fiscal 2009, compared to $40.7 million in the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year. The decrease was primarily due to lower demand for analytical science services in North America driven by the economic downturn. The stronger U.S. dollar had minimal impact on the Sterile Technologies segment’s EBITDA. These declines were offset by a successful flu campaign at our Brussels pre-filled syringe facility.

Packaging Services segment

Net revenues decreased by 15%, or $79.9 million. The stronger U.S. dollar negatively impacted our Packaging Services segment’s revenue growth by approximately six percentage points, or $30.0 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, net revenues decreased by $49.9 million due to reduced demand within most packaging and printing facilities. This decline in demand within the facilities was driven partially by a reduction in certain customers’ volumes due to market demand and certain customers’ decisions to utilize their own facilities versus those of an outsource provider for their packaging needs.

Segment EBITDA decreased 54%, or $33.5 million. Segment EBITDA was also unfavorably impacted by the stronger U.S. dollar by approximately nine percentage points, or $5.7 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange, EBITDA decreased 45%, or $27.8 million due to the movement of packaging and printing services by certain customers to either competitors or in-house to their own facilities as discussed above. We believe these decisions by our customers were partially attributable to lower market demand resulting from the economic downturn.

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007

The financial statements present our results for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2008 and April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and on a “predecessor basis” for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007. The Successor was created as a result of the Acquisition of the Predecessor’s businesses from Cardinal on April 10, 2007. See Note 2 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the Acquisition.

 

37


Table of Contents

Our combined results for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007 are as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor     Combined        
     Fiscal Year
Ended

2008
    April 10, 2007
to

June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended

2007
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
                $     %  
(in millions)                                            

Net revenue

   $ 1,817.7      $ 422.2           $ 1,271.8      $ 1,694.0      $ 123.7      7

Cost of products sold

     1,360.1        333.0             973.1        1,306.1        54.0      4
                                               

Gross margin

     457.6        89.2             298.7        387.9        69.7      18

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     305.6        71.1             220.6        291.7        13.9      5

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of asset

     316.6        (0.2          (1.3     (1.5     318.1      *   

In-process research and development

     —          112.4             —          112.4        (112.4   *   

Restructuring and other special items

     23.7        25.5             22.0        47.5        (23.8   -50
                                               

Operating earnings

     (188.3     (119.6          57.4        (62.2     (126.1   *   

Interest expense, net

     201.2        44.1             8.9        53.0        148.2      *   

Other expense, net

     144.6        0.7             0.1        0.8        143.8      *   
                                               

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

     (534.1     (164.4          48.4        (116.0     (418.1   *   

Provision/(benefit) for income taxes

     (82.1     (20.0          1.5        (18.5     (63.6   *   

Minority interest

     3.5        0.7             3.9        4.6        (1.1   -24
                                               

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

     (455.5     (145.1          43.0        (102.1     (353.4   *   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (84.2     (5.2          (18.1     (23.3     (60.9   *   
                                               

Net earnings/(loss)

   $ (539.7   $ (150.3        $ 24.9      $ (125.4   $ (414.3   *   
                                               

 

* Percentage not meaningful

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased 7% or $123.7 million compared to the same period a year ago. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted our revenue growth by approximately six percentage points, or $98.2 million. Excluding the impact of foreign exchange rates, net revenue increased by $25.5 million or 2% primarily due to increased volumes and throughput within our Sterile Technologies segment, driven by increased output from our new sterile facility in Belgium, and increased demand for oral pharmaceutical products in our Oral Technologies segment, partially offset by a decline in our Packaging Services segment.

Gross Margin

Gross margin increased by 18%, or $69.7 million compared to the same period a year ago. The gross margin for fiscal 2008 included a non-cash inventory charge and other adjustments of approximately $11.0 million within our Oral Technologies segment. The weaker U.S. dollar increased our gross margin by six percentage points or $25.3 million. Excluding these items, gross margin increased by 14% or $55.4 million.

The gross margin increase of 14% was primarily due to increased revenues and improved utilization at our sterile facilities and strength in controlled release and Zydis ® formats in our Oral Technologies segment.

 

38


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative expense

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately 5%, or $13.9 million, compared to the comparable period in the prior fiscal year. Selling, general and administrative expenses in fiscal 2008 included additional depreciation and amortization expenses of approximately $30.1 million associated with the intangibles recorded in connection with the Acquisition and the increase in the value of property, plant and equipment recorded as part of the Acquisition. In addition, the weaker U.S. dollar increased our selling, general and administrative expenses by $13.2 million compared to the comparable period of the prior year. These expenses were offset by SFAS 123(R) stock-based compensation expenses, which decreased by $28.0 million compared to the prior fiscal year when there was an acceleration of vesting of Predecessor equity programs. Excluding the fair value adjustments, the impact of foreign exchange rates and the lower level of equity-based compensation, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $1.4 million, or less than 1%.

Goodwill Impairment and Other Definite Lived Intangible Assets Impairment

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we completed our required annual goodwill impairment assessment under SFAS 142. This analysis was comprised of estimating the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units by using the expected present value of future cash flows and other market factors and then comparing those fair values to their related carrying amounts. This evaluation resulted in a non-cash charge to goodwill impairment of $239.0 million within the Packaging Services segment as a result of the implied fair value being less than the carrying value of its goodwill. There was no goodwill impairment recorded in fiscal 2007. We completed the required review of other definite lived intangible assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment for recoverability which resulted in a non-cash charge to other definite lived intangible asset impairments of $6.6 million within this segment. In addition, during fiscal 2008 we made a determination that certain other definite lived intangible assets within the Oral Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during fiscal 2008. This review resulted in a $5.0 million impairment charge to other definite lived intangible assets on the statement of operations. There were no intangible asset impairments recorded in fiscal 2007.

Property and Equipment Impairment Charges and (Gain)/Loss on Sale of Asset

Property and equipment impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets increased by $67.5 million during fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we completed our required annual goodwill impairment assessment under SFAS 142, which resulted in a $239.0 million charge to goodwill impairment within the Packaging Services segment on the statement of operations. As a result of recording this goodwill impairment, the Company completed the required review of long-lived assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment to test for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge of $42.6 million within the Packaging Services segment. In addition, during fiscal 2008, we made a determination that certain property and equipment within the Oral Technologies segment and within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during the fiscal year. We performed an evaluation of these long lived assets, which resulted in a $62.2 million non cash impairment charge to property and equipment impairment on the statement of operations. During fiscal 2007, we recorded a $5.0 million gain on the sale of a business in our Oral Technologies segment, partially offset by a change in our expected use of certain assets related to the Sterile Technologies segment.

Restructuring and Other Special Items

Restructuring and other special items decreased by $23.8 million to $23.7 million for fiscal 2008 compared to fiscal 2007. The decrease was primarily as a result of lower separation costs recorded in the fiscal 2008 period as compared to the fiscal 2007 period as a result of the Acquisition in fiscal 2007.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net increased by $148.2 million for fiscal 2008, primarily as a result of the interest expense on our debt issuances used to finance the Acquisition on April 10, 2007.

Other Expense, net

Other expense, net increased by $143.8 million for fiscal 2008, primarily as a result of non-cash unrealized losses recorded on our Euro-denominated long-term debt obligations of $113.2 million and foreign currency intercompany loans denominated in non—U.S. dollar currencies of $38.2 million during fiscal 2008. The non-cash unrealized transaction losses related to our Euro-denominated long-term debt obligations are currently recorded to other expense, net on our statement of operations. For intercompany loans that are not permanently reinvested, the impact of translating these loans to U.S. dollar equivalent is recorded in the statement of operations. These unrealized losses on foreign currency were partially offset by a $3.8 million gain recorded in connection with the repurchase of 9.5 million Euros of our 9  3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes and $2.2 million gain related to our Euro-denominated interest rate swap recorded during fiscal 2008.

 

39


Table of Contents

Provision/ (Benefit) for Income Taxes

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes relative to earnings/(loss) before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations was 15.4% and 15.9% in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. Generally, fluctuations in the effective tax rate are primarily due to changes in our geographic pretax income resulting from our business mix and changes in the tax impact of permanent differences (including goodwill impairment), restructuring, other special items and other discrete tax items, which may have unique tax implications depending on the nature of the item. Our effective tax rate reflects benefits derived from operations outside the United States, which are generally taxed at lower rates than the U.S. statutory rate of 35%. Our fiscal 2008 benefit for income taxes was $(82.1) million and relative to losses before income taxes of $(534.1) million resulted in an effective tax rate of 15.4%. Our fiscal 2007 benefit for income taxes was $(18.5) million and relative to losses before income taxes of $(116.1) million resulted in an effective tax rate of 15.9%.

Segment Review

Our results on a segment basis for the period fiscal year 2008 and April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007 are as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor     Combined        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to

April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
    Increase/
(Decrease)
 
(in millions)                   $     %  

Oral Technologies

                 

Net revenue

   $ 1,039.0      $ 239.1           $ 704.2      $ 943.3      $ 95.7      10

Segment EBITDA

     229.4        42.3             156.1        198.4        31.0      16
 

Sterile Technologies

                 

Net revenue

     293.5        63.8             179.1        242.9        50.6      21

Segment EBITDA

     40.7        6.1             (2.2     3.9        36.8      *   
 

Packaging Services

                 

Net revenue

     531.3        129.1             422.6        551.7        (20.4   -4

Segment EBITDA

     61.9        15.9             49.2        65.1        (3.2   -5
 

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (46.1     (9.8          (34.1     (43.9     (2.2   5
 

Unallocated costs (1)

     (510.1     (148.9          (73.7     (222.6     (287.5   *   
 

Combined Total

                 

Net revenue

     1,817.7        422.2             1,271.8        1,694.0        123.7      7

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ (178.1   $ (84.6        $ 129.4      $ 44.8      $ (222.9   *   

 

* Percentage not meaningful
(1) Unallocated costs includes special items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other Corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor Combined  

(in millions)

   Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
 

Impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets

   $ (316.6   $ 0.2           $ 1.3      $ 1.5   

Equity compensation

     (8.2     (1.0          (35.1     (36.1

Restructuring and other special items

     (23.7     (25.5          (22.0     (47.5

In-process research and development

     —          (112.4          —          (112.4

Sponsor advisory fee

     (10.0     (2.2          —          (2.2

Minority interest, net

     (3.5     (0.7          (3.9     (4.6

Other, net

     (144.6     (0.7          (0.1     (0.8

Cardinal allocation

     —          —               (53.1     (53.1

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     (3.5     (6.6          39.2        32.6   
                                     

Total unallocated costs

   $ (510.1   $ (148.9        $ (73.7   $ (222.6
                                     

 

40


Table of Contents

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

     Successor            Predecessor
(in millions)    Fiscal Year
Ended

June 30, 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to

April 9, 2007

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ (455.5   $ (145.1        $ 43.0

Depreciation and amortization

     158.3        36.4             76.0

Interest expense, net

     201.2        44.1             8.9

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     (82.1     (20.0          1.5
                           

EBITDA

   $ (178.1   $ (84.6        $ 129.4
                           

Oral Technologies segment

Net revenues increased by 10%, or $95.7 million, for fiscal 2008 compared to the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted the Oral Technologies segment’s revenue growth by approximately 7% , or $66.0 million. Excluding the benefit of foreign exchange rates, net revenue increased by 3% or $29.7 million primarily due to increased demand for oral pharmaceutical products, particularly products in our controlled release and Zydis ® formats. The increased demand was driven by a mix of new customer products as well as increased volumes on existing customer products.

Segment EBITDA increased by 16%, or $31.0 million, for fiscal 2008 compared to the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year. During fiscal 2008, one of our European manufacturing facilities recorded a non-cash inventory charge and other adjustments of approximately $11.0 million. In addition, the segment’s EBITDA was favorably impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar by approximately 6%, or $14.1 million. Excluding the impact of these items, the Oral Technologies segment’s EBITDA increased by approximately 12%, or $27.9 million, primarily due to increased revenues within the controlled release and Zydis ® businesses.

Sterile Technologies segment

Net revenues increased by 21%, or $50.6 million, due to increased volumes at the majority of the sterile manufacturing facilities, including increased demand for flu vaccine products manufactured at our new pre-filled syringe facility in Belgium. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted the Sterile Technologies segment’s revenue growth by approximately 5% , or $11.2 million.

Segment EBITDA increased by $36.8 million to $40.7 million for fiscal 2008, compared to $3.9 million in the corresponding period in the prior fiscal year. The increase was primarily due to increased revenues and improved utilization of our sterile facilities, including the ramp-up of our new facility in Belgium. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted the Sterile Technologies segment’s EBITDA growth by approximately $1.2 million.

Packaging Services segment

Net revenues decreased by 4%, or $20.4 million. The weaker U.S. dollar favorably impacted our Packaging Services segment’s revenue growth by approximately 3%, or $18.5 million; excluding this benefit, revenues decreased by $38.9 million due to reduced demand within our North American packaging and printing facilities. The decline in demand within our North American facilities was driven partially by a reduction in certain customers’ volumes due to market demand and certain customers’ decisions to utilize their own facilities versus those of an outsource provider for their packaging needs.

Segment EBITDA decreased by $3.2 million. Segment EBITDA was also favorably impacted by the weaker U.S. dollar by approximately 4%, or $3.4 million. Excluding this benefit, our Packaging Service segment’s EBITDA decreased $6.6 million primarily due to the net revenue decrease within the North American packaging and printing facilities, partially offset by stronger demand in European packaging and printing facilities as well as packaging/warehouse distribution growth.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources and Use of Cash

Our principal source of liquidity has been cash flow generated from operations. The principal uses of cash are to fund planned operating expenditures, capital expenditures, interest payments on debt and any mandatory or discretionary principal payments on debt issuances. As of June 30, 2009, our financing needs were supported by $309.0 million of net available capacity in our revolving credit agreement, including a reduction of $5.0 million of outstanding letters of credit. Our revolving credit agreement matures April 10, 2013. As of June 30, 2009, we had outstanding borrowings of $36.0 million under our revolving credit agreement.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Company has the option every six months until April 15, 2011, at its election, to use the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) feature of its Senior Toggle Notes in lieu of making cash interest payments. While the Company has sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated ongoing needs without use of this PIK feature, the Company has elected to do so for the October 15, 2009 interest payment date as an efficient and cost-effective method to further enhance liquidity, in light of the substantial dislocation in the financial markets. The Company must make an election regarding whether subsequent interest payments will be made entirely in cash, entirely through PIK Interest or 50% in cash and 50% in PIK interest not later than the start of the applicable interest period.

As a result, on April 6, 2009, the Company delivered notice to The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), in its capacity as trustee under the indenture for the Company’s outstanding Senior Toggle Notes that, with respect to the interest that will be due on such notes on the October 15, 2009 interest payment date, the Company will make such interest payment by using the PIK feature of the Senior Toggle Notes at the PIK interest rate of 10.25% instead of paying interest in cash. The entirely PIK interest election is now the default election for future interest periods unless the Company elects otherwise prior to the beginning of any future interest period.

Although no assurances can be given, we continue to believe that our cash from operations and available borrowings under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs for at least the next twelve months.

Cash Flows

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008.

 

(in millions)    Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    Change  

Net cash provided by / (used in)

      

Operating activities

   $ 69.1      $ 83.3      $ (14.2

Investing activities

     (81.5     (83.7     2.2   

Financing activities

     10.5        (11.7     22.2   

Operating activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, cash provided by operating activities was $69.1 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $83.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was mainly driven by a decrease in revenue due to challenging economic conditions in fiscal 2009, primarily due to a decline in demand within our Packaging Services segment. This decline in demand within the facilities is driven partially by a reduction in certain customers’ volumes due to market demand and certain customers’ decisions to utilize their own facilities versus those of an outsource provider for their packaging needs.

Investing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, cash used in investing activities was $81.5 million, a decrease of $2.2 million compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was primarily driven by proceeds received from the sale of assets during fiscal year 2009.

Financing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, cash provided by financing activities was $10.5 million compared to cash used in financing activities of $11.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008. Cash provided in the fiscal 2009 period was primarily attributable to short-term borrowings of $36.0 million from our revolving credit facility, partially offset by long-term payments of $22.8 million. Cash used in the fiscal 2008 period was mainly due to an equity contribution of $14.5 million from PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, long-term borrowings of $44.0 million and reclassification of long-term debt financing cost of $14.2 million, while partially offset by net repayments of $14.9 million in short-term borrowings and long-term debt obligations of $42.6 million.

Cash Flows

Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2008 Compared to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2007

The following table summarizes our statement of cash flows from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 compared with the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007.

 

42


Table of Contents
     Successor     Successor            Predecessor     Combined        
(in millions)    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
    Change  

Net cash provided by / (used in)

               

Operating activities

   $ 83.3      $ 69.8           $ 182.3      $ 252.1      $ (168.8

Investing activities

     (83.7     (3,303.9          (83.7     (3,387.6     3,303.9   

Financing activities

     (11.7     3,289.9             (208.3     3,081.6        (3,093.3

Operating activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, cash provided by operating activities was $83.3 million compared to cash provided by operating activities of $252.1 million for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities was mainly due to interest payments associated with the Acquisition-related debt as well as payment of approximately $27.2 million to one of the Company’s pension plans during fiscal 2008.

Investing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, cash used in investing activities was $83.7 million, a decrease of $3.4 billion compared to the combined fiscal year ending June 30, 2007. This decrease was primarily driven by the use of $3.3 billion for the Acquisition in fiscal 2007.

Financing activities

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, cash used in financing activities was $11.7 million compared to cash used in financing activities of $3.1 billion for the combined fiscal year ended June 30, 2007. Cash provided in the fiscal 2008 period was mainly attributable to an equity contribution of $14.5 million from PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, long-term borrowings of $44.0 million and reclassification of long-term debt financing cost of $14.2 million, partially offset by net repayments of $14.9 million in short-term borrowings and long-term debt obligations of $42.6 million. Cash used in the fiscal 2007 period was mainly due to $2.2 billion of debt proceeds and $1.0 billion in capital contributions received in connection with the Acquisition.

Debt and Financing Arrangements

At June 30, 2009, the Company had outstanding interest rate swaps, which expire between June 30, 2010 and April 10, 2013, as derivative instruments to manage the risk associated with the Company’s floating rate debt. The unrealized losses on our interest rate swaps that are designated as effective cash flow hedges for accounting purposes were $28.1 million, net of tax and are recorded within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income on our balance sheet at June 30, 2009. The unrealized losses on our interest rate swaps, which are effective economic hedges but not designated as effective for financial reporting purposes were $10.9 million and are recorded in other expense, net in our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable rate interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans so that the interest payable on the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on our future interest expense. As of June 30, 2009, we had six interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans due in April 2014. These agreements include three U.S dollar-denominated, two Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

The current Euro and Japanese Yen interest rate swaps were designed as effective economic hedges but not designated as effective for financial reporting purposes and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Other (Income)/Expense. Conversely, unrealized gains/losses on the U.S. Dollar interest rate swaps are designated as effective hedges and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) and the corresponding payables are included in other current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet.

As of June 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive covenants related to its long-term obligations.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a $1.8 billion senior secured credit facility consisting of: (i) an approximately $1.4 billion term loan facility and (ii) a $350 million revolving credit facility. We are required to repay the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 1% per annum of the original funded principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on April 10, 2014. These repayments commenced on September 28, 2007.

 

43


Table of Contents

The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings.

Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest, at our option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest per annum published by The Wall Street Journal from time to time, as the “prime lending rate” and (2) the federal funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under our senior secured credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee is 0.50% per annum. The commitment fee may be reduced subject to our attaining certain leverage ratios. We are also required to pay customary letter of credit fees. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had $36.0 million outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

The senior secured credit facilities are subject to amortization and prepayment requirements and contain certain covenants, events of default and other customary provisions.

Senior Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued $565.0 million of 9  1 / 2 %/ 10  1 / 4 % senior PIK-election fixed rate notes due 2015 (“Senior Toggle Notes”). The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, which commenced on October 15, 2007.

For any interest period prior to April 15, 2011, we may at our option elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes (i) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK interest”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Cash Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 9  1 / 2 % per annum. PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at the Cash Interest rate per annum plus  3 / 4 % per annum.

At any time prior to April 15, 2011, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Toggle Notes at a redemption price equal to the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, before April 15, 2010, we may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Toggle Notes at a redemption price of 109.5% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, using proceeds from sales of certain kinds of capital stock, provided that after any such redemption, at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes remain outstanding. On and after April 15, 2011, we may redeem the Senior Toggle Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued €225.0 million 9  3 / 4 % Euro-denominated ($300.3 million dollar equivalent at the exchange rate effective on the issue date) Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company (including the senior credit facilities and the Senior Toggle Notes). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, such payments commencing on October 15, 2007.

At any time prior to April 15, 2012, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, before April 15, 2010, we may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 109.75% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest using proceeds from sales of certain kinds of capital stock, provided that after any such redemption, at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes remain outstanding. On and after April 15, 2012, we may redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the senior subordinated indenture plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. During fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased approximately 9.5 million Euros of its Senior Subordinated Notes which resulted in a gain of approximately $3.8 million reflected in other expense, net of the Consolidated Statement of Operations. There were no repurchases of Senior Subordinated Notes during the fiscal year 2009.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

 

44


Table of Contents

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all the following assets of the Company and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

   

A pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by Company and each guarantor in any wholly-owned material subsidiary of the Company or any guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary of a U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than 65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and

 

   

A security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Company and each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

During fiscal 2009, on a consolidated basis, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $1.0 billion, or approximately 63% of our total net revenue, and approximately $47.3 million, or 75% of our total EBITDA from continuing operations of $62.9 million.

As of June 30, 2009, our non-guarantor subsidiaries accounted for approximately $1.2 billion, or 56%, of our total assets (excluding intercompany receivables and goodwill), and approximately $389.6 million, or 53%, of our total liabilities (excluding intercompany liabilities and issuer’s debt of approximately $2.3 billion).

Debt Covenants

The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s (and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; and in the case of the Company’s senior credit agreement, enter into sale and leaseback transactions; repay subordinated indebtedness, amend material agreements governing the Company’s subordinated indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes); and change the Company’s lines of business.

The senior credit facility and indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes also contain change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of June 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants related to its long-term obligations. Our long-term debt obligations do not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

Subject to certain exceptions, the senior credit agreement and the indentures governing the notes will permit the Company and its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. None of our non-U.S. subsidiaries or Puerto Rico subsidiaries is a guarantor of the loans or notes.

As market conditions warrant and subject to our contractual restrictions and liquidity position, we, our affiliates and/or our major equity holders, including Blackstone and its affiliates, may from time to time repurchase our outstanding debt securities, including the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes; and/or our outstanding bank loans in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender or otherwise. Any such repurchases may be funded by incurring new debt, including additional borrowings under our existing credit facility. Any new debt may also be secured debt. We may also use available cash on our balance sheet. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Further, since some of our debt is currently trading at a discount to the face amount, any such purchases may result in our acquiring and retiring a substantial amount of any particular series, with the attendant reduction in the trading liquidity of any such series.

Under the indentures governing the notes, our ability to engage in certain activities such as incurring certain additional indebtedness, making certain investments and paying certain dividends may be tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA (which is defined as “EBITDA” in the indentures).

Adjusted EBITDA is based on the definitions in our indentures, is not defined under US GAAP, and is subject to important limitations. We have included the calculations of Adjusted EBITDA for the period presented as Adjusted EBITDA is the earnings measure defined in the covenants under the indentures governing the notes. Because not all companies use identical calculations, our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

Historical and Adjusted EBITDA

In calculating Adjusted EBITDA, we add back certain non-cash, non-recurring and other items that are included in EBITDA and net income as required by various covenants in the indentures governing the notes. Adjusted EBITDA, among other things:

 

   

does not include non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense and certain other non-cash charges;

 

   

does not include cash and non-cash restructuring, severance and relocation costs incurred to realize future cost savings and enhance our operations;

 

45


Table of Contents
   

adds back minority interest expense, which represents minority investors’ ownership of certain of our consolidated subsidiaries and is, therefore, not available to us; and

 

   

includes estimated cost savings which have not yet been fully reflected in our results.

Our Adjusted EBITDA for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 based on the definitions in our indentures is calculated as follows:

 

     Last Twelve Months Ended
June 30, 2009
 
(in millions)       

Loss from continuing operations

   $ (272.9

Interest expense, net

     181.6   

Income tax benefit

     16.8   

Depreciation and amortization

     137.4   
        

EBITDA

     62.9   

Equity compensation (1)

     (0.3

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets (2)

     195.2   

Restructuring and other special items (3)

     20.2   

Other non-recurring items (4)

     7.3   

Unrealized foreign exchange loss/(gain) (included in other expense (income), net) (5)

     (18.7

Other adjustments (6)

     0.8   

Advisory monitoring fee (7)

     10.0   
        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 277.4   
        

 

(1) Reflects non-cash stock-based employee compensation expense under the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, Share-based Payments .
(2) Reflects non-cash asset impairment charges and losses from the sale of assets not included in restructuring and special items discussed below.
(3) Restructuring and other special charges of $20.2 million reflects the following:
  $16.1 million related to restructuring activities. The restructuring programs focus on various aspects of operations, including closing certain operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a more strategic and cost-efficient structure.
  $4.1 million related to costs incurred to separate from Cardinal.
(4) Reflects the following items: $4.7 million of severance and recruiting fees associated with the replacement of our Chief Executive Officer and an additional $2.6 million of other non-recurring items.
(5) Reflects foreign exchange gain of $29.6 million related to unrealized foreign currency transactions on Euro denominated debt recorded in non-U.S. dollar currencies and unrealized foreign currency translations recorded on intercompany loans that are denominated in other currencies than the U.S. dollar, and loss of $10.9 million related to derivatives in the Euro and Yen swap agreements.
(6) Reflects other adjustments required in calculating our covenant compliance under the indentures governing our notes, primarily $(0.6) million of minority interest expense, and $1.4 million of severance and relocation costs in selling, general and administrative expenses. However, minority interest expense does not represent EBITDA available to us and we expect to incur severance and relocation costs and franchise taxes in the future.
(7) Represents amount of sponsor advisory fee. See Note 12 of the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.

Interest Risk Management

A portion of the debt used to finance our operations is exposed to interest rate fluctuations. We may use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities. The primary interest rate exposure as of June 30, 2009 is to interest rate fluctuations in the United States and Europe, especially USD LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates. We currently use interest rate swaps as the derivative instruments in these hedging strategies. The derivatives used to manage the risk associated with our floating USD LIBOR rate debt were designated as effective cash flow hedges. Derivatives used to manage the risk associated with our floating EURIBOR and TIBOR (Tokyo inter-bank Domestic Yen Offered rate) rate debt are effective economic hedges but not designated as effective cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes.

Currency Risk Management

Periodically we may utilize forward currency exchange contracts to manage our exposures to the variability of cash flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs. In addition, we may utilize foreign

 

46


Table of Contents

currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. Currently, we do not utilize foreign currency exchange contracts. We expect to continue to evaluate hedging opportunities for foreign currency in the future.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our future contractual obligations as June 30, 2009:

 

     2010    2011 -2012    2013 -2014    Thereafter    Total
(in millions)                         

Long–term debt obligations (1)

   $ 27.0    $ 43.8    $ 1,390.6    $ 882.7    $ 2,344.1

Capital lease obligations (2)

     1.2      2.0      —        —        3.2

Operating leases (3)

     14.5      23.3      9.6      17.5      64.9

Purchase obligations (4)

     13.5      4.4      0.1      —        18.0

Other long-term liabilities

     3.1      4.1      5.5      21.4      34.1
                                  

Total financial obligations

   $ 59.3    $ 77.6    $ 1,405.8    $ 921.6    $ 2,464.3
                                  

 

(1) Represents maturities of our long-term debt obligations excluding capital lease obligations. Amounts exclude interest expense, as the amounts ultimately paid will depend on amounts outstanding under our secured obligations and interest rates in effect during each period.
(2) Represents maturities of our capital lease obligations included within long-term debt on our balance sheet and the related estimated future interest payments.
(3) Represents minimum rental payments and the related estimated future interest payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms.
(4) Purchase obligations are defined as agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specifying all significant terms, including the following: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligation amounts disclosed above represent estimates of the minimum for which we are obligated and the time period in which cash outflows will occur. Purchase orders and authorizations to purchase that involve no firm commitment from either party are excluded from the above table. In addition, contracts that can be unilaterally cancelled with no termination fee or with proper notice are excluded from our total purchase obligations except for the amount of the termination fee or the minimum amount of goods that must be purchased during the requisite notice period.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Other than operating leases, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of June 30, 2009.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations as a result of certain market risks. These market risks primarily relate to changes in interest rates associated with our long-term debt obligations and foreign exchange rate changes. We utilize derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, in order to mitigate risk associated with our variable rate debt.

Interest Rate Risk

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable rate interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans and so that the interest payable on the term loans effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the impact of future interest rate changes on our future interest expense. As of June 30, 2009, we had six interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans due in April 2014. These agreements include three U.S dollar-denominated, two Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

On July 31, 2009, the Company executed a new $300.0 million U.S. swap agreement, which will be effective June 30, 2010 and terminate on April 10, 2013. The hedging instrument has a fixed rate of 3.219% and will be indexed based on a one month USD LIBOR rate.

On March 26, 2009, the Company executed a new Euro swap agreement with a notional value of $320.0 million, which will be effective June 30, 2010. On April 16, we executed a second new swap denominated in U.S dollars with $460.0 million notional value in order to better contain interest rate risk on our variable rate term loans. These are forward starting swaps, with combined notional value of approximately $780.0 million USD equivalent which will replace approximately $615.0 million USD notional value

 

47


Table of Contents

equivalent that expires on June 30, 2010. The current Euro and Japanese Yen interest rate swaps are economically effective but are not designated as effective for financial reporting and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Other (Income)/Expense. Conversely, unrealized gains/losses on the U.S. Dollar interest rate swaps are designated as effective hedges and are included in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) and the corresponding payables are included in other current liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheet. A 1% increase in interest rates would increase our annual interest expense by approximately $9.4 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

By nature of our global operations, we are exposed to cash flow and earnings fluctuations resulting from foreign exchange rate variation. These exposures are transactional and translational in nature. Since we manufacture and sell our products throughout the world, our foreign currency risk is diversified. Principal drivers of this diversified foreign exchange exposure include the European Euro, British pound, Argentinean peso, Brazilian real and Australian dollar. Our transactional exposure arises from the purchase and sale of goods and services in currencies other than the functional currency of our operational units. We also have exposure related to the translation of financial statements of our foreign divisions into U.S. dollars, the functional currency of the parent. The financial statements of our operations outside the U.S. are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign operations in U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in “other expense, net”. Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include those associated with our Euro-denominated debt and inter-company loans denominated in non- U.S. dollars currencies.

 

48


Table of Contents
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   50

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

   51

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   52

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity and Parent Company Equity

   53

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

   54

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

   56

 

49


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, and for the period from April 10, 2007 (formation) to June 30, 2007, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in net investment and cash flows of certain businesses of the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment (“PTS”), which were formerly part of Cardinal Health, Inc. for the period from July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007. These consolidated and combined financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and subsidiaries at June 30, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, and for the period from April 10, 2007 (formation) to June 30, 2007, and the related combined statements of operations, changes in net investment and cash flows of certain businesses of the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment, which were formerly part of Cardinal Health, Inc. for the period from July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP        

MetroPark, New Jersey

September 28, 2009

 

50


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. Subsidiaries and Predecessor

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Operations

(in millions)

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Year Ended
June 30, 2009
    Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    For the Period
April 10, 2007
to June 30, 2007
           For the Period
July 1, 2006 to
April 9, 2007
 

Net revenue

   $ 1,639.5      $ 1,817.7      $ 422.2           $ 1,271.8   

Cost of products sold

     1,234.3        1,360.1        333.0             973.1   
                                     

Gross margin

     405.2        457.6        89.2             298.7   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     279.4        305.6        71.1             220.6   

Impairment charges and loss/(gain) on sale of assets

     195.2        316.6        (0.2          (1.3

In-process research and development (IPR&D)

     —          —          112.4             —     

Restructuring and other special items

     20.2        23.7        25.5             22.0   
                                     

Operating (loss)/earnings

     (89.6     (188.3     (119.6          57.4   

Interest expense, net

     181.6        201.2        44.1             8.9   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (14.5     144.6        0.7             0.1   
                                     

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations

     (256.7     (534.1     (164.4          48.4   

Income tax (benefit) expense

     16.8        (82.1     (20.0          1.5   

Minority interest, net of tax expense/(benefit) of $(0.1), $(0.3), $(0.5), $(3.2) and $(3.7), respectively

     (0.6     3.5        0.7             3.9   
                                     

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations

     (272.9     (455.5     (145.1          43.0   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax expense/(benefit) of $(1.8), $(2.9), $(2.3), $(2.4) and $(4.7), respectively

     (35.2     (84.2     (5.2          (18.1
                                     

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (308.1   $ (539.7   $ (150.3        $ 24.9   
                                     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements

 

51


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in millions, except shares)

 

     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 63.9      $ 72.4   

Trade receivables, net

     252.4        307.9   

Inventories, net

     182.0        210.7   

Prepaid expenses and other

     89.5        89.6   

Assets held for sale

     18.2        21.0   
                

Total current assets

     606.0        701.6   

Property and equipment, net

     810.4        938.2   

Other assets:

    

Goodwill

     1,082.7        1,291.3   

Other intangibles, net

     396.5        518.0   

Deferred income taxes

     184.4        186.8   

Other

     51.8        68.4   
                

Total assets

   $ 3,131.8      $ 3,704.3   
                

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings

   $ 64.2      $ 29.2   

Accounts payable

     127.0        138.7   

Other accrued liabilities

     192.7        174.0   

Liabilities held for sale

     6.2        3.7   
                

Total current liabilities

     390.1        345.6   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,283.1        2,382.3   

Pension liability

     104.7        80.5   

Deferred income taxes

     236.6        259.4   

Other liabilities

     36.6        47.6   

Commitment and contingencies (see Note 15)

    

Shareholder’s equity:

    

Common stock $0.01 par value; 1,000 shared authorized, 100 shares issued

     —          —     

Additional paid in capital

     1,071.0        1,072.6   

Accumulated deficit

     (998.1     (690.0

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)/income

     7.8        206.3   
                

Total shareholder’s equity

     80.7        588.9   
                

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 3,131.8      $ 3,704.3   
                

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

52


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., Subsidiaries and Predecessor

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity

and Parent Company Equity

(in millions)

 

     Cardinal Health, Inc.
Net Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(loss)
    Total Parent
Company Equity
 

Predecessor

      

Balance at June 30, 2006

     2,078.0        (21.8     2,056.2   

Comprehensive income/(loss):

      

Net earnings

     24.9       

Foreign currency translation adjustments

       53.7     

Change in unrealized gain/(loss) on derivatives

       0.3     

Net change in minimum pension liability

       —       
            

Total comprehensive income

         78.9   

Equity compensation

     35.1          35.1   

Net transfers from Cardinal Health, Inc.

     (163.5       (163.5
                        

Balance at April 9, 2007

   $ 1,974.5      $ 32.2      $ 2,006.7   
                        

 

     Common
Stock
   Additional
Paid In
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 

Balance April 10, 2007 (Formation Date)

           

Issuance of common stock

   $ —      $ 1,048.9      $ —        $ —        $ 1,048.9   

Comprehensive income/(loss):

           

Net loss

          (150.3    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            9.2     

Net change in minimum pension liability

            1.8     
                 

Total comprehensive loss

              (139.3

Equity compensation

        1.0            1.0   
                                       

Balance June 30, 2007

   $ —      $ 1,049.9      $ (150.3   $ 11.0      $ 910.6   

Equity contribution

        14.5            14.5   

Comprehensive income/(loss):

           

Net loss

          (539.7    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            204.6     

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of $2.8 million tax

            3.2     

Change in unrealized gain/(loss) on derivatives, net of $3.9 million tax

            (12.5  
                 

Total comprehensive loss

              (344.4

Equity compensation

        8.2            8.2   
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ —      $ 1,072.6      $ (690.0   $ 206.3      $ 588.9   

Equity (redemption) contribution

        (1.3         (1.3

Comprehensive loss:

           

Net loss

          (308.1    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

            (165.5  

Net change in minimum pension liability, net of $6.0 million tax

            (26.1  

Change in unrealized gain/(loss) on derivatives, net of $3.9 million tax

            (6.9  
                 

Total comprehensive loss

              (506.6

Equity compensation

        (0.3         (0.3
                                       

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ —      $ 1,071.0      $ (998.1   $ 7.8      $ 80.7   
                                       

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements

 

53


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

    For the Year
Ended
June 30, 2009
    For the Year
Ended
June 30, 2008
    For the Period
April 10, 2007
to June 30, 2007
          For the Period
July 1, 2006 to
April 9, 2007
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net (loss)/earnings

  $ (308.1   $ (539.7   $ (150.3       $ 24.9   

Loss from discontinued operations

    (35.2     (60.7     (5.2         (18.1
                                   

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

    (272.9     (479.0     (145.1         43.0   

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to net cash from operations:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    137.4        158.3        36.4            76.0   

Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gains)/losses, net

    (29.6     149.2        —              —     

Amortization of debt financing costs

    9.6        8.5        1.6            —     

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

    195.2        316.7        (0.2         (1.3

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

    —          (3.8     —              —     

Equity compensation

    (0.3     8.2        1.0            35.1   

In-process research and development

    —          —          112.4            —     

Benefit for deferred income taxes

    (3.2     (104.5     (27.0         (15.2

Provisions for bad debts and inventory

    14.2        21.3        4.2            3.5   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Decrease/(increase) in trade receivables

    30.2        17.2        (31.5         (1.8

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

    (2.3     3.8        23.7            (7.0

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable

    0.4        12.9        20.2            11.2   

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net

    (9.6     (25.5     74.1            38.8   
                                   

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

    69.1        83.3        69.8            182.3   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

    3.8        (6.6     1.8            (4.3
                                   

Net cash provided by operating activities

    72.9        76.7        71.6            178.0   
                                   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

           

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

    —          —          (3,285.5         10.7   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    2.2        0.7        —              8.1   

Additions to property and equipment

    (83.7     (84.4     (18.4         (102.5
                                   

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

    (81.5     (83.7     (3,303.9         (83.7

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

    (2.8     (3.7     (1.5         (11.0
                                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (84.3     (87.4     (3,305.4         (94.7
                                   

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

           

Net change in short-term borrowings

    (1.4     (0.5     (13.1         (14.0

Repayments of revolver credit facility

    (68.0     (109.8     —              —     

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

    104.0        95.9        13.9            —     

Repayments of long-term obligations

    (22.8     (30.6     (5.3         (22.4

Proceeds from long-term obligations

    —          33.6        2,301.8            3.7   

Long term debt financing costs

    —          (14.8     (56.3         —     

Equity redemption contributions

    (1.3     14.5        —              —     

Issuance of common stock

    —          —          1,048.9            (175.6
                                   

Net cash (used in)/ provided by financing activities from continuing operations

    10.5        (11.7     3,289.9            (208.3
                                   

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

    10.5        (11.7     3,289.9            (208.3
                                   

Effect of foreign currency on cash

    (7.6     12.1        4.1            13.9   

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

    (8.5     (10.3     60.2            (111.1

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

    72.4        82.7        22.5            133.6   
                                   

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

  $ 63.9      $ 72.4      $ 82.7          $ 22.5   
                                   

 

54


Table of Contents
    For the Year
Ended
June 30, 2009
  For the Year
Ended
June 30, 2008
  For the Period
April 10, 2007
to June 30, 2007
        For the Period
July 1, 2006 to
April 9, 2007

SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

           

Interest paid

  $ 169.4   $ 194.7   $ 23.4       $ 0.6

Taxes paid

  $ 18.6   $ 16.5   $ 4.8       $ —  
                           

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated and combined financial statements

 

55


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries and Predecessor

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

(in millions, except shares)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Catalent”, the “Company, or the “Successor”) is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC (“Intermediate Holdings”). Intermediate Holdings is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of PTS Holdings Corp. (“Parent”) and Parent is 100% owned by Phoenix Charter LLC (“Phoenix”) and certain members of the Company’s senior management. Phoenix is wholly-owned by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., an entity controlled by affiliates of The Blackstone Group (“Blackstone”), a global private investment and advisory firm.

The Company is a provider of advanced dose form and packaging technologies, development, manufacturing and packaging services for pharmaceutical, biotechnology and consumer healthcare companies. The Company’s proprietary drug delivery and packaging technologies help its customers achieve their desired clinical and market outcomes and are used in many well-known products. As part of the Company’s strategy to streamline and focus its operations, the business was reorganized at the end of June 2007 into three operating segments: Oral Technologies, Sterile Technologies and Packaging Services. Previously, the Company operated its business in six segments: Softgel, Modified Release, Sterile Injectables, Sterile Blow-Fill-Seal, Packaging Services and Analytical and Other. As part of the reorganization, Oral Technologies includes the Softgel and Modified Release business, Sterile Technologies includes the Sterile Injectables and Sterile-Blow-Fill Seal businesses as well as Analytical and Other. The Packaging Services segment remains the same as previously reported.

 

   

Oral Technologies.  This segment provides formulation, development and manufacturing services for most of the major oral dose forms on the market today. Its advanced oral drug delivery technologies are used in many well-known consumer products and include proprietary technologies for drugs and consumer health products. This segment also provides formulation, development and manufacturing for conventional oral dose forms, including controlled release formulations, as well as immediate release tablets and capsules. There are twelve Oral Technologies facilities in nine countries, including three in North America, five in Europe, two in South America and two in the Asia-Pacific region.

 

   

Sterile Technologies.  This segment produces nearly every type of major sterile dose form used in the prescription drug and biologic market today. In addition, this segment provides biologic cell line development and analytical and scientific consulting services. Sterile drugs may be injected, inhaled, or applied to the eye, ear, or other areas, and we offer both proprietary and traditional dose forms necessary for these separate routes of administration. For injectable drugs, the Company provides formulation and development for injectables as well as lyophilization (freeze drying) for otherwise unstable drugs and biologics. The Company also fills drugs or biologics into vials, pre-filled syringes, bags and other sterile delivery formats. For respiratory, ophthalmic and other routes of administration, the Company’s blow-fill-seal technology provides integrated dose form creation and filling of sterile liquids in a single process, which offers cost and quality benefits for its customers. There are four Sterile Technologies manufacturing facilities, including two in North America and two in Europe, plus two analytical and scientific laboratories in North America.

 

   

Packaging Services.  This segment provides extensive packaging services for thousands of pharmaceuticals, biologics and consumer health and veterinary products, both on a standalone basis and as part of integrated supply-chain solutions that span both manufacturing and packaging. This segment offers contract packaging services (packaging drugs in blisters, bottles, pouches and unit-doses), printed components (creating package inserts or folding cartons) and clinical trial supply services (providing packaging, inventory and logistics management for clinical trials). The segment operates through a network of thirteen Packaging Services facilities including eight in North America and five facilities in Europe.

Basis of Presentation

On April 10, 2007, certain businesses owned by Cardinal Health, Inc. (“Cardinal”) and operated as part of Cardinal’s Pharmaceutical Technologies Services (“PTS”) segment (the “Acquired Businesses”), were acquired by an entity controlled by affiliates of Blackstone, pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of January 25, 2007 entered into between Phoenix and Cardinal (the “Purchase Agreement”).

These financial statements present the consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Successor as a stand-alone entity and the combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Acquired Businesses when operated as part of the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services (“PTS”) segment of Cardinal (hereinafter, the “Predecessor”), including adjustments, allocations and related party transactions (see Note 12) and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The Consolidated Financial Statements as of June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and June 30, 2007 and for the years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 include the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the Company on a successor basis, and the impact of the purchase price

 

56


Table of Contents

allocation. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions have been eliminated.

The accompanying financial statements of the Predecessor exclude Cardinal’s Martindale generic and specialty manufacturing business, Beckloff Associates regulatory consulting business, Healthcare Marketing Services business and Sterile Puerto Rico manufacturing facility, as these PTS businesses were not sold by Cardinal in connection with the Purchase Agreement. The Predecessor’s financial statements were derived from the consolidated financial statements of Cardinal using the historical results of operations and the historical basis of assets and liabilities of the Predecessor. The Predecessor financial statements presented may not be indicative of the results that would have been achieved had the Predecessor operated as a separate, stand-alone entity.

Allocation of Cardinal Costs

The financial statements for the Predecessor period include all costs of the Predecessor and certain costs allocated from Cardinal. Cardinal provided various services to the Predecessor, including but not limited to cash management, tax and legal services, information technology services, internal audit, facilities management, security, payroll and employee benefit administration, insurance administration, and telecommunication services. Cardinal allocated these expenses and all other central operating costs, first on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated among Cardinal’s businesses on the basis of their respective revenues, headcount or other measure. In the opinion of management, these methods of allocating costs are reasonable.

The financial statements for the Predecessor periods are not intended to be a complete presentation of the results of operations and cash flows as if the Predecessor had operated as a stand-alone entity during those periods presented. Had the Predecessor existed as a stand-alone entity, its financial position, results of operations and cash flows could have differed materially from those included in the financial statements included herein. In addition, the future financial position, results of operations and cash flows could differ materially from the historical results presented.

Reclassifications

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. These amounts include, but are not limited to, reclassification of assets held for sale to discontinued operations, the reclassification of costs associated with customer research and development to include such costs as a component of Cost of Sales and certain deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory and long-lived asset valuation, goodwill and other intangible asset impairment, equity-based compensation, income taxes, derivative financial instruments, self-insurance accruals, loss contingencies and restructuring charge reserves. Actual amounts may differ from these estimated amounts.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The financial statements of the Company’s operations outside the U.S. are measured using the local currency as the functional currency. Adjustments to translate the assets and liabilities of these foreign operations into U.S. dollars are accumulated as a component of other comprehensive income utilizing period-end exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses calculated by utilizing weighted average exchange rates for the period are included in the statements of operations in “other expense, net”. Such foreign currency transaction gains and losses include those associated with the Company’s Euro-denominated debt and inter-company loans. During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded $54.2 million in unrealized foreign currency transaction gains associated with its Euro-denominated debt and $27.8 million primarily related to unrealized foreign currency losses associated with intercompany loans that are not permanently reinvested.

Revenue Recognition

In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” the Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, product delivery has occurred or the services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is recognized net of sales returns and allowances.

Manufacturing and packaging revenue is recognized either upon shipment or delivery of the product, in accordance with the terms of the contract, which specify when transfer of title occurs. Some of the Company’s manufacturing contracts with its customers have annual minimum purchase requirements. At the end of the contract year, revenue is recognized for the remaining purchase obligation in accordance with the contract terms.

 

57


Table of Contents

Non-product revenue includes service fees, royalty fees, annual exclusivity fees, option fees to extend exclusivity agreements and milestone payments for attaining certain regulatory approvals. Exclusivity payments are paid by customers in return for the Company’s commitment to manufacture certain products for those customers only. The revenue related to these agreements is recognized over the term of the exclusivity agreement or the term of the option agreement unless a particular milestone is designated, in which case revenue is recognized when service obligations or performance have been completed.

Arrangements containing multiple revenue generating activities are accounted for in accordance with Emerging Issue Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” If the deliverable meets the criteria of a separate unit of accounting, the arrangement revenue is allocated to each element based upon its relative fair value or vendor specific objective evidence and recognized in accordance with the applicable revenue recognition criteria for each element.

Cash Equivalents

All liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash and equivalents. The carrying value of these cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Receivables

Trade receivables are primarily comprised of amounts owed to the Company through its operating activities and are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 3.5 million and $ 5.8 million at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. An account is considered past due on the first day after its due date. The Company monitors past due accounts on an ongoing basis and establishes appropriate reserves to cover probable losses. The Company will write-off any amounts deemed uncollectible against an established bad debt reserve.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Major Customers

Concentration of credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across different geographic areas. The customers are primarily concentrated in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industry. The Company normally does not require collateral or any other security to support credit sales. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial conditions and maintains reserves for credit losses. Such losses historically have been within the Company’s expectations. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, no customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company revenue or ending accounts receivable balances.

Inventories

Inventory is primarily stated at the lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. The Company provides reserves for excess, obsolete or slow-moving inventory based on changes in customer demand, technology developments or other economic factors.

Goodwill

The Company accounts for purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under SFAS No. 142, purchased goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but instead are tested for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives, primarily including customer relationships and patents and trademarks, continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparative market information. Goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment and written down to fair value, in accordance with SFAS No. 142. The Company’s impairment analysis is partially based on a discounted cash flow analysis and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The discount rate used for impairment testing is based on the risk-free rate plus an adjustment for market and company-specific risk factors. The use of alternative estimates or adjusting the discount rate used could affect the estimated fair value of the assets and potentially result in more or less impairment. Any identified impairment would result in an adjustment to the Company’s results of operations. The Company has elected to perform its annual impairment analysis during its fourth fiscal quarter. During fiscal 2009, as a result of its impairment analyses, the Company recorded impairment charges related to goodwill. See Note 4 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Property and Equipment and Other Definite Lived Intangible Assets

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation expense is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, including capital lease assets that are amortized over the shorter of their useful lives or the terms of the respective leases. The Company uses the following range of useful lives for its property and equipment categories: buildings and

 

58


Table of Contents

improvements—5 to 50 years; machinery and equipment—3 to 20 years; furniture and fixtures—3 to 10 years. Depreciation expense was $98.9 million, $116.7 million, $26.1 million and $74.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008, and for the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, respectively. The Company charges repairs and maintenance costs to expense as incurred. The amount of capitalized interest was immaterial for all periods presented.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its other long-lived assets, including amortizing intangible assets, if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred pursuant to SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” This analysis is performed by comparing the respective carrying values of the assets to the current and expected future cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, to be generated from such assets. If such analysis indicates that the carrying value of these assets is not recoverable, the carrying value of such assets is reduced to fair value through a charge to the Statements of Operations. Fair value is determined based on assumptions the Company believes marketplace participants would utilize and comparable marketplace information in similar arms length transactions. In conjunction with recording the goodwill impairment in fiscal 2009, the Company completed the required review of property and equipment and other definite-lived intangible assets under SFAS No. 144 for recoverability and recorded impairment charges to other definite-lived intangible assets and property and equipment. See Note 5 and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Derivative Instruments, Hedging Activities and Fair Value

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 161) , amends and expands the disclosure requirements of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS No. 133) with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 requires qualitative disclosures about objectives and strategies for using derivatives, quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features in derivative instruments.

As required by SFAS No. 133, the Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Derivatives may also be designated as hedges of the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its risk, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133.

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”, or SFAS No. 157, which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In addition, the statement establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those years. However, in February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position “FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements that Address Fair value Measurements for Purpose of Lease Classification or Measurements Under Statement 13” and FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157”, or FSP FAS 157-1 and FSP FAS 157-2. FSP FAS 157-2 delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonrecurring fair value measurements of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and FSP FAS 157-1 removes certain leasing transactions from the scope of SFAS No. 157. FSP FAS 157-2 partially defers the effective date of SFAS No. 157 to fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008 for items within the scope of the FSP. The FASB also issued FSP FAS 157-3, “Determining the Fair Values of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset is Not Active” and FSP FAS 157-4, “Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly” which provided additional guidance on determining fair value in specific circumstances. The adoption of FSP FAS 157-1, FSP FAS 157-2, FSP FAS 157-3 and FSP FAS 157-4 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

Restructuring Costs and Other Special Items

Costs associated with the Company’s restructuring activities are recorded in accordance with SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” Under this standard, a liability for an exit cost is recognized as incurred.

Costs associated with integrating acquired companies under the purchase method are recorded in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with a Purchase Business Combination.” Certain costs to be incurred by the Company, as the acquirer, such as employee and lease terminations and other facility exit costs associated with the acquired company, are recognized at the date the integration plan is committed to and adopted by management. Certain other integration costs not meeting the criteria for accrual at the commitment date are charged to expense as the integration plan is implemented.

Self Insurance

The Company is self-insured for certain employee health benefits and partially self-insured for product liability and workers compensation claims. Accruals for losses are provided based upon claims experience and actuarial assumptions, including provisions for incurred but not reported losses. In accordance with the Purchase Agreement, Cardinal retained the liabilities associated with employee health benefits, workers compensation and product liability related to the Predecessor for the period prior to the Acquisition.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123 Revised (FAS 123R), Share-Based Payment . FAS 123R requires companies to recognize compensation expense using a fair-value based method for costs related to share-based payments including stock options and employee stock purchase plans. The expense is measured based on the grant date fair value of the awards that are expected to vest, and the expense is recorded over the applicable requisite service period. In the absence of an observable market price for a share-based award, the fair value is based upon a valuation methodology that takes into consideration various factors, including the exercise price of the award, the expected term of the award, the current price of the underlying shares, the expected volatility of the underlying share price based on peer companies, the expected dividends on the underlying shares and the risk-free interest rate.

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of products sold in the statements of operations. Shipping and handling revenue received was immaterial for all periods presented and is presented within net revenues.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss), which is reported in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity/Parent Company Equity, consists of net earnings/(loss), currency translation, minimum pension liability and unrealized gains and losses from derivatives.

Research and Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. Costs incurred in connection with the development of our own new products and manufacturing are recorded within Selling General & Administrative Expenses. Such research and development costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses amounted to $12.5 million, $15.8 million, $2.5 million, and $3.3 million, for fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, respectively. Costs incurred in connection with research and development services we provide to our customers and services performed in support of the commercial manufacturing process for our customers are recorded within Cost of Sales. Such research and development costs included in cost of sales amounted to $32.6 million, $30.1 million, $6.6 million, and $ 20.9 million, for fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, respectively.

Income Taxes

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” the Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between tax bases and financial reporting bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in the respective jurisdictions in which the Company operates. In assessing the ability to realize deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred taxes are not provided on the unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside of the U.S. when it is expected that these earnings are permanently reinvested. The Company has

 

60


Table of Contents

made no provision for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, as those earnings are considered permanently reinvested in the operations of those foreign subsidiaries.

Under the Predecessor, the operations of the Company were included in the consolidated U.S. and certain foreign and state tax returns of Cardinal. In other foreign and state jurisdictions, the Company filed its tax returns as a separate taxpayer or as part of a consolidated or unitary group. The income tax provisions and related deferred tax assets and liabilities have been determined as if the Company were a separate taxpayer. Cardinal managed its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Company would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone company.

Post-Employment Benefits

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R).” This Statement requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position an asset for a defined benefit postretirement plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status, measure a defined benefit postretirement plan’s assets and obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of the employer’s fiscal year, and recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in comprehensive income in the year in which the changes occur. This Statement requires balance sheet recognition of the funded status for all pension and postretirement benefit plans effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. This Statement also requires plan assets and benefit obligations to be measured as of a company’s balance sheet date effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. In fiscal 2007, the Company adopted this standard and it has not had a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

Recent Financial Accounting Standards

In May 2009, the FASB issued Statement No. 165, “Subsequent Events” (“SFAS No. 165”), which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The provisions of SFAS No. 165 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009. See footnote 19 for additional information.

In November 2008, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued Issue 08-6 (EITF 08-06), “Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations.” This Issue addresses the impact that SFAS 141(R) “Business Combinations” and SFAS 160 “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – An Amendment of ARB No. 51” might have on the accounting for equity method investments including how the initial carrying value of an equity method investment should be determined, how it should be tested for impairment and how changes in classification from equity method to cost method should be treated. The Issue is to be implemented prospectively and is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of adopting this standard, but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, “The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles” (“SFAS No. 162”). SFAS No. 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles to be used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. SFAS No. 162 is effective for periods ended after September 15, 2009 and adoption is not expected to have a material impact.

In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets”, or FSP FAS 142-3. FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used for purposes of determining the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FASB SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, or SFAS No. 142. More specifically, FSP FAS 142-3 removes the requirement under paragraph 11 of SFAS No. 142 to consider whether an intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions and instead requires an entity to consider its own historical experience in renewing similar arrangements. FSP FAS 142-3 is intended to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS 141(R), Business Combinations and other US generally accepted accounting principles. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company does not expect FSP FAS 142-3 will have a material impact on its financial statements.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, or SFAS No. 161. SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about derivative and hedging activities, including (1) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (2) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and its related interpretations, and (3) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years

 

61


Table of Contents

and interim periods beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The adoption of this Statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. See Note 8 Fair Value Measurement for more information.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations”, or SFAS 141(R). SFAS 141(R) expands the definitions of a business and a business combination and requires that: the purchase price of an acquisition, including the issuance of equity securities to be determined on the acquisition date, be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date; all assets, liabilities, contingent consideration, contingencies and in-process research and development costs of an acquired business be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date; acquisition costs generally be expensed as incurred; restructuring costs generally be expensed in periods subsequent to the acquisition date; and changes be made in accounting for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period to impact income tax expense. Upon the Company’s adoption of SFAS 141(R), any subsequent changes to the Company’s acquired uncertain tax positions and valuation allowances associated with acquired deferred tax assets will no longer be applied to goodwill, regardless of acquisition date of the associated business combination. Rather, those changes will typically be recognized as an adjustment to income tax expense. SFAS 141(R) applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect the adoption of this statement to have a significant impact on its current financial statements.

In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110, or SAB 110). SAB 110 amends and replaces Question 6 of Section D.2 of Topic 14, Share-Based Payment . SAB 110 expresses the views of the staff regarding the use of the “simplified” method in developing an estimate of the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options in accordance with FASB Statement No. 123(R), Share Based Payment. The use of the “simplified” method was scheduled to expire on December 31, 2007. SAB 110 extends the use of the “simplified” method for “plain vanilla” awards in certain situations. The Company currently uses the “simplified” method to estimate the expected term for share option grants as it does not have enough historical experience to provide a reasonable estimate due to the limited period Parent’s equity shares have been available. The Company will continue to use the “simplified” method until it has enough historical experience to provide a reasonable estimate of expected term in accordance with SAB 110. SAB 110 is effective for options granted after December 31, 2007.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51”, or SFAS No. 160. SFAS No. 160 amends ARB No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. An ownership interest in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent should be presented in the consolidated statement of financial position within equity, but separate from the parent’s equity. SFAS No. 160 requires that changes in a parent’s ownership interest while the parent retains its controlling financial interest in its subsidiary should be accounted for similarly to equity transactions. When a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment should be initially measured at fair value, with any gain or loss recognized in earnings. SFAS No. 160 requires consolidated net income to include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the noncontrolling interest. It also requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of income, of the amounts of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interests. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2008, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact on its statement of financial position and results of operations.

In December 2007, the FASB reached a consensus on EITF Issue No. 07-01, “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements”. EITF 07-01 defines collaborative arrangements and establishes reporting requirements for transactions between participants in a collaborative arrangement and between participants in the arrangement and third parties. EITF 07-01 also establishes the appropriate statement of income presentation and classification for joint operating activities and payments between participants, as well as the required disclosures related to these arrangements. EITF 07-01 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008 and interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be applied retrospectively to all periods presented for all collaborative arrangements existing as of the effective date. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of adopting this statement

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115”, or SFAS No. 159. This standard permits, but does not require, all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. For items for which the fair value option has been elected, an entity would report unrealized gains and losses in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The Company adopted this standard as of July 1, 2008 but has not elected to account for any of its eligible financial assets and liabilities using the guidance of this standard.

2. THE ACQUISITION

On January 25, 2007, Phoenix, a newly formed Delaware limited liability company that is controlled by affiliates of Blackstone, entered into the Purchase Agreement with Cardinal to purchase the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of certain entities controlled by Cardinal and specified related receivables, which together comprised the Predecessor, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $3.3 billion, as adjusted pursuant to certain provisions in the Purchase Agreement for working capital, cash, indebtedness and earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation and amortization expense of the Successor and a pension adjustment

 

62


Table of Contents

associated with under funded pension liability of approximately $70.0 million. Phoenix subsequently assigned its rights and obligations under the Purchase Agreement to PTS Acquisition Corp., Phoenix’s indirect and wholly owned subsidiary, which entity effected the acquisition. In these financial statements, we refer to this acquisition as the “Acquisition . ” The Acquisition was consummated on April 10, 2007.

The Acquisition was part of a series of transactions which occurred simultaneously on April 10, 2007 (except as discussed below) and included:

 

   

a cash contribution of approximately $1.0 billion from Phoenix to PTS Holdings Corp., an entity controlled by affiliates of Blackstone and Phoenix’s direct subsidiary, in exchange for common stock, which amount was in turn contributed to PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Phoenix, which amount was in turn contributed to PTS Acquisition Corp., and which PTS Acquisition Corp. used to fund the equity portion of the purchase price and which contribution is reflected in the Company’s Equity on its Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2007;

 

   

the issuance of senior toggle notes and senior subordinated notes by PTS Acquisition Corp., for proceeds in the amount of $565.0 and $300.3 million in proceeds, respectively;

 

   

the entering into by PTS Acquisition Corp. of a new senior credit facility, and the receipt of approximately $1.4 billion in proceeds under the credit facility;

 

   

immediately following the Acquisition on April 10, 2007, the merger of PTS Acquisition Corp. with and into Cardinal Health 409, Inc.

 

   

the payment of other fees and expenses in connection with the Acquisition; and

 

   

the surviving entity, Cardinal Health 409, Inc., was subsequently renamed as Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., and is referred to herein as “Catalent”, the “Successor”, or the “Company”.

Costs associated with issuing the long-term debt obligations above approximated $71.1 million and are capitalized on the Company’s balance sheet and are being amortized to interest expense over the respective terms of the debt instruments.

A valuation study was performed, which supports the Company’s purchase price allocation. The valuation study resulted in (i) a fair value step-up to real and personal property and certain identifiable intangible assets, (ii) an increase in value of inventory and a corresponding charge to cost of products sold related to higher costs of inventory sold during the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007; and (iii) recording and writing off acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”), which was subsequently charged to expense. As a result, included in the Company’s statement of operations is a $29.4 million charge to cost of products sold from continuing operations relating to the sale of inventory that was stepped-up to fair value on the Acquisition date and sold as of June 30, 2007 and a charge of $112.4 million related to the Acquisition for the purchased IPR&D, which is associated with the Company’s research and development activities in its Oral Technologies segment. The value of the IPR&D was calculated using cash flow projections discounted for the risk inherent in such projections. The range of discount rates applied was between 13.5% to 20.0%.

The excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been allocated to goodwill. Intangible assets with indefinite lives consist of amounts related to the Company’s assembled workforce, which was calculated as part of the Acquisition valuation study, are not being amortized and are included in goodwill on the Company’s balance sheet.

3. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

Discontinued Operations

On March 30, 2009, the Company sold its Osny, France facility to Bavaria Industriekapital AG, a German industrial holding company and realized a cumulative loss of $32.3 million, primarily reflecting a fiscal year 2008 write-down of $27.3 million. The Company’s North Raleigh facility is classified as held for sale on the Company’s balance sheet and included in discontinued operations on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Cash Flows for all periods presented. Also included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal year 2008 are the results of the Company’s former facility based in Albuquerque, New Mexico, which was sold May 19, 2008.

 

63


Table of Contents

Summarized Consolidated Statements of Operations data for these discontinued operations are as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2008
    For the Period
April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           For the Period
July 1, 2006

to
April 9, 2007
 
(in millions)                                

Net revenues

   $ 24.0      $ 98.6      $ 29.7           $ 80.0   
                                     

Loss before income taxes

     (31.1     (87.1     (7.5          (20.5

Income tax expense (benefit)

     4.1        (2.9     (2.3          (2.4
                                     

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (35.2   $ (84.2   $ (5.2        $ (18.1
                                     

Summarized balance sheet data for these discontinued operations is as follows:

 

     June 30, 2009    June 30, 2008
(in millions)          

Assets held for sale

     

Current assets

   $ 4.9    $ 7.0

Property and equipment

     13.3      14.0
             

Total assets held for sale

   $ 18.2    $ 21.0
             

Liabilities held for sale

     

Current liabilities

   $ 6.2    $ 3.7

Other liabilities

     —        —  
             

Total liabilities held for sale

   $ 6.2    $ 3.7
             

4. GOODWILL

The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in total and by reporting segment:

 

     Oral
Technologies
    Sterile
Technologies
    Packaging
Services
    Total  
(in millions)                         

June 30, 2007

   $ 718.7      $ 452.5      $ 250.5      $ 1,421.7   

Finalization of purchase accounting

     187.8        (247.5     100.0        40.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     50.1        —          18.2        68.3   

Impairments

     —          —          (239.0     (239.0
                                

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 956.6      $ 205.0        129.7      $ 1,291.3   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (89.5     —          (9.0     (98.5

Impairments

     —          (46.7     (63.4     (110.1
                                

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 867.1      $ 158.3      $ 57.3      $ 1,082.7   
                                

In connection with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other intangible assets,” (“SFAS No. 142”) the Company is required to assess goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually or more frequently if circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company assesses goodwill for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of its reporting units to their fair values. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting units utilizing estimated future discounted cash flows and incorporates assumptions that it believes marketplace participants would utilize. The Company uses comparative market information and other factors to corroborate the discounted cash flow results. Following the Acquisition, the Company elected to perform its annual impairment evaluation during its fourth fiscal quarter, commencing in fiscal 2008.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, this evaluation resulted in a non-cash charge to goodwill impairment of $239.0 million within the Packaging Services reporting unit as a result of the implied fair value being less than the carrying value of its goodwill. The impairment charge taken in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008 effectively aligned the reporting unit’s book value with its fair value and therefore any decline in the reporting unit’s fair value would potentially result in further impairment of its goodwill

 

64


Table of Contents

We recorded goodwill impairment charges for Packaging Services of $54.9 million and $8.5 million related to the December 31, 2008 and March 31, 2009 impairment tests, respectively, within the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company evaluated the Blow-Fill-Seal reporting unit within the Sterile Technologies segment and concluded that its carrying value exceeded the fair value and recorded a partial goodwill impairment of $46.7 million. The impairment losses related primarily to the deteriorating global economic conditions and the respective projected cash flows of the Packaging Services and Sterile Blow-Fill-Seal reporting units. Impairment charges were recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed our annual impairment tests of goodwill. There were no significant changes from the previous market conditions or the amount of the reporting units’ cash flows, including the carrying value of assets and liabilities, to record additional impairment charges for fiscal year 2009.

5. OTHER DEFINITE LIVED INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized using the straight-line method over periods that range from twelve to twenty years. The details of other intangible assets subject to amortization by class as of June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, are as follows:

 

    

Weighted
Average Life

   Gross
Intangible
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangible
(in millions)                     

June 30, 2009

          

Amortized intangibles:

          

Core technology

   20.0 years    $ 146.8    $ (16.6   $ 130.2

Customer relationships

   12.0 years      99.8      (25.9     73.9

Product relationships

   12.0 years      237.0      (44.6     192.4
                        

Total amortized intangibles

      $ 483.6    $ (87.1   $ 396.5
                        

 

    

Weighted
Average Life

   Gross
Intangible
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Intangible
(in millions)                     

June 30, 2008

          

Amortized intangibles:

          

Core technology

   20.0 years    $ 163.6    $ (9.7   $ 153.9

Customer relationships

   12.0 years      143.5      (15.3     128.2

Product relationships

   12.0 years      262.3      (26.4     235.9
                        

Total amortized intangibles

      $ 569.4    $ (51.4   $ 518.0
                        

Amortization expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008 was approximately $38.5 million and $41.7 million, respectively and for the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007 was $10.3 and $1.2 million, respectively. Amortization expense is estimated to be:

 

     2010    2011    2012    2013    2014
(in millions)                         

Amortization expense

   $ 34.3    $ 34.3    $ 34.3    $ 34.3    $ 34.3

In conjunction with the goodwill impairment identified in the third quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed its review of the impairment of other definite-lived intangible assets under SFAS No. 144 within the Packaging Services segment for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge to other definite-lived intangible assets impairments of $3.3 million on the Statement of Operations within the Packaging Services segment relating to customer relationship intangible assets. In addition, during three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company made a determination that certain other definite-lived intangible assets within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during fiscal 2009. The Company performed an evaluation of these assets, which resulted in an impairment related to customer relationship intangible assets of $38.2 million on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as Impairment charges and loss/(gain) on sale of assets.

During fiscal year 2008, the Company recorded a non-cash charge to other definite-lived intangible assets impairments of $6.6 million within the Packaging Services segment relating to customer relationship intangible assets. In addition, during fiscal 2008 the Company made a determination that certain other definite-lived intangible assets within the Oral Technologies segment had become

 

65


Table of Contents

impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance at one of the Oral Technologies facilities. The Company performed an evaluation of these assets, which resulted in an impairment charge to other definite-lived intangible assets impairment of approximately $5.0 million on the Consolidated Statement of Operations as Impairment charges and loss/(gain) on sale of assets.

6. RESTRUCTURING AND OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS

 

     Successor           Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2009
   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2008
   For the Period
April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
          For the Period
July 1, 2006

to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                           

Separation costs

   $ 4.1    $ 14.7    $ 7.0         $ —  

Restructuring costs

     16.1      9.0      8.5           6.1

Acquisition

     —        —        10.0           15.9
                                

Total restructuring and other special charges

   $ 20.2    $ 23.7    $ 25.5         $ 22.0
                                

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 and April 9, 2007, the Company recorded $20.2 million, $23.7 million, $25.5 million and $22.0 million, respectively, in charges to restructuring and other special items on the Consolidated Statements of Operations primarily involving employee related reorganization. In addition, the Company also retains a lease for a closed facility based in San Diego, California through November 2012.

Separation Costs

As a result of the Acquisition, the Company incurred costs to separate certain shared service functions and systems from Cardinal. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, the Company recorded $4.1 million, $14.7 million and $7.0 million, respectively, of separation costs, which consist primarily of professional fees directly related to the separation plan to restructuring and other special charges. See Note 12 for further discussion of costs to be reimbursed by Cardinal.

Restructuring Costs

The Company closed its Pennsauken printing facility and transitioned existing services to Moorestown, New Jersey. In addition, the Company plans to expand its capabilities by investing in additional technology and equipment at Moorestown to develop and offer new services to our customers. The Company incurred approximately $1.0 million in employee-related restructuring charges which was recognized over the period of closure. In addition, the Company recorded an asset impairment of $1.2 million during the fiscal year 2009.

During the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, the Successor reorganized its operations into three operating segments as discussed in Note 1. As part of this reorganization, the Company eliminated approximately 80 full time positions. The Company recorded $7.4 million in restructuring costs related to severance activities that were communicated in June 2007, and payable to employees beginning July 2007. During the fiscal year 2008, restructuring costs of $9.0 million were recorded as a charge to restructuring and other special charges on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. These costs primarily related to eliminating full time positions and exit costs related to the closure of one of the Company’s facilities in the second quarter of fiscal 2008 and the elimination of full time positions in connection with reductions of head count within existing operations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008.

The Predecessor implemented plans to restructure its operations, both domestically and internationally. The restructuring plans focused on various aspects of operations, including closing and consolidating certain manufacturing operations, rationalizing headcount and aligning operations in a strategic and more cost-efficient structure.

Included in these costs were charges associated with facility consolidations. These projects included planned reductions of headcount within existing operations and consolidation of overlapping operations impacting certain facilities of each of the segments, including the closure of a manufacturing facility within the Sterile Technologies segment. In addition, the Oral Technologies segment planned to partially transfer production from one of its manufacturing facilities to another one to consolidate overlapping operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the significant costs recorded within restructuring costs:

 

     Successor           Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2009
   Fiscal Year
Ended
June 30, 2008
   April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
          July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                           

Restructuring costs:

                

Employee-related reorganization (1)

   $ 9.5    $ 3.4    $ 7.9         $ 6.1

Asset impairments (2)

     1.2      0.1      —             —  

Facility exit and other costs (3)

     5.4      5.5      0.6           —  
                                

Total restructuring costs

   $ 16.1    $ 9.0    $ 8.5         $ 6.1
                                

 

(1) Employee-related costs consist primarily of severance accrued upon either communication of terms to employees or management’s commitment to the restructuring plan when a defined severance plan exists. Outplacement services provided to employees who have been involuntarily terminated and duplicate payroll costs during transition periods are also included within this classification.

 

(2) Asset impairments recorded in fiscal year 2009 include a charge associated with a closure of Packaging Services facility.

 

(3) Facility exit and other costs consist of accelerated depreciation, equipment relocation costs, project consulting fees and costs associated with the planned facility closures.

7. LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS AND OTHER SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Long-term obligations and other short-term borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008:

 

    

Maturity

   June 2009    June 2008
(in millions)               

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

        

Term loan facility Dollar-denominated

   April 2014    $ 1,038.8    $ 1,049.4

Term loan facility Euro-denominated

   April 2014      365.4      412.8

9  1 / 2 % Senior Toggle Notes

   April 2015      565.0      565.0

9    3 / 4  % Senior Subordinated Euro-denominated Notes

   April 2017      303.2      339.1

Revolving Credit Agreement

   April 2013      36.0      —  

Other Obligations

        38.9      45.2
                

Total

        2,347.3      2,411.5

Less: current portion and other short-term borrowings

        64.2      29.2
                

Long-term obligations, less current portion short-term borrowings

      $ 2,283.1    $ 2,382.3
                

The Company has the option every six months until April 15, 2011, at its election, to use the payment-in-kind (“PIK”) feature of its Senior Toggle Notes in lieu of making cash interest payments. While the Company has sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated ongoing needs without use of this PIK feature, the Company elected to do so for the October 15, 2009 interest payment date as an efficient and cost-effective method to further enhance liquidity, in light of the substantial dislocation in the financial markets. The Company must make an election regarding whether subsequent interest payments will be made entirely in cash, entirely through PIK Interest or 50% in cash and 50% in PIK interest not later than the start of the applicable interest period.

As a result, on April 6, 2009, the Company delivered notice to The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), in its capacity as trustee under the indenture for the Company’s outstanding Senior Toggle Notes that, with respect to the interest that will be due on such notes on the October 15, 2009 interest payment date, the Company will make such interest payment by using the PIK feature of the Senior Toggle Notes at the PIK interest rate of 10.25% instead of paying interest in cash. The entirely PIK interest election is now the default election for future interest periods unless the Company elects otherwise prior to the beginning of any future interest period.

The Company also uses interest rate swaps to manage the economic effect of variable interest obligations associated with floating term loans so that the interest payable effectively becomes fixed at a certain rate, thereby reducing the interest rate changes on interest expense. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had six interest rate swap agreements that have the economic effect of modifying the variable interest obligations associated with our floating rate term loans due in April 2014. These agreements include three U.S dollar-denominated, two Euro-denominated and one Yen-denominated interest rate swap agreements.

 

67


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a $1.8 billion senior secured credit facility consisting of: (i) an approximately $1.4 billion term loan facility and (ii) a $350 million revolving credit facility. The Company is required to repay the term loans in quarterly installments equal to 1% per annum of the original funded principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on April 10, 2014. These repayments commenced on September 28, 2007.

The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for short-term borrowings.

Borrowings under the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility bear interest, at the Company’s option, at a rate equal to a margin over either (i) a base rate determined by reference to the higher of (1) the rate of interest per annum published by the Wall Street Journal from time to time, as the “prime lending rate” and (2) the federal funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1% or (ii) LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in the currency of such borrowing for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs. The weighted-average interest rates during fiscal 2009 were approximately 4.9% and 3.8% for the Euro-denominated and US-dollar denominated term loans, respectively. In addition, the revolving credit facility weighted-average interest rate was approximately 3.6%.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the Company’s new senior secured credit facilities, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect to the unutilized commitments hereunder. The initial commitment fee is 0.50% per annum. The commitment fee may be reduced subject to the Company attaining certain leverage ratios. The Company is also required to pay customary letter of credit fees. As of June 30, 2009, there was $5.0 million in outstanding letters of credit. The commitment fee charged to interest expense during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was $1.4 million.

The senior secured credit facilities are subject to amortization and prepayment requirements and contain certain covenants, events of default and other customary provisions.

Senior Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued $565.0 million of 9  1 / 2 % / 10  1 / 4 % Senior PIK-Election Notes due 2015 (“Senior Toggle Notes”). The Senior Toggle Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company. Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, commencing on October 15, 2007. For any interest period prior to April 15, 2011, the Company may at its option elect to pay interest on the Senior Toggle Notes (i) entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”), (ii) entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Senior Toggle Notes by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”) or (iii) 50% as Cash Interest and 50% as PIK Interest. Cash Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at the rate of 9  1 / 2 % per annum. PIK Interest on the Senior Toggle Notes accrues at the Cash Interest rate per annum plus  3 / 4 % per annum. The interest rate at June 30, 2009 was 10.25%.

At any time prior to April 15, 2011, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Toggle Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. In addition, before April 15, 2010, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Toggle Notes at a redemption price of 109.5% of their principal amount, plus accrued unpaid interest to the redemption date, using proceeds from sales of certain kinds of capital stock, provided that after any such redemption, at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Toggle Notes remain outstanding. On and after April 15, 2011, the Company may redeem the Senior Toggle Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the indenture, plus any accrued interest to the date of redemption.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On April 10, 2007, in connection with the Acquisition, the Company issued € 225.0 million 9    3 / 4 % Euro-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes”). The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company (including the senior credit facilities and the Senior Toggle Notes). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in cash only in arrears on each April 15 and October 15, such payments commencing on October 15, 2007.

At any time prior to April 15, 2012, the Company may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price equal to the principal amount plus a “make-whole” premium, plus any accrued interest to date of redemption. In addition, before April 15, 2010, the Company may redeem up to 35% of the Senior Subordinated Notes at a redemption price of 109.75% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, using proceeds from sales or certain kinds of capital stock, provided that after that any such redemption, at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes remain outstanding. On and after April 15, 2012 we may redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at par plus specified declining premiums set forth in the senior subordinated indenture, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. During fiscal 2008, the Company repurchased approximately € 9.5 million of its Senior Subordinate Notes which results in a gain of approximately $3.8 million reflected in other, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

68


Table of Contents

Other Obligations

Other obligations consist primarily of a loan to fund working capital requirements and loans for equipment, buildings and insurance premium financing. In addition, other obligations includes a capital lease for a building.

Maturities of long-term obligations, including capital leases of $3.2 million, and other short-term borrowings for future fiscal years are:

 

     2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter    Total
(in millions)                                   

Maturities of long-term obligations

   $ 28.2    $ 23.3    $ 22.5    $ 57.9    $ 1,332.7    $ 882.7    $ 2,347.3

Debt Issuance Costs

In connection with the debt issuances associated with the Acquisition, the Company recorded $71.1 million of debt issuance costs in fiscal year 2007. Debt issuance costs are capitalized within other assets on the balance sheet and amortized over the life of the related debt through charges to interest expense in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $9.6 million and $8.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively.

Guarantees and Security

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

All obligations under the senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured by substantially all the following assets of the Company and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions:

 

   

A pledge of 100% of the capital stock of the Company and 100% of the equity interests directly held by Company and each guarantor in any wholly-owned material subsidiary of the Company or any guarantor (which pledge, in the case of any non-U.S. subsidiary of a U.S. subsidiary, will not include more than 65% of the voting stock of such non-U.S. subsidiary); and

 

   

A security interest in, and mortgages on, substantially all tangible and intangible assets of Company and each guarantor, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Debt Covenants

The senior secured credit agreement and the indentures governing the Senior Toggle Notes and Senior Subordinated Notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s (and the Company’s restricted subsidiaries’) ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on assets; engage in mergers and consolidations; sell assets; pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; make investments, loans or advances; make certain acquisitions; and in the case of the Company’s senior credit agreement, enter into sale and leaseback transactions; repay subordinated indebtedness, amend material agreements governing the Company’s subordinated indebtedness (including the senior subordinated notes); and change the Company’s lines of business.

The senior credit facility and indentures governing the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes also contain change of control provisions and certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. As of June 30, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all restrictive covenants related to its long-term obligations.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of these agreements, including as a result of cross default provisions, and, in the case of the revolving credit facility, could permit the lenders to cease making loans to the Company. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the senior secured credit facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the senior credit facilities to be immediately due and payable and to terminate all commitments to extend further credit.

 

69


Table of Contents

8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives

The Company is exposed to certain risk arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the amount, sources, and duration of its debt funding and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the receipt or payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or expected cash receipts and its known or expected cash payments principally related to the Company’s investments and borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish this objective, the Company primarily uses interest rate swaps as part of its interest rate risk management strategy. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable-rate amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes is recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and is subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. During the fiscal year ending June 30, 2009, such derivatives were used to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing variable-rate debt. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the derivatives is recognized directly in earnings.

As of June 30, 2009, the Company had three outstanding interest rate derivatives. As of June 30, 2009, a combined $460.0 million notional value of instruments were designated as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on the Company’s variable-rate debt. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $19.5 million will be reclassified as an increase to interest expense.

Non-designated Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

Derivatives not designated as hedges for financial reporting purposes are not speculative and are used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements but do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements of SFAS 133. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated in hedging relationships are recorded directly in earnings. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had the following outstanding derivatives that were not designated as hedges in qualifying hedging relationships:

 

Interest Rate Derivative

   Number of Instruments   

Notional

Interest Rate Swaps

   2    €115,000,000 accreting to €240,000,000 on June 2010 through maturity on June 2013

Interest Rate Swaps

   1    ¥2,800,000,000

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well as their classification on the Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2009.

 

(in millions)

   Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
     Asset Derivatives
As of June 30, 2009
   Liability Derivatives
As of June 30, 2009
     Balance Sheet Location    Fair Value    Balance Sheet Location    Fair Value

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:

           

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other assets    $ —      Other accrued liabilities    $ 19.4

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133

      $ —         $ 19.4

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:

           

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other assets    $ —      Other accrued liabilities    $ 8.7

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133

      $ —         $ 8.7

 

70


Table of Contents

The tables below present the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the Income Statement for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

 

(in millions)

   
 
The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Statement of Earnings for the
Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2009
 
  

Derivatives in SFAS 133 Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships

  Amount of
Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
OCI on
Derivative
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from Accumulated
OCI into Income (Effective
Portion)

  Amount of Gain
or (Loss)
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI into Income
(Effective
Portion)
   

Location of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion and Amount
Excluded from Effectiveness
Testing)

  Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective
Portion and
Amount Excluded
from Effectiveness
Testing)
 

Fiscal Year 2009:

         

Interest Rate Swaps

  $ (16.2   Interest expense, net   $ (14.3   Other income/expense   $ (0.6

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging

Instruments Under SFAS 133

  

Location of Gain or

(Loss) Recognized in

Income on Derivative

   Amount of Gain
or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
 

Fiscal Year 2009:

     

Interest Rate Swaps

   Other income/expense    $ (10.9

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 during the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, except for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis, for which the effective date is the fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2008. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the exit price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability. Fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined using assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. The statement establishes a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in measuring fair value. The levels within the hierarchy are described in the table below with level 1 having the highest priority and level 3 having the lowest.

Fair value under SFAS No. 157 is principally applied to financial assets and liabilities such as derivative instruments consisting of interest rate swaps. The following table provides a summary of financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value as of June 30, 2009:

 

          Fair Value Measurements using
(in millions)    Total    Level 1 (a)    Level 2 (b)    Level 3 (c)

Assets

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Liabilities

           

Interest rate swaps

   $ 28.1    $ —      $ 28.1    $ —  

 

(a) Level 1 – Based on quoted market prices in active markets.
(b) Level 2 – Based on observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

 

71


Table of Contents
(c) Level 3 – Based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation.

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage interest rates on its variable rate long-term debt obligations. The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, trade receivables, inventories, accounts payable, and other assets and accrued liabilities at June 30, 2009 approximate their fair value because of the short-term maturity of these items.

9. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk

A portion of the debt used to finance our operations is exposed to interest rate fluctuations. We may use various hedging strategies and derivative financial instruments to create an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate assets and liabilities. The primary interest rate exposure as of June 30, 2009 is to interest rate fluctuations in the United States and Europe, especially LIBOR and EURIBOR interest rates. We currently use interest rate swaps as the derivative instruments in these hedging strategies. The derivatives used to manage the risk associated with our floating LIBOR-rate debt were designated as effective cash flow hedges for financial reporting purposes. Derivatives used to manage the risk associated with our floating EURIBOR- and TIBOR- (Tokyo inter-bank Domestic Yen Offered rate) rate debt are considered economically effective but not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes and as such are recorded in the Statement of Operations in the other (income) expense, net.

As of June 30, 2009, the market values of the interest rate swaps were $28.1 million as a liability, which is included in other accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Statement. During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a non-cash loss of $10.9 million related to its Euro and Japanese denominated interest rate swaps to other (income) expense, net as this hedge was not designated as a hedge.

The following table shows the notional amount hedged and the value of the interest rate swap contracts outstanding and effective hedges against the current debt at June 30, 2009 and 2008 included in other assets or liabilities.

 

         2009    2008
(in millions)              

Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges:

       

Notional amount – LIBOR interest rate swap

  Matures June 30, 2010    $ 460.0    $ 460.0

Notional amount – EURIBOR interest rate swap (1)

  Matures June 30, 2010      161.8      181.0

Notional amount – TIBOR interest rate swap (2)

  Matures May 15, 2013      29.4      32.6

Assets – EURIBOR interest rate swap

       —        2.2

Liabilities – LIBOR interest rate swap

       19.4      16.5

Liabilities – EURIBOR interest rate swap

       8.1      —  

Liabilities – TIBOR interest rate swap

       0.6      0.4

 

(1)

The notional amount of the EURIBOR interest rate swap was 115.0 million Euro as of June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008.

(2)

The notional amount of TIBOR interest rate swap was 2.8 billion Yen and 3.5 billion as of June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, respectively.

Currency Risk Management

Periodically we may utilize forward currency exchange contracts to manage our exposures to the variability of cash flows primarily related to the foreign exchange rate changes of future foreign currency transaction costs. In addition, we may utilize foreign currency forward contracts to protect the value of existing foreign currency assets and liabilities. Currently, we do not utilize foreign currency exchange contracts. We expect to continue to evaluate hedging opportunities for foreign currency in the future.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of financial instruments is by reference to market values derived from trading on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques, as appropriate. The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, trade receivables, accounts payable, notes payable-banks, other short-term borrowings and other accrued liabilities at June 30, 2009 and 2008, approximate their fair value because of the short-term maturities of these items.

 

72


Table of Contents

The carrying amounts and the estimated fair values of other financial instruments as of June 30, are as follows:

 

     2009    2008
     Carrying
Value
   Estimated Fair
Value
   Carrying
Value
   Estimated Fair
Value
(in millions)                    

Long-term debt and other

   $ 2,347.3    $ 1,572.7    $ 2,411.5    $ 2,101.4

EURIBOR interest rate swap

     8.1      8.1      2.2      2.2

LIBOR interest rate swap

     19.4      19.4      16.5      16.5

TIBOR interest rate swap

     0.6      0.6      0.4      0.4

The fair values are based on quoted market prices for the same or similar instruments and/or the current interest rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities or estimated discounted cash flows.

10. INCOME TAXES

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations are as follows for the fiscal years ended 2009 and 2008, the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(in millions)    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2009
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    April 10, 2007
through

June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
through
April 9, 2007
 

U.S. Operations

   $ (214.7   $ (368.0   $ (90.9        $ (33.0

Non-U.S. Operation

   $ (42.0   $ (166.1   $ (73.5        $ 81.4   
                                     
   $ (256.7   $ (534.1   $ (164.4        $ 48.4   

The provision/(benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ended 2009 and 2008, the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2009
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    April 10, 2007
through
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
through
April 9, 2007
 
(in millions)                                

Current:

             

Federal

   $ 0.4      $ —        $ 1.1           $ (7.6

State and local

     1.3        —          —               —     

Non-U.S.

     17.8        22.5        4.7             20.8   
                                     

Total

   $ 19.5      $ 22.5      $ 5.8           $ 13.2   
 

Deferred:

             

Federal

   $ 6.5      $ (75.3   $ (22.0        $ (13.0

State and local

     2.1        (1.5     (0.3          3.5   

Non-U.S.

     (11.3     (27.8     (3.5          (2.2
                                     

Total

     (2.7     (104.6     (25.8          (11.7
                                     

Total (benefit)/provision

   $ 16.8      $ (82.1   $ (20.0        $ 1.5   
                                     

 

73


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the provision/(benefit) based on the federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows for the fiscal years ended 2009 and 2008, the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007:

 

     Successor            Predecessor  
(in millions)    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2009
    Fiscal Year Ended
June 30, 2008
    April 10, 2007
through
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
through
April 9, 2007
 

Provision at Federal

             

Statutory tax rate

   $ (101.2   $ (207.6 )   $ (58.6        $ 13.7   

State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (38.7     (24.0     (2.9          0.7   

Foreign tax rate differential

     (1.9     17.8        25.9             (12.7

Goodwill impairment

     31.8        68.2               —     

Permanent items

     12.5        8.9        11.0             3.4   

Contingency reserve

     21.1        8.3        1.1             —     

Tax valuation allowance

     91.0        57.2        3.5             3.0   

Foreign tax credit

     —          —          (0.1          —     

Income Tax

     —          (9.6     0.1             (6.6

Other

     2.2        (1.3     —               —     
                                     
   $ 16.8      $ (82.1   $ (20.0        $ 1.5   
                                     

As of June 30, 2009, the Company had $544.6 million of undistributed earnings from non-U.S. subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested in non-U.S. operations. As these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no U.S. tax provision has been accrued related to the repatriation of these earnings. It is not feasible to estimate the amount of U.S tax that might be payable on the eventual remittance of such earnings.

Deferred income taxes arise from temporary differences between financial reporting and tax reporting bases of assets and liabilities, and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards for tax purposes. The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows at June 30:

 

     2009     2008  
(in millions)             

Deferred income tax assets:

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 12.9      $ 33.5   

Equity compensation

     4.7        4.1   

Loss and tax credit carry forwards

     235.3        154.9   

Foreign currency

     28.1        43.9   

Pension

     21.7        6.1   

Property-related

     31.2        25.9   

Intangibles

     13.0        5.0   

Other

     14.2        9.1   

OCI

     8.0        5.8   
                

Total deferred income tax assets

     369.1        288.3   

Valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets

     (169.0     (75.2
                

Net deferred income tax assets

     200.1        213.1   
                

Deferred income tax liabilities:

    

Inventory basis differences

     (16.3     (12.4

Property-related

     (107.1     (107.3

Goodwill and other intangibles

     (115.6     (152.2

Other

     (13.9     (0.5
                

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     (252.9     (272.4
                

Net deferred income tax liabilities

   $ (52.8   $ (59.3
                

 

74


Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities in the preceding table, after netting by taxing jurisdiction, are in the following captions in the balance sheet at June 30:

 

     2009     2008  
(in millions)             

Current deferred tax asset

   $ 15.6      $ 26.3   

Non-current deferred tax asset

     184.4        186.8   

Current deferred tax liability

     (16.2     (13.0

Non-current deferred tax liability

     (236.6     (259.4
                

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (52.8   $ (59.3
                

The Company has presented income tax benefits from net operating losses, capital losses and tax credits as if it were a separate taxpayer in the Predecessor periods. However, in certain instances the related capital loss or foreign tax credit carryforward has already been utilized on a consolidated return basis by its former parent. Expectations as to future taxable income and other limitations on these losses and credits have also been calculated as if the company was a separate taxpayer for the periods ending prior to June 30, 2007.

At June 30, 2009, the Company has federal tax loss carryforwards of $398.7 million, $7.8 million of which are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 382 limitations. The Company does not expect to completely utilize these federal loss carryforwards prior to their expiration and has recorded a valuation allowance of $99.3 million. The loss carryforwards will fully expire in 2029. In accordance with FAS 123(R), the $37.8 million increase to the prior years federal losses generated as a result of the tax deduction for equity is not recognized for financial statement purposes because a cash tax benefit was not realized by the Company. Thus, the Company’s federal loss carryforward reflected in these financial statements is $398.7 million.

At June 30, 2009, the Company has international tax loss carryforwards of $70.8 million. Substantially all of these carryforwards are available for at least three years or have an indefinite carryforward period. The Company has assessed the utilization of these foreign tax loss carryforwards and has recorded a valuation allowance of $1.9 million as of June 30, 2008.

At June 30, 2009, the Company has state tax loss carryforwards of $899.3 million. Approximately $188.5 million of these losses are separate company state tax losses generated in periods prior to the period ending June 30, 2007. In accordance with FAS 123(R), the $37.8 million increase to the prior year’s state losses generated as a result of the tax deduction for equity is not recognized for financial statement purposes because a cash tax benefit was not realized by the Company. Thus, the Company’s state loss carryforward reflected in these financial statements is $899.3 million. Substantially all carryforwards have at least a three year carryforward period. The Company has assessed the utilization of these state tax loss carryforwards and has recorded a valuation allowance of $67.9 million as of June 30, 2009.

The valuation allowance increased by $93.8 million during fiscal year ended 2009. Of this amount, $69.6 million is due to increases in federal and state loss carry forwards. The remaining increase is due to the effect of true-up adjustments and changes in foreign-related valuation allowance.

As part of the Purchase Agreement, the Company has been indemnified by Cardinal for tax liabilities that may arise in the future that relate to tax periods prior to April 10, 2007 (the “Formation Date”). The indemnification agreement includes, among other taxes, any and all Federal, state and international income based taxes as well as any interest and penalties that may be related thereto.

The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions and record benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued, where applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit is recognized.

However, our future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities due to closure of income tax examinations, new regulatory or judicial pronouncements, or other relevant events. As a result, our effective tax rate may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly and annual basis.

In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, (“FIN 48”) which is an interpretation of SFAS No.109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“FAS 109”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements in accordance with FAS 109. This standard also provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

 

75


Table of Contents

Effective July 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result, the Company recognized no material adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits. As of June 30, 2009, the Company had a total of $34.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits. A reconciliation of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefit, excluding accrued interest for June 30, 2009 is as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

Balance at July 1, 2008

   $ 11.2   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     21.5   

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     3.3   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

     (1.6

Reclass of non-income tax reserves to other reserves

     —     

Settlements

     —     
        

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 34.4   

Of this amount, $30.2 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate. The remaining $4.2 million represents unrecognized tax benefits subject to indemnification by Cardinal. We do not expect the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits disclosed above to change significantly over the next 12 months.

In the normal course of business, we are subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world, including major jurisdictions such as Germany and the United Kingdom.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of June 30, 2009, the Company has approximately $4.7 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. The portion of such interest and penalties subject to indemnification by Cardinal is $4.3 million.

11. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors various retirement and pension plans, including defined benefit retirement plans and defined contribution retirement plans. Substantially all of the Company’s domestic non-union employees are eligible to be enrolled in employer-sponsored contributory profit sharing and retirement savings plans, which include features under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and provide for company matching and profit sharing contributions. The Company’s contributions to the plans are determined by its Board of Directors subject to certain minimum requirements as specified in the plans. The Company uses a measurement date of June 30 for all its retirement and postretirement benefit plans.

The total expense for employee defined contribution retirement plans for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008 was $8.0 million and $10.5 million, respectively. The decrease was attributable to the Company’s suspension of the 401(k) matching contribution in February 2009 and the suspension of the Company’s profit sharing plan effective January 1, 2009. For the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 the expense was $2.9 million and $10.2 million for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007.

Obligations and Funded Status

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in projected benefit obligation as of June 30:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  
(in millions)                         

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 250.5      $ 253.9      $ 5.6      $ 5.9   

Service cost

     2.0        2.3        —          —     

Interest cost

     13.3        14.3        0.3        0.3   

Benefits paid

     (9.1     (7.1     (0.3     (0.3

Participant contributions

     0.1        0.1        —          —     

Curtailments

     —          (0.2     —          —     

Settlements

     —          (0.8     —          —     

Actuarial loss/(gain)

     14.1        (22.6     (0.3     (0.3

Net transfer in/out *

     —          —          —          —     

Cumulative translation adjustment

     (29.4     10.6        (0.1     —     
                                

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 241.5      $ 250.5      $ 5.2      $ 5.6   
                                

 

* Additional plans recognized under FAS No. 87

 

76


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the change in fair value of plan assets:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  
(in millions)                         

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 168.8      $ 148.2      $ —        $ —     

Participant contributions

     0.1        0.1        —          —     

Employer contributions

     8.6        35.6        0.3        0.3   

Benefits paid

     (8.7     (7.1     (0.3     (0.3

Actual return on plan assets

     (7.7     (11.3     —          —     

Settlements

     —          (0.8     —          —     

Cumulative translation adjustment

     (20.4     4.2        —          —     
                                

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 140.7      $ 168.9      $ —        $ —     
                                

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the net amount recognized in the balance sheets:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  
(in millions)                         

Funded status

        

Unrecognized net transition asset

   $ (100.8   $ (81.6   $ (5.2   $ (5.6

Unrecognized prior service cost

     —          —          —          —     

Unrecognized net actuarial loss/(gain)

     —          —          —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (100.8   $ (81.6   $ (5.2   $ (5.6
                                

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  

Amounts Recognized on Balance Sheet

        

Prepaid benefit cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Accrued benefit cost

     (100.8     (81.6     (5.2     (5.6

Intangible asset

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Net amount recognized

   $ (100.8   $ (81.6   $ (5.2   $ 5.6
                                

After adoption of SFAS No. 158:

        

Amounts Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)

        

Actuarial Loss/(Gain), net

   $ 29.9      $ (2.2   $ (0.7   $ (0.4

Prior Service Cost

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Total

   $ 29.9      $ (2.2   $ (0.7   $ (0.4
                                

Estimated amounts to be amortized from AOCI during next fiscal year

        

Actuarial Loss/(Gain), net

   $ 1.7      $ (0.8   $ —        $ —     

Prior Service Cost

     —          —          —          —     
                                

Total

   $ 1.7      $ (0.8   $ —        $ —     
                                

 

77


Table of Contents

The projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 

     Retirement Benefits    Other Post-Retirement Benefits
     2009    2008    2009    2008
(in millions)                    

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 241.5    $ 245.7    $ 5.2    $ 5.6

Fair value of plan assets

     140.7      163.9      —        —  

The accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets are as follows:

 

     Retirement Benefits    Other Post-Retirement Benefits
     2009    2008    2009    2008
(in millions)                    

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 224.3    $ 233.4    $ 5.2    $ 5.6

Fair value of plan assets

     128.8      157.1      —        —  

Net Periodic Benefit Cost

Components of the Company net periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits
     Successor            Predecessor     Successor           Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
           April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
    July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
   Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
          April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
   July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                                                          

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

                             
   

Service cost

   $ 2.0      $ 2.3           $ 0.4      $ 1.4      $ —      $ —           $ —      $ —  

Interest cost

     13.3        14.3             2.9        9.2        0.3      0.3           0.1      0.2

Expected return on plan assets

     (9.2     (12.3          (2.1     (7.1     —        —             —        —  

Amortization

     (0.7     —               —          2.7        —        —             —        —  

Other

     (0.6     (0.2          —          —          —        —             —        —  
                                                                     

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 4.8      $ 4.1           $ 1.2      $ 6.2      $ 0.3    $ 0.3         $ 0.1    $ 0.2
                                                                     

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post-Retirement Benefits  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  

Discount rate

   5.77   6.31   5.43   5.73

Rate of increase in compensation levels

   2.50   2.50   N/A      N/A   

 

78


Table of Contents

Assumptions

The weighted average assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost are as follows:

 

     Retirement Benefits     Other Post Retirements Benefits  
     Successor            Successor     Predecessor     Successor            Successor     Predecessor  
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
           April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
    July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
           April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
    July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
 

Discount rate

   6.31   5.58        5.24   5.15   5.73   5.86        5.61   5.92

Rate of increase in compensation levels

   2.50   2.51        2.51   2.50   N/A      N/A           N/A      N/A   

Expected long-term rate of return

   6.35   6.85        6.26   6.36   N/A      N/A           N/A      N/A   

Plan Assets

The Company’s weighted average asset allocations at the measurement date and the target asset allocations by category are as follows:

 

     2009     2008  
(in millions)    Actual $    Actual %     Target %     Actual $    Actual %     Target %  

Asset Category

              

Equity Securities

   $ 54.9    39   41   $ 73.1    44   40

Debt Securities

     49.2    35   32     54.2    32   36

Real Estate

     5.6    4   6     8.6    5   6

Other

     31.0    22   21     33.0    19   18
                                      

Total

   $ 140.7    100   100   $ 168.9    100   100
                                      

The investment policy reflects the long-term nature of the plans’ funding obligations. The assets are invested to provide the opportunity for both income and growth of principal. This objective is pursued as a long-term goal designed to provide required benefits for participants without undue risk. It is expected that this objective can be achieved through a well-diversified asset portfolio. All equity investments are made within the guidelines of quality, marketability and diversification mandated by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) (for plans subject to ERISA) and other relevant statutes. Investment managers are directed to maintain equity portfolios at a risk level approximately equivalent to that of the specific benchmark established for that portfolio. Assets invested in fixed income securities and pooled fixed income portfolios are managed actively to pursue opportunities presented by changes in interest rates, credit ratings or maturity premiums.

Healthcare Cost Trend Rates

The United States healthcare cost trend rates assumed for next year for the other postretirement benefits at June 30 are as follows:

 

     Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 
     2009     2008  

Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year:

    

Pre – Medicare

   9.0   9.5

Post – Medicare

   10.0   10.5

Rate to which the cost trend is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

    

Pre – Medicare

   5.5   5.5

Post – Medicare

   5.5   5.5

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate:

    

Pre – Medicare

   2016      2016   

Post – Medicare

   2018      2018   

A one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rates would not have a material impact on total service cost, total interest cost or the accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation.

Contributions

The total estimated contributions for the 2010 fiscal measurement year for Retirement Benefits and Other Postretirement benefits are $8.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

Future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, during the next five fiscal years, and in the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter, are:

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,    Retirement
Benefits
   Other
Post-Retirement

Benefits
(in millions)          

2010

   $ 7.9    $ 0.5

2011

     8.4      0.5

2012

     9.1      0.5

2013

     9.6      0.5

2014

     10.4      0.5

2015 – 2019

     54.8      2.1

12. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advisor Transaction and Management Fees —In connection with the Acquisition, the Successor entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with Blackstone and certain other Investors in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. (the “Investors”), the investment entity controlled by affiliates of Blackstone that was formed in connection with the Investor’s investment in Phoenix.

The Company pays an annual sponsor advisory fee to Blackstone and the Investors for certain monitoring, advisory and consulting services to the Company. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, this management fee was approximately $10.0 million. This fee was expensed in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Statement of Operations.

Cardinal Predecessor Related Party Transactions- The Company entered into a transition services agreement with Cardinal in order to maintain certain critical general and administrative functions immediately after the Acquisition and continuing for various periods of time, including certain human resources, information technology (“IT”) support, tax and other services, which services are substantially complete. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, the Company was charged $10.9 million for certain human resources, IT support, tax and other services. The expenses associated with the transition services agreement are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Statement of Operations. During the fiscal year 2009, the expenses associated with the transition services were immaterial.

As a result of the Acquisition, the Company incurred costs to separate certain shared service functions and systems from Cardinal. These costs are recorded as other special items as incurred in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As part of the Purchase Agreement, Cardinal reimbursed $12.0 million of these separation expenses.

Cardinal provided various services to the Predecessor, including but not limited to cash management, tax and legal services, internal audit, facilities management, security, payroll and employee benefit administration, insurance administration, and telecommunication services. Cardinal allocated these expenses and all other central operating costs (“Cardinal Allocation”), on the basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder allocated among Cardinal’s businesses on the basis of their respective revenues, headcount or another measure. In the opinion of management, these methods of allocating costs were reasonable.

The Cardinal Allocation fee allocated to the Predecessor was included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Statements of Operations. Total expenses allocated to the Predecessor were as follows:

Total allocated expenses:

 

         July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)         

Cardinal Allocation

  Administrative support services    $ 53.1
        

In addition, the Company’s businesses provide manufacturing services to the other Cardinal segments. Under the Successor, sales to and purchases from other Cardinal segments are recorded as trade receivables and accounts payable, respectively, within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The total sales to other Cardinal segments for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, were $8.5 million. Also, the Company purchased certain supplies from the other Cardinal segments. The total purchases by the Company from other Cardinal segments for the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007 were $17 million.

 

80


Table of Contents

Other Related-Party Transactions

Certain facilities purchase Gelatin and an Oral Technologies German subsidiary leases plant facilities, purchases other services and receives loans from time-to-time from a German company that is also the minority owner of the Oral Technologies German subsidiary. Gelatin purchases amounted to $25.7 million, $22.8 million, $9.3 million, and $14.0 million for fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, respectively. Rental payments amounted to $6.8 million, $7.6 million, $2.0 million, and $4.5 million and purchased services amounted to $5.8 million, $6.3 million, $1.3 million, and $4.0 million for those same periods, respectively.

Gerresheimer and Klöckner Pentaplast, which are affiliated with Blackstone, supply us with packaging materials, raw materials and other supplies used in our operations. Purchases from Gerresheimer and Klöckner Pentaplast were approximately $5.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. We believe that these transactions were entered into in the ordinary course of our business and were conducted on an arm’s length basis.

We have a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as a supplier of an outsource service for indirect materials. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. Blackstone entered into an agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants. Purchases from CPG were approximately $4.8 million and $4.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

13. EQUITY

Description of Capital Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of capital stock, all of which are Common Stock, with a par value of $0.01 per share. In accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class. As of June 30, 2009, 100% of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company have been issued to, and are held by, PTS Intermediate Holdings, LLC. In accordance with the By-Laws of the Company, the Board of Directors may declare dividends upon the stock of the Company as and when the Board deems appropriate.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) consist of:

 

     Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Unrealized
Gains/(Losses) on
Derivatives
    Pension Liability
Adjustments
    Other
Comprehensive
Earnings/(Loss)
 
(in millions)                         

Successor

        

Balance at April 10, 2007

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Activity, net of tax

     9.2        —          1.8        11.0   
                                

Balance at June 30, 2007

     9.2        —          1.8        11.0   

Activity, net of tax

     204.6        (12.5     3.2        195.3   
                                

Balance at June 30, 2008

     213.8        (12.5     5.0        206.3   

Activity, net of tax

     (165.5     (6.9     (26.1     (198.5
                                

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 48.3      $ (19.4   $ (21.1   $ 7.8   
                                

14. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has an equity-based compensation plan outstanding as of June 30, 2009. In addition, the Predecessor was a party to the Cardinal equity-based compensation plan prior to the Acquisition. These plans are described below. The following table summarizes the impact of the equity-based compensation recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations as follows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
   April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
          July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                            

Stock compensation expense in selling, general and administrative

   $ (0.3   $ 8.2    $ 1.0         $ 35.1

 

81


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2009, the Company recorded a cumulative adjustment to compensation expense to reflect the reversal of expense previously recognized for certain performance-based stock options that are no longer likely to vest in accordance with the terms in the plan. The vesting of performance-based shares is based on the Company’s performance or specific targets attained for EBITDA and net debt goals, set by our board of directors for the participants of the plan.

Summary of Company Plan

The Board of Directors of the Parent approved a stock option plan (“2007 Plan”) for the purpose of retaining certain key employees and directors of its subsidiaries. Under this program, key employees and directors of the Company (“Participants”) were granted stock option awards in Parent.

The total number of shares that may be issued under the 2007 Plan is 76,000 of the Parent’s available shares subject to adjustment in certain events, including equity restructurings. The exercise price of stock option awards granted under the 2007 Plan will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date of grant, as determined under the 2007 Plan. In addition, the Company also adopted a form of non-statutory stock option agreement (the “Form Option Agreement”) for awards under the 2007 Plan. Under the Form Option Agreement, certain stock option awards will vest over a five-year period of time contingent solely upon the Participants’ continued employment with the Company. Other stock option awards will vest over a specified performance period from the grant date upon the achievement of pre-determined operating performance targets over time, while others are market-based awards and vest based upon The Blackstone Group’s realization of certain internal rates of return goals and the occurrence of a liquidity event subject to certain other performance criteria. The Form Option Agreement includes certain forfeiture provisions upon a Participant’s separation from service with the Company. As of June 30, 2009, 63,850 equity awards have been granted to employees and directors of the Company.

Summary of Assumptions and Activity

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model for service and performance based awards, and an adaptation of the Black-Scholes-Merton option valuation model, which takes into consideration the internal rate of return thresholds for market based awards. This model adaptation is essentially equivalent to the use of a path-dependant lattice model. In estimating fair value, expected volatility used by the Company in 2009 is based on the historical volatility of closing share price of a comparable peer group and other factors. The average expected life was determined according to the “simplified method” as described in SAB 107 and 110, which is the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company will continue to use the “simplified” method until it has enough historical experience to provide a reasonable estimate of expected term in accordance with SAB 110. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

    

Time and Performance
Based Awards

  

Market
Based Awards

Expected volatility

   26.91% -33.71%    26.86% -31.91%

Expected dividends

   0%    0%

Expected term (in years)

   6.5      6.5 - 7.5  

Risk-free rate

   2.90% -3.72%    2.90% - 3.94%

 

82


Table of Contents

The activity of the Company’s equity based compensation program is presented below:

 

                 Time
Based
Awards
    Performance
Based
Awards
    Market
Based
Awards
     
(in dollars)    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
          Number of
Shares
    Number of
Shares
    Number of
Shares
       

Balance at June 30, 2008

   $ 919.00           25,125        24,348        24,354       

Granted

     1,000.00           8,498        1,006        8,496       

Exercised

     —             —          —          —         

Forfeited

     1,000.00           (7,576     (8,199     (8,202    
                                    

Balance at June 30, 2009

   $ 912.00           26,047        17,155        24,648       
                                    

Weighted average grant date fair value

           $ 244.07      $ 387.29      $ 66.18       

As of June 30, 2009, the total number of options vested or expected to vest was 29,517 with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $910.00 and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.4 years. These awards had an aggregate intrinsic value of $2.0 million as of June 30, 2009. In addition, as of June 30, 2009, there were 6,593 options currently exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of approximately $940.00 and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 7.9 years.

The weighted average grant date fair value of option awards granted during the year ended June 30, 2009 was approximately $168.11. The total estimated fair value of option awards granted during fiscal 2009 is $3.0 million. The total fair value of awards vested during the year ended June 30, 2009 was approximately $2.4 million. As of June 30, 2009, there was approximately $5.2 million of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from what we have anticipated, stock-based compensation related to these awards will be different from our expectations. The Company did not record any compensation expense for the market-based awards, as it was determined that it is not probable that these awards will vest due to the contingent performance criteria. Unrecognized compensation of $2.1 million for the market condition awards will be recognized once the contingent performance criteria are met.

In addition to nonqualified stock options issued during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors granted 2,000 Restricted Stock Units (“RSU”) with respect to compensation for a participant to receive shares of common stock equal to the units vested upon settlement. Such awards had an intrinsic value of $1.5 million as of June 30, 2009.

Restricted stock unit activity is as follows:

 

Non-Vested Restricted Stock Units

   Number of
Awards
   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Non-vested as of June 30, 2008

   —      $ —  

Granted

   2,000      750.00

Vested

   —        —  

Forfeited

   —        —  
           

Non-vested as of June 30, 2009

   2,000    $ 750.00
           

BHP PTS Holdings, L.L.C., the ultimate parent of the Company, has granted a Director of the Company, certain units, which are profits interest units which represent, in the aggregate, the right to receive up to less than 1% of the future appreciation of BHP PTS Holdings, L.L.C.’s equity above the enterprise value of BHP PTS Holdings, L.L.C. on the date of issuance. The units vest in the same manner as the options vest under the 2007 Plan pursuant the terms of the Form Option Agreement.

Predecessor Plan—Cardinal Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Employees of the Predecessor were eligible to participate in certain of Cardinal’s stock-based compensation plans, receive stock options, restricted shares and/or restricted share units as well as participate in Cardinal’s employee stock purchase plan. Cardinal also moved from three-year cliff vesting to installment vesting over four years for annual employee option awards and shortened the option term from ten to seven years.

As a result of the Acquisition, each Predecessor employee’s unvested options as of April 9, 2007 were automatically vested on a pro rata basis due to the change in control, with the exception of the options granted during the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, which vested August 2007 on a pro rata basis. As a result of this acceleration and modification, the Predecessor recognized an additional $16.4 million of compensation expense during the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007. In addition, the Predecessor employees had ninety days after the Acquisition to exercise their vested stock options under the Predecessor Plan.

15. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The future minimum rental payments for operating leases having initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year at June 30, 2009 are:

 

(in millions)    2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter    Total

Minimum rental payments

   $ 14.5    $ 14.0    $ 9.3    $ 5.4    $ 4.2    $ 17.5    $ 64.9

Rental expense relating to operating leases was approximately $15.5 million, $16.3 million, $2.6 million, and $10.2 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, respectively. Sublease rental income was not material for any period presented herein.

 

83


Table of Contents

Other Matters

The Company, along with several pharmaceutical companies, is involved in fifty-five (55) product liability lawsuits relating to Amnesteem® (isotretinoin), a product manufactured by us. While it is not possible to determine with any degree of certainty the ultimate outcome of these legal proceedings, including making a determination of liability, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses with respect to the claims asserted against it and intends to vigorously defend its position.

From time to time the Company may be involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, inquiries and claims concerning environmental contamination as well as litigation and allegations in connection with acquisitions, product liability, manufacturing or packaging defects, and claims for reimbursement for the cost of lost or damaged active pharmaceutical ingredients, the cost of which could be significant. The Company intends to vigorously defend ourselves against such other litigation and does not currently believe that the outcome of any such other litigation will have a material adverse effect on our financial statements.

16. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT IMPAIRMENT CHARGES AND OTHER

The Company classifies certain asset impairments related to restructurings in special items, which are included in operating earnings within the statements of operations. Asset impairments and gains and losses from the sale of assets not eligible to be classified as special items or discontinued operations are classified within “impairment charges and other” within the statements of operations. These asset impairment charges were included within the unallocated costs in the segment results in Note 17.

During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, the Company recorded charges/(gains) of $43.5 million, $66.0 million and $(0.2) million, and $(1.3) million, respectively.

Successor Periods

During the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company completed an interim goodwill impairment assessment under SFAS No. 142, which resulted in a non-cash charge to goodwill impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In conjunction with the goodwill impairment, the Company completed the required review of long-lived assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment to test for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge of $21.1 million. In addition, during the quarter ended March 31, 2009, the Company made a determination that certain property and equipment within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired. The Company performed an evaluation of these long-lived assets, which resulted in a total $24.9 million non-cash impairment charge to property and equipment impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Impairment charges are recorded within the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets.

During the fourth quarter of 2009, we completed our annual impairment tests of property and equipment. There were no significant changes from the previous market conditions or the amount of the reporting unit’s cash flows, including the carrying value of assets and liabilities, to record additional impairment charges for fiscal year 2009.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company completed its required annual goodwill impairment assessment under SFAS 142, which resulted in a $239.0 million charge to goodwill impairment within the Packaging Services segment on the statement of operations. See Note 4 for further discussion of goodwill impairment. In conjunction with recording this goodwill impairment in fiscal 2008, the Company completed the required review of long-lived assets under SFAS 144 within the Packaging Services segment to test for recoverability and recorded a non-cash charge of $42.4 million within the Packaging Services segment. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company made a determination that certain property and equipment within the Oral Technologies segment and within the Sterile Technologies segment had become impaired as a result of unfavorable business performance during the fiscal year. The Company performed an evaluation of these long-lived assets which resulted in a $23.6 million charge to property and equipment impairment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as impairment charges and gain/(loss) on sale of assets.

During the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007, the Company did not record any significant asset impairment and (gain)/loss on sale of assets.

Predecessor Periods

During the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007, the Company incurred the following asset impairment and (gain)/loss on sale of assets:

 

   

A loss of $1.0 million associated with the sale of one of the Oral Technologies segment facilities.

 

   

A gain of $5.0 million on the sale of a business within the Oral Technologies segment.

 

84


Table of Contents
   

An asset impairment of $1.8 million based upon a discounted cash flow analysis performed in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” based upon a change in management’s expected use of the assets related to the Sterile Technologies segment.

17. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company conducts its business within the following three segments: Oral Technologies, Sterile Technologies and Packaging Services. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on segment earnings before minority interest, other (income) expense, impairments, restructuring costs, interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense, and depreciation and amortization (“Segment EBITDA”). EBITDA is defined as consolidated earnings from continuing operations before interest expense, income tax (benefit)/expense and depreciation and amortization. The Company’s presentation of Segment EBITDA and EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

The following tables include net revenue and EBITDA during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007.

 

     Successor            Predecessor        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Combined
Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
 
(in millions)                                      

Oral Technologies

               

Net revenue

   $ 956.7      $ 1,039.0      $ 239.1           $ 704.2      $ 943.3   

Segment EBITDA

     214.8        229.4        42.3             156.1        198.4   

Sterile Technologies

               

Net revenue

     278.5        293.5        63.8             179.1        242.9   

Segment EBITDA

     27.5        40.7        6.1             (2.2     3.9   

Packaging Services

               

Net revenue

     451.4        531.3        129.1             422.6        551.7   

Segment EBITDA

     28.4        61.9        15.9             49.2        65.1   

Inter-segment revenue elimination

     (47.1     (46.1     (9.8          (34.1     (43.9

Unallocated Costs (1)

     (207.8     (510.1     (148.9          (73.7     (222.6

Combined Total

               

Net revenue

     1,639.5        1,817.7        422.2             1,271.8        1,694.0   

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 62.9      $ (178.1   $ (84.6        $ 129.4      $ 44.8   

 

(1) Unallocated Costs include special items, equity-based compensation, impairment charges, certain other Corporate directed costs, and other costs that are not allocated to the segments as follows:

 

     Successor            Predecessor        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    Combined
Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
 
(in millions)                                      

Impairment charges and loss/(gain) on sale assets

   $ (195.2   $ (316.6   $ 0.2           $ 1.3      $ 1.5   

Equity redemption (compensation), net

     0.3        (8.2     (1.0          (35.1     (36.1

Restructuring and other special items

     (20.2     (23.7     (25.5          (22.0     (47.5

Transitional costs

     (4.7     —          —               —          —     

In-process research and development

     —          —          (112.4          —          (112.4

Sponsor advisory fee

     (10.0     (10.0     (2.2          —          (2.2

Minority interest, net

     0.6        (3.5     (0.7          (3.9     (4.6

Other expense, net

     14.5        (144.6     (0.7          (0.1     (0.8

Cardinal allocation

     —          —          —               (53.1     (53.1

Non-allocated corporate costs, net

     6.9        (3.5     (6.6          39.2        32.6   
                                             

Total unallocated costs

   $ (207.8   $ (510.1   $ (148.9        $ (73.7   $ (222.6
                                             

 

85


Table of Contents

Provided below is a reconciliation of earnings/(loss) from continuing operations to EBITDA:

 

     Successor          Predecessor       
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
   Combined
Fiscal Year
Ended 2007
 
(in millions)                                     

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations

   $ (272.9   $ (455.5   $ (145.1        $ 43.0    $ (102.1

Depreciation and amortization

     137.4        158.3        36.4             76.0      112.4   

Interest expense, net

     181.6        201.2        44.1             8.9      53.0   

Income tax expense/(benefit)

     16.8        (82.1     (20.0          1.5      (18.5
                                            

EBITDA

   $ 62.9      $ (178.1   $ (84.6        $ 129.4    $ 44.8   
                                            

The following tables include depreciation and amortization expense and capital expenditures for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and the periods April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007 for each segment, as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the financial statements:

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

 

     Successor         Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
   Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
   April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
          July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                           

Oral Technologies

   $ 80.0    $ 84.2    $ 20.3         $ 38.3

Sterile Technologies

     26.9      30.0      6.4           13.1

Packaging Services

     23.3      34.8      7.9           20.4

Corporate

     7.2      9.3      1.8           4.2
                                

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 137.4    $ 158.3    $ 36.4         $ 76.0
                                

Capital Expenditures

 

     Successor         Predecessor
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
   Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
   April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
          July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
(in millions)                           

Oral Technologies

   $ 38.9    $ 42.4    $ 6.8         $ 28.7

Sterile Technologies

     18.3      17.7      4.3           48.1

Packaging Services

     23.2      19.5      2.3           24.0

Corporate

     3.3      4.8      5.0           1.7
                                

Total capital expenditures

   $ 83.7    $ 84.4    $ 18.4         $ 102.5
                                

The following table includes total assets at June 30, 2009 and 2008 for each segment as well as reconciling items necessary to total the amounts reported in the financial statements:

Assets

 

     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
 
(in millions)             

Oral Technologies

   $ 2,206.1      $ 2,466.0   

Sterile Technologies

     467.2        539.2   

Packaging Services

     611.5        777.3   

Corporate and eliminations

     (171.2     (99.2

Assets held for sale

     18.2        21.0   
                

Total assets

   $ 3,131.8      $ 3,704.3   
                

 

86


Table of Contents

The following table presents revenue and long-lived assets by geographic area:

 

     Net Revenue     Long-Lived Assets (1)
     Successor            Predecessor           
     Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    April 10, 2007
to
June 30, 2007
           July 1, 2006
to
April 9, 2007
    As of June 30,
2009
   As of June 30,
2008
(in millions)                                         

United States

   $ 631.7      $ 681.2      $ 168.9           $ 518.2      $ 1,000.3    $ 1,901.5

Europe (2)

     804.3        927.8        209.8             612.5        1,039.9      680.6

International other

     225.8        226.8        47.4             155.3        249.4      165.4

Eliminations

     (22.3     (18.1     (3.9          (14.2     —        —  
                                                  

Total

   $ 1,639.5      $ 1,817.7      $ 422.2           $ 1,271.8      $ 2,289.6    $ 2,747.5
                                                  

 

(1)

Long-lived assets include property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation; intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization; and goodwill.

(2)

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, Europe was comprised of revenue from Germany of $216.7 million, the United Kingdom of $249.7 million and other countries within Europe of $337.9 million.

18. SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Supplementary balance sheet information at June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008 are detailed in the following tables, and reflect the impact of the evaluation of the fair values of the real and personal property, inventory and certain identifiable intangible assets in connection with the purchase price allocation related to the Acquisition, as follows:

Inventories

Work-in-process and finished goods inventories include raw materials, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following at June 30:

 

     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
 
(in millions)             

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 105.3      $ 127.8   

Work-in-process

     23.9        27.7   

Finished goods

     72.5        73.0   
                

Total inventory, gross

     201.7        228.5   

Inventory reserves

     (19.7     (17.8
                

Total inventory, net

   $ 182.0      $ 210.7   
                

 

87


Table of Contents

Prepaid and other assets

Prepaid and other assets consist of the following at June 30:

 

     June 30,
2009
   June 30,
2008
(in millions)          

Prepaid expenses

   $ 18.2    $ 22.3

Spare parts

     12.1      13.4

Deferred taxes

     15.7      26.2

Other current assets

     43.5      27.7
             

Total prepaid and other assets

   $ 89.5    $ 89.6
             

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at June 30:

 

     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
 
(in millions)             

Land, buildings and improvements

   $ 403.9      $ 435.7   

Machinery and equipment

     536.4        608.3   

Furniture and fixtures

     10.0        13.8   

Construction in progress

     56.8        52.2   
                

Property and equipment, at cost

     1,007.1        1,110.0   

Accumulated depreciation

     (196.7     (171.8
                

Property and equipment, net

   $ 810.4      $ 938.2   
                

Other Assets

Other assets consist of the following at June 30:

 

     June 30,
2009
   June 30,
2008
(in millions)          

Deferred long term debt financing costs

   $ 42.4    $ 60.9

Deferred taxes

     184.4      186.8

Other

     9.4      7.5
             

Total other assets

   $ 236.2    $ 255.2
             

Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consist of the following at June 30:

 

     June 30,
2009
   June 30,
2008
(in millions)          

Accrued employee-related expenses

   $ 64.8    $ 66.8

Restructuring accrual.

     4.8      4.3

Deferred income taxes

     16.2      12.9

Accrued interest

     19.0      17.9

Interest rate swaps

     28.1      14.2

Other accrued liabilities and expenses

     59.8      57.9
             

Total other accrued liabilities

   $ 192.7    $ 174.0
             

 

88


Table of Contents

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade receivables allowance for Doubtful Accounts activity as follows at June 30 and April 9:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  
     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
    June 30,
2007
           April 9,
2007
 
(in millions)                                

Trade receivables allowance for doubtful accounts

             

Beginning balance

   $ 5.8      $ 6.6      $ 6.5           $ 5.4   

Charged to costs and expenses

     1.0        2.7        0.7             2.0   

Deductions

     (3.3     (3.5     (0.6          (0.9
                                     

Ending balance

   $ 3.5      $ 5.8      $ 6.6           $ 6.5   
                                     

Inventory Reserve

Inventories reserve activity as follows at June 30 and April 9:

 

     Successor          Predecessor  
     June 30,
2009
    June 30,
2008
    June 30,
2007
           April 9,
2007
 
(in millions)                                

Inventories reserve

             

Beginning balance

   $ 17.8      $ 16.6      $ 14.2           $ 13.7   

Charged to costs and expenses

     13.2        14.0        3.8             4.4   

Deductions

     (11.3     (12.8     (1.4          (3.9
                                     

Ending balance

   $ 19.7      $ 17.8      $ 16.6           $ 14.2   
                                     

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On July 31, 2009, the Company executed a new $300.0 million U.S. swap agreement, which will be effective June 30, 2010 and mature on April 10, 2013. As the Company deems appropriate, we enter into interest rate swaps to manage our interest rate risk on our variable interest rate debt. The hedging instrument has a fixed rate and will be indexed based on a one month USD LIBOR rate.

On August 20, 2009, the Company announced the formation of a new business unit: Development and Clinical Services. By bringing together parts of our business that provide services to pharmaceutical and biotech companies and others that conduct drug and vaccine R&D, we can leverage the natural synergies and relationships among certain parts of our business and accelerate our growth even further. We expect the creation of this new business unit to have an impact on our future segment reporting requirements, as determined in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 131 Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise , and our future reporting unit structure, as determined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . These changes will be reflected in future quarterly and annual reports.

In the preparation of its consolidated financial statements, Catalent completed an evaluation of the impact of any other subsequent events through September 28, 2009, the date these financial statements were issued, and determined there were no subsequent events requiring disclosure in or adjustment to these financial statements, other than those discussed above.

20. GUARANTOR AND NON GUARANTOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

All obligations under the senior secured credit agreement, the Senior Toggle Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by each of the Company’s existing U.S. wholly-owned subsidiaries, other than the Company’s Puerto Rico subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The following condensed financial information presents the Company’s Consolidating Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2009 and as of June 30, 2008 and the Consolidating Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009, June 30, 2008 and for the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007 and for period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007 for: (a) Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“Issuer and/or Parent”); (b) the guarantor subsidiaries; (c) the non guarantor subsidiaries and (d) elimination and adjustment entries necessary to combine the Issuer/Parent with the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, respectively.

 

89


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combining Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantors
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 631.7      $ 1,029.4      $ (21.6   $ 1,639.5   

Cost of products sold

     —          442.0        813.9        (21.6     1,234.3   
                                        

Gross margin

     —          189.7        215.5        —          405.2   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     (0.3     164.3        115.4        —          279.4   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     (4.1     162.1        37.2        —          195.2   

Restructuring and other special items

     —          16.5        3.7        —          20.2   
                                        

Operating (loss)/earnings

     4.4        (153.2     59.2        —          (89.6

Interest expense, net

     179.7        0.4        1.5        —          181.6   

Other (income)/expense, net

     121.4        (31.2     80.0        (184.7     (14.5
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations

     (296.7     (122.4     (22.3     184.7        (256.7

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     11.4        (1.1     6.5        —          16.8   

Minority interest, net of tax benefit

     —          —          (0.6     —          (0.6
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations

     (308.1     (121.3     (28.2     184.7        (272.9

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

     —          (30.7     (4.5     —          (35.2
                                        

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (308.1   $ (152.0   $ (32.7   $ 184.7      $ (308.1
                                        

 

90


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combining Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantors
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 681.2      $ 1,154.3      $ (17.8   $ 1,817.7   

Cost of products sold

     —          487.1        890.8        (17.8     1,360.1   
                                        

Gross margin

     —          194.1        263.5        —          457.6   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     —          179.1        126.5        —          305.6   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          122.2        194.4        —          316.6   

Restructuring and other special items

     —          20.8        2.9        —          23.7   
                                        

Operating (loss)/earnings

     —          (128.0     (60.3     —          (188.3

Interest expense, net

     196.6        (0.2     4.8        —          201.2   

Other (income)/expense, net

     419.1        (32.2     68.4        (310.7     144.6   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations

     (615.7     (95.6     (133.5     310.7        (534.1

Income tax benefit

     (76.0     (0.8     (5.3     —          (82.1

Minority interest, net of tax benefit

     —          —          3.5        —          3.5   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before discontinued operations

     (539.7     (94.8     (131.7     310.7        (455.5

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

     —          (56.     (27.6     —          (84.2
                                        

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (539.7   $ (151.3   $ (159.3   $ 310.7      $ (539.7
                                        

 

91


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combining Statements of Operations

For the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 168.8      $ 257.2      $ (3.8   $ 422.2   

Cost of products sold

     —          125.9        210.9        (3.8     333.0   
                                        

Gross margin

     —          42.9        46.3        —          89.2   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     —          41.4        29.7        —          71.1   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          (0.2     —          —          (0.2

In-process research and development (IPR&D)

     —          31.3        81.1        —          112.4   

Restructuring and other special items

     —          21.0        4.5        —          25.5   
                                        

Operating loss

     —          (50.6     (69.0     —          (119.6

Interest expense, net

     43.1        0.7        0.3        —          44.1   

Other (income)/expense, net

     107.2        0.2        2.8        (109.5     0.7   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations

     (150.3     (51.5     (72.1     109.5        (164.4

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     —          (21.2     1.2        —          (20.0

Minority interest, net of tax benefit

     —          —          0.7        —          0.7   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

     (150.3     (30.3     (74.0     109.5        (145.1

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

     —          (5.3     0.1        —          (5.2
                                        

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (150.3   $ (35.6   $ (73.9   $ 109.5      $ (150.3
                                        

 

92


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combining Statements of Operations

For the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Predecessor  
(in millions)                               

Net revenue

   $ —        $ 518.2      $ 767.6      $ (14.0   $ 1,271.8   

Cost of products sold

     —          380.7        606.4        (14.0     973.1   
                                        

Gross margin

     —          137.5        161.2        —          298.7   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     —          154.7        65.9        —          220.6   

Impairment charges and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          (3.7     2.4        —          (1.3

In-process research and development (IPR&D)

     —          —          —          —          —     

Restructuring and other special items

     —          17.9        4.1        —          22.0   
                                        

Operating (loss)/earnings

     —          (31.4     88.8        —          57.4   

Interest expense, net

     (1.7     1.5        9.1        —          8.9   

Other (income)/expense, net

     (23.2     0.1        (1.7     24.9        0.1   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations

     24.9        (33.0     81.4        (24.9     48.4   

Income tax (benefit)/expense

     —          (17.1     18.6        —          1.5   

Minority interest, net of tax benefit

     —          —          3.9        —          3.9   
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

     24.9        (15.9     58.9        (24.9     43.0   

Earnings/(loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax benefit

     —          (14.4     (3.7     —          (18.1
                                        

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ 24.9      $ (30.3   $ 55.2      $ (24.9   $ 24.9   
                                        

 

93


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 30, 2009

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor     Non-
Guarantor
   Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

           

Current Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 4.3      $ 59.6    $ —        $ 63.9   

Trade receivables, net

     —          73.6        178.8      —          252.4   

Intercompany receivables

     —          52.7        208.6      (261.3     —     

Inventories, net

     —          50.1        131.9      —          182.0   

Prepaid expenses and other

     8.5        29.1        51.9      —          89.5   

Assets held for sale

     —          18.2        —        —          18.2   
                                       

Total current assets

     8.5        228.0        630.8      (261.3     606.0   

Property and equipment, net

     —          356.1        454.3      —          810.4   

Goodwill

     —          483.3        599.4      —          1,082.7   

Other intangibles, net

     —          160.9        235.6      —          396.5   

Investment in subsidiaries

     2,577.2        —          —        (2,575.2     2.0   

Intercompany long-term receivable

     —          0.7        7.2      (7.9     —     

Deferred income taxes

     96.6        49.0        38.8      —          184.4   

Other assets

     44.5        5.7        1.7      (2.1     49.8   
                                       

Total assets

   $ 2,726.8      $ 1,283.7      $ 1,967.8    $ (2,846.5   $ 3,131.8   
                                       

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

           

Current Liabilities

           

Current portion of long-term obligations & other short-term borrowings

   $ 55.2      $ 1.6      $ 7.4    $ —        $ 64.2   

Accounts payable

     —          32.8        94.2      —          127.0   

Intercompany accounts payable

     224.0        —          —        (224.0     —     

Other accrued liabilities

     45.9        80.5        66.3      —          192.7   

Liabilities held for sale

     —          6.2        —        —          6.2   
                                       

Total current liabilities

     325.1        121.1        167.9      (224.0     390.1   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,258.0        3.1        22.0      —          2,283.1   

Intercompany long-term debt

     45.4        —          —        (45.4     —     

Other liabilities

     14.6        163.6        199.7      —          377.9   

Shareholder’s Equity:

           

Common stock $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued

     —          —          —        —          —     

Additional paid in capital

     1,071.0        —          —        —          1,071.0   

Shareholder’s equity

     —          1,000.7        1,576.4      (2,577.1     —     

Accumulated deficit

     (998.1     —          —        —          (998.1

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

     10.8        (4.8     1.8      —          7.8   
                                       

Total Shareholder’s equity

     83.7        995.9        1,578.2      (2,577.1     80.7   
                                       

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 2,726.8      $ 1,283.7      $ 1,967.8    $ (2,846.5   $ 3,131.8   
                                       

 

94


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet

June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor    Non-
Guarantor
   Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

            

Current Assets

            

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —        $ 12.2    $ 60.2    $ —        $ 72.4   

Trade receivables, net

     —          107.6      200.3      —          307.9   

Intercompany receivables

     —          3.4      247.8      (251.2     —     

Inventories, net

     —          53.2      157.5      —          210.7   

Prepaid expenses and other

     1.2        28.5      59.9      —          89.6   

Assets held for sale

     —          19.5      1.5      —          21.0   
                                      

Total current assets

     1.2        224.4      727.2      (251.2     701.6   

Property and equipment, net

     —          436.1      502.1      —          938.2   

Goodwill

     —          556.6      734.7      —          1,291.3   

Other intangibles, net

     —          219.1      298.9      —          518.0   

Investment in subsidiaries

     2,761.8        —        —        (2,761.8     —     

Deferred income taxes

     88.0        71.2      27.6      —          186.8   

Other

     60.9        5.5      2.0      —          68.4   
                                      

Total assets

   $ 2,911.9      $ 1,512.9    $ 2,292.5    $ (3,013.0   $ 3,704.3   
                                      

Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity

            

Current Liabilities

            

Current portion of long-term obligations & other short-term borrowings

   $ 14.8      $ 6.6    $ 7.8    $ —        $ 29.2   

Accounts payable

     —          40.3      98.4      —          138.7   

Intercompany accounts payable

     147.6        26.1      —        (173.7     —     

Other accrued liabilities

     (0.4     103.3      71.1      —          174.0   

Liabilities held for sale

     —          3.7      —        —          3.7   
                                      

Total current liabilities

     162.0        180.0      177.3      (173.7     345.6   

Long-term obligations, less current portion

     2,351.6        4.7      26.0      —          2,382.3   

Intercompany long-term debt

     24.1        —        53.4      (77.5     —     

Deferred income taxes

     1.1        153.1      105.2      —          259.4   

Other liabilities

     0.2        21.9      106.0      —          128.1   

Shareholder’s Equity:

            

Common stock $0.01 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued

     —          —        —        —          —     

Additional paid in capital

     1,072.6        —        —        —          1,072.6   

Shareholder’s equity

     —          1,152.7      1,609.1      (2,761.8     —     

Accumulated deficit

     (690.0     —        —        —          (690.0

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

     (9.7     0.5      215.5      —          206.3   
                                      

Total Shareholder’s equity

     372.9        1,153.2      1,824.6      (2,761.8     588.9   
                                      

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

   $ 2,911.9     $ 1,512.9    $ 2,292.5    $ (3,013.0   $ 3,704.3   
                                      

 

95


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2009

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (308.1   $ (152.0   $ (32.7   $ 184.7      $ (308.1

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          (30.7     (4.5     —          (35.2
                                        

Loss/earnings from continuing operations

     (301.1     (121.3     (28.2     184.7        (272.9

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to net cash from operations:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     —          69.9        67.5        —          137.4   

Unrealized foreign currency transaction (gains)/ losses, net

     (50.4     0.6        20.2        —          (29.6

Amortization of debt financing costs

     9.6        —          —          —          9.6   

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     (4.1     162.1        37.2        —          195.2   

Equity compensation

     (0.3     —          —          —          (0.3

Income from subsidiaries

     184.7        —          —          (184.7     —     

Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes

     11.4        (3.0     (11.6     —          (3.2

Provisions for bad debts and inventory

     —          5.3        8.9        —          14.2   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

          

Decrease/(Increase) in trade receivables

     —          34.0        (3.8     —          30.2   

Decrease/(Increase) in inventories

     —          (2.3     —          —          (2.3

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable

     —          (7.5     7.9        —          0.4   

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net

     28.2        (15.3     (22.5     —          (9.6
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

     (129.0     122.5        75.6        —          69.1   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          3.8        —          —          3.8   
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     (129.0     126.3        75.6        —          72.9   
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

          

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          —          2.2        —          2.2   

Additions to property and equipment

     —          (24.2     (59.5     —          (83.7
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     —          (24.2     (57.3     —          (81.5

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          (2.8     —          —          (2.8
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (27.0     (57.3     —          (84.3
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Intercompany

     108.8        (105.7     (3.1     —          —     

Net change in short-term borrowings

     (0.3     —          (1.1     —          (1.4

Repayments of revolver credit facility

     (68.0     —          —          —          (68.0

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

     104.0        —          —          —          104.0   

Reduction of long-term obligations

     (14.2     (1.5     (7.1     —          (22.8

Equity (redemptions) contributions, net

     (1.3     —          —          —          (1.3
                                        

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     129.0        (107.2     (11.3     —          10.5   

Net cash provided by/(used in) from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —          —     
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     129.0        (107.2     (11.3     —          10.5   
                                        

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     —          —          (7.6     —          (7.6

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     —          (7.9     (0.6     —          (8.5

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     —          12.2        60.2        —          72.4   
                                        

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ —        $ 4.3      $ 59.6      $ —        $ 63.9   
                                        

 

96


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Year Ended June 30, 2008

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

          

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (539.7   $ (151.4   $ (159.3   $ 310.7      $ (539.7

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          (33.1     (27.6     —          (60.7
                                        

Loss/earnings from continuing operations

     (539.7     (118.3     (131.7     310.7        (479.0

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to net cash from operations:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     —          95.4        62.9        —          158.3   

Unrealized foreign currency transaction losses on Euro-denominated debt

     111.0        —          38.2        —          149.2   

Amortization of debt financing costs

     8.5        —          —          —          8.5   

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          122.3        194.4        —          316.7   

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

     (3.8     —          —          —          (3.8

Equity compensation

     8.2        —          —          —          8.2   

Income from subsidiaries

     310.7        —          —          (310.7     —     

Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes

     (76.0     (0.8     (27.7     —          (104.5

Provisions for bad debts and inventory

     —          8.8        12.5        —          21.3   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

          

Decrease/(Increase) in trade receivables

     —          8.2        9.0        —          17.2   

Decrease/(Increase) in inventories

     —          (4.1     7.9        —          3.8   

Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable

     —          11.6        1.3        —          12.9   

Other accrued liabilities and operating items, net

     (19.8     (237.6     231.9        —          (25.5
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations

     (200.9     (114.5     398.7        —          83.3   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          (6.6     —          (6.6
                                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     (200.9     (114.5     392.1        —          76.7   
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

          

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          0.3        0.4        —          0.7   

Additions to property and equipment

     —          (31.1     (53.3     —          (84.4
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     —          (30.8     (52.9     —          (83.7

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          (1.4     (2.3     —          (3.7
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (32.2     (55.2     —          (87.4
                                        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

          

Intercompany

     245.0        145.2        (390.2     —          —     

Net change in short-term borrowings

     3.4        —          (3.9     —          (0.5

Repayments of revolver credit facility

     (109.8     —          —          —          (109.8

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

     95.9        —          —          —          95.9   

Repayments of long-term obligations

     (29.2     (1.4     —          —          (30.6

Proceeds from long-term obligations

     (4.2     —          37.8        —          33.6   

Long term debt financing costs

     (14.8     —          —          —          (14.8

Equity contributions

     14.5        —          —          —          14.5   
                                        

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities from continuing operations

     200.9        143.7        (356.3     —          (11.7

Net cash provided by/(used in) from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —          —     
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     200.9        143.7        (356.3       (11.7
                                        

Effect of foreign currency on cash

     —          —          12.1        —          12.1   

NET INCREASE/(DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS

     —          (3.0     (7.3     —          (10.3

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     —          15.2        67.5        —          82.7   
                                        

CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD

   $ —        $ 12.2      $ 60.2      $ —        $ 72.4   
                                        

 

97


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the period April 10, 2007 to June 30, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Issuer     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

          

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ (150.3   $ (35.6   $ (73.9   $ 109.5      $ (150.3

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          (5.3     0.1        —          (5.2
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

     (150.3     (30.3     (74.0     109.5        (145.1

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to net cash from operations:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     —          17.8        18.6        —          36.4   

Amortization of debt financing costs

     1.6        —          —          —          1.6   

Income from subsidiaries

     109.5        —          —          (109.5     —     

Minority interest

          

Non-cash restructuring and other special items

          

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          0.2        (0.4     —          (0.2

Equity-based compensation

     —          1.0        —          —          1.0   

In-process research and development

     —          31.3        81.1        —          112.4   

Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes

     —          (23.5     (3.5     —          (27.0

Provisions for bad debts and inventory

     —          0.3        3.9        —          4.2   

Change in operating assets and liabilities net of acquisitions:

          

(Increase) decrease in trade receivables

     —          (14.2     (17.3     —          (31.5

(Increase) decrease in inventories

     —          15.8        7.9        —          23.7   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     —          5.2        15.0        —          20.2   

Change in accrued liabilities and other operating

     6.2        12.1        55.8        —          74.1   
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from continuing operations

     (33.0     15.7        87.1        —          69.8   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          (2.9     4.7        —          1.8   
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     (33.0     12.8        91.8        —          71.6   

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

     (3,285.5     —          —          —          (3,285.5

Proceeds from sale of property, equipment

     —          0.1        (0.1     —          —     

Additions to property and equipment

     —          (10.4     (8.0     —          (18.4
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     (3,285.5     (10.3     (8.1     —          (3,303.9

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          (1.0     (0.5     —          (1.5
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,285.5     (11.3     (8.6     —          (3,305.4
                                        

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

          

Net change in short-term borrowings

     (13.9     —          0.8        —          (13.1

Intercompany

     30.6        9.4        (40.0     —          —     

Borrowings from revolver credit facility

     13.9        —          —          —          13.9   

Repayments of long-term obligations

     —          (3.1     (2.2     —          (5.3

Proceeds from long-term obligations

     2,292.9        8.9        —          —          2,301.8   

Long term debt financing costs

     (56.3     —          —          —          (56.3

Issuance of common stock

     1,048.9        —          —          —          1,048.9   
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities from continuing operations

     3,316.1        15.2        (41.4     —          3,289.9   

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —          —     
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     3,316.1        15.2        (41.4     —          3,289.9   
                                        

Effect of foreign currency

     2.4        2.0        (0.3     —          4.1   

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Equivalents

     —          18.7        41.5        —          60.2   

Cash and Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     —          (3.4     25.9        —          22.5   
                                        

Cash and Equivalents at End of Year

   $ —        $ 15.3      $ 67.4      $ —        $ 82.7   
                                        

 

98


Table of Contents

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

For the period July 1, 2006 to April 9, 2007

(in millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Predecessor  

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

          

Net (loss)/earnings

   $ 24.9      $ (30.3   $ 55.2      $ (24.9   $ 24.9   

Loss from discontinued operations

     —          (14.4     (3.7     —          (18.1
                                        

(Loss)/earnings from continuing operations

     24.9        (15.9     58.9        (24.9     43.0   

Adjustments to reconcile (loss)/earnings from continued operations to net cash from operations:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     —          36.7        39.3        —          76.0   

Income from subsidiaries

     (24.9     —          —          24.9        —     

Asset impairments and (gain)/loss on sale of assets

     —          (2.2     0.9        —          (1.3

Equity-based compensation

     —          35.1        —          —          35.1   

Provision/(benefit) for deferred income taxes

     —          (13.0     (2.2     —          (15.2

Provisions for bad debts and inventory

     —          1.0        2.5        —          3.5   

Change in operating assets and liabilities net of acquisitions:

          

(Increase) decrease in trade receivables

     —          14.1        (15.9     —          (1.8

(Increase) decrease in inventories

     —          8.6        (15.6     —          (7.0

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     —          (3.1     14.3        —          11.2   

Change in accrued liabilities and other operating

     (1.3     (12.2     52.3        —          38.8   
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from continuing operations

     (1.3     56.1        134.5        —          182.3   

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities from discontinued operations

     —          9.1        (13.4     —          (4.3
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities

     (1.3     58.2        121.1        —          178.0   
                                        

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

          

Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of divestitures and cash acquired

     —          10.7        —          —          10.7   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     —          7.8        0.3        —          8.1   

Additions to property and equipment

     —          (75.2     (27.3     —          (102.5
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations

     —          (56.7     (27.0     —          (83.7

Net cash used in investing activities from discontinued operations

     —          (8.6     (2.4     —          (11.0
                                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (65.3     (29.4     —          (94.7
                                        

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

          

Net change in short-term borrowings

     —          —          (14.0     —          (14.0

Intercompany

     5.2        (4.0     (1.2     —          —     

Repayments of long-term obligations

     —          (1.4     (21.0     —          (22.4

Proceeds from long-term obligations

     —          —          3.7        —          3.7   

Net transfers (to)/from Cardinal Health, Inc. and affiliates

     (3.9     17.4        (189.1     —          (175.6
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities from continuing operations

     1.3        12.0        (221.6     —          (208.3

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities from discontinued operations

     —          —          —          —          —     
                                        

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

     1.3        12.0        (221.6     —          (208.3
                                        

Effect of foreign currency

     —          (4.9     18.8        —          13.9   

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Equivalents

     —          —          (111.1     —          (111.1

Cash and Equivalents at Beginning of Year

     —          (3.4     137.0        —          133.6   
                                        

Cash and Equivalents at End of Year

   $ —        $ (3.4   $ 25.9      $ —        $ 22.5   
                                        

 

99


Table of Contents
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

 

ITEM 9A(T). CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Our management, with the participation of our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of June 30, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to accomplish their objectives at the reasonable assurance level.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Remediation of Prior Material Weakness

As previously described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008, the significant deficiency related to the Company’s financial oversight process, combined with the handling of complex accounting matters including SFAS 142 and 144, and the restatement of the Company’s interim financial results associated with the application of SFAS 133 was determined by management to constitute a material weakness in the internal controls over financial reporting. During fiscal 2009, we took the following actions that we believe remediated the previously identified material weakness as of June 30, 2009:

 

   

hired an experienced, public company Controller;

 

   

migrated the execution of quarterly balance sheet reviews to our internal audit function;

 

   

reorganized the corporate accounting function and improved internal review processes; and

 

   

enhanced our technical accounting resources to oversee accounting policy treatment and manage the external reporting process

We continue to train technical accounting personnel and enhance supervision with regard to timely review and approval of the accounting for significant transactions.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

 

   

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

 

   

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

100


Table of Contents

Our internal control systems include the controls themselves, actions taken to correct deficiencies as identified, an organizational structure providing for division of responsibilities, careful selection and training of qualified financial personnel and a program of internal audits.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework .

Based on this assessment, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2009. This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to temporary rules of the SEC that permit the company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Except as noted above, there have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 9B is not applicable and has been omitted.

 

101


Table of Contents

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Executive Officers and Directors of the Registrant

The following table sets forth information about our executive officers and directors including their respective ages as of September 1, 2009:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

John R. Chiminski    45    President & Chief Executive Officer and Director
Matthew Walsh    43    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Thomas J. Stuart    48    Group President, Oral Technologies
Scott Houlton    42    Group President, Development and Clinical Services
Steven Leonard    47    Senior Vice President, Global Operations
Harry F. Weininger    58    Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Samrat S. Khichi    42    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Roy Satchell    50    Senior Vice President, Information Technology
David Heyens    53    Senior Vice President, Global Sales
Sharon Johnson    45    Senior Vice President, Global Quality and Regulatory Affairs
Jonathan Embleton    44    Vice President, Product Ventures
George L. Fotiades    56    Chairman of the Board and Director
Chinh E. Chu    42    Director
Michael Dal Bello    38    Director
Peter Baird    43    Director
Bruce McEvoy    32    Director
Paul Clark    62    Director
Aleksandar Erdeljan    59    Director

John R. Chiminski has served as our President & Chief Executive Officer and as a Director since March 17, 2009. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Chiminski served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of GE Medical Diagnostics, a $1.9 billion division of GE Healthcare and the world leader in diagnostic imaging agents. In his twenty-one year tenure at GE Healthcare, Mr. Chiminski has held senior management positions of increasing responsibility in a number of businesses, culminating in his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer of GE’s Medial Diagnostics Business. Mr. Chiminski received a Bachelor of Science from Michigan State University and a Master of Science from Purdue University, both in electrical engineering, as well as a Master of Management degree from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University.

Matthew Walsh has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since April 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Walsh served as President and Chief Financial Officer of Escala Group, Inc., a global collectibles network and precious metals trader. From 1996 through 2006, Mr. Walsh held positions of increasing responsibility in corporate development, accounting and finance at diversified industrial manufacturer GenTek, Inc., culminating in his appointment as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to GenTek, he served in corporate development and other roles in banking and the chemicals industry. Mr. Walsh received a B.S. in chemical engineering and an MBA from Cornell University and is a CFA ® charterholder.

Thomas J. Stuart has served as our Group President, Oral Technologies, since July 2007. Mr. Stuart joined the Company from Arthur Andersen & Co. in 1990 and has held financial and other executive leadership roles since, including President of Oral Technologies through August 2006 and President of Global Contract Manufacturing and Services from January through July 2007. Mr. Stuart has a B.S. in accounting and finance from Michigan State University in East Lansing, Michigan.

Scott Houlton has served as our Group President, Development and Clinical Services since August 2009. Previously, Mr. Houlton was most recently Chief Operating Officer of Aptuit, Inc., responsible for Scientific Operations, Business Process Improvement, Human Resources, Clinical Operations and Capital Development. Prior to Aptuit, Mr. Houlton held a variety of leadership roles in other companies including Vice President of Clinical Supplies at Quintiles Transnational Corporation. Earlier in his career, he was with Cardinal Health, Inc. where he served as Director of International Business Development. Mr. Houlton holds a B.S. degree in both International Business and Finance from Ohio State University.

Stephen Leonard has served as our Senior Vice President of Global Operations since June 2009. Previously, Mr. Leonard was most recently General Manager of Global Operations for GE Healthcare’s Medical Diagnostics business, responsible for more than 10 sites in Europe, Asia and the Americas. Earlier assignments in his 22 years at GE included a variety of leadership roles, with responsibility for areas such as plant management, global sourcing and supply chain, global product quality, and global operations. Mr. Leonard received his Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from Drexel University.

 

102


Table of Contents

Harry Weininger has served as our Senior Vice President, Human Resources since 2005. Mr. Weininger joined the Company in November 2004 as Vice President of Human Resources for the Oral Technologies and Packaging Services segments. Previously, Mr. Weininger served in a variety of human resources leadership roles for Campbell Soup from 1996 through 2004, as well as with PepsiCo previously. Mr. Weininger holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the University of British Columbia, Canada, and an Executive Masters in Human Resources from the University of Western Ontario, Canada.

Samrat Khichi has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since October 2007. Previously, Mr. Khichi was Counsel in the Mergers and Acquisitions and Private Equity Group at O’Melveny & Myers. Prior to O’Melveny & Myers, Mr. Khichi served as a White House Fellow and was also an attorney in the Mergers and Acquisitions practice group of Shearman & Sterling. Mr. Khichi’s military service includes service as a field artillery officer in the U.S. Army, and as a reserve Lieutenant Commander, U.S. Navy. Mr. Khichi was the Deputy Director of the NY/NJ High Intensity Drug Trafficking Area. Mr. Khichi holds a B.S. from Georgetown University, and a J.D. cum laude and Order of the Coif from Fordham University School of Law.

Roy Satchell has served as our Senior Vice President, Information Technology since 2005. Mr. Satchell joined the Company in 1982 and since 2001 has held a series of global leadership roles within the information technology organizations of both Cardinal and the Company. He has a diploma in administrative management and a post-graduate degree in Management Studies, both from Regents College, Swindon, U.K., and an MBA from Bristol University in Bristol, U.K.

David Heyens has served as our Group President, Packaging Services since August 2009 and was Senior Vice President, Global Sales from June 2007 to August 2009. Mr. Heyens joined the Company in 1995 and served as President of the North American softgel business from 2000 to 2006, then as head of the global softgel business from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Heyens previously held a variety of sales and marketing leadership roles at Baxter and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Heyens holds a B.S. in business administration and marketing from St. Clair College of Applied Arts and Technologies, Canada.

Sharon Johnson has served as our Senior Vice President, Global Quality and Regulatory Affairs since August 1, 2009. Previously, Ms. Johnson was most recently Vice President of Quality for GE Healthcare, Medical Diagnostics in Buckinghamshire, England. Prior to GE, she was Quality Director for Baxter Healthcare’s Europe operations for four years. Before that, she was with Rhone Poulenc Rorer as Quality Manager for Sterile Products and Microbiology in Essex, England. Earlier in her career, Ms. Johnson held Quality and Microbiology positions with Berk Pharmaceuticals in East Sussex, England and Medicines Testing Laboratory in Edinburgh, Scotland. Ms. Johnson holds a Post Graduate Diploma in Industrial Pharmaceutical Studies with Distinction from Brighton University and holds a B.S. Honours Degree in Biological Sciences/Microbiology from North East Surrey College of Technology.

Jonathan Embleton has served as our Vice President, Product Ventures since April 2007. Since joining the Company in 1992, Dr. Embleton held roles in management, sales, product development and business development within the Company’s European operations based in Switzerland. In 2005, he relocated to New Jersey and assumed various product development and business development roles for the Company, with particular focus on the U.S. generic drug market. Dr. Embleton holds a B.S. in biochemistry and business administration, as well as a Ph.D. in pharmaceutical sciences, from Aston University in the U.K. He has co-authored scientific publications and is an inventor on a number of patents related to drug delivery formulations and devices.

George L. Fotiades has been Chairman of the Board and a director since June 2007 and was Interim President and Chief Executive Officer from July 30, 2008 to March 17, 2009. Previously, Mr. Fotiades was President and Chief Operating Officer of Cardinal Health, Inc.; President and Chief Executive Officer of the Predecessor, Cardinal’s Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment; and President and Chief Operating Officer of R.P. Scherer Corporation. Mr. Fotiades has served in a variety of executive roles at Warner-Lambert, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Wyeth and Procter & Gamble. Mr. Fotiades is Chairman of the Healthcare investment practice at Diamond Castle Holdings, as well as a director of Prologis, Cantel Medical Corp. and The Alberto-Culver Company.

Chinh E. Chu has been a director since April 2007. Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group. Mr. Chu has led Blackstone’s investment in Stiefel Laboratories, ReAble Therapeutics’ acquisition of DJ Orthopedics, Biomet, Alliant, ReAble Therapeutics, Celanese, Nalco, SunGard Data Systems, Nycomed, and LIFFE. He has also been involved in Blackstone’s investments in FGIC, Graham Packaging, Sirius Satellite Radio, StorageApps, Haynes International, Prime Succession/Rose Hills, Interstate Hotels, HFS and Alco Holdings. Before joining Blackstone in 1990, Mr. Chu worked at Salomon Brothers in the Mergers & Acquisitions Department. Mr. Chu received a B.S. in Finance from the University of Buffalo, where he graduated summa cum laude . He currently serves as a Director of Alliant, Healthmarkets, DJO Incorporated, SunGard, Graham Packaging, and FGIC.

Michael Dal Bello has been a director since April 2007. Mr. Dal Bello is a Managing Director of The Blackstone Group, which he joined in 2002, and is actively involved in Blackstone’s healthcare investment activities. Previously Mr. Dal Bello worked at Hellman & Friedman LLC and at Bain & Company. Mr. Dal Bello received an MBA from Harvard Business School in 2002. Mr. Dal Bello currently serves on the boards of directors of Apria, Alliant, Vanguard Health Services, Biomet, Team Health and Sithe Global.

Peter Baird has been a director since April 2007. Mr. Baird is currently a senior advisor to McKinsey & Company. From November 2006 to August 2008, Mr. Baird was the President of DJO Incorporated, formerly known as ReAble Therapeutics, a portfolio company of Blackstone Capital Partners V. Mr. Baird was previously a partner in the Private Equity and Medical Products practices at McKinsey & Company, which he joined originally in 1994. Mr. Baird is on the Board of Directors of EastPharma Ltd. Mr. Baird received an MBA from Stanford Business School.

 

103


Table of Contents

Bruce McEvoy has been a director since April 2007. Mr. McEvoy has been an Associate at The Blackstone Group since 2006. Before joining Blackstone, Mr. McEvoy worked as an Associate at General Atlantic from 2002 to 2004, and was a consultant at McKinsey & Company from 1999 to 2002. Mr. McEvoy received an MBA from Harvard Business School in 2006. Mr. McEvoy currently serves on the boards of directors of RGIS Inventory Services, DJO Incorporated and Performance Food Group.

Aleksandar Erdeljan has been a director since August 2007. Mr. Erdeljan is a founding member of Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC. Mr. Erdeljan was the former Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of R.P. Scherer Corporation, which was acquired by Cardinal in 1998. Mr. Erdeljan is a former Chairman of the Advisory Board of Gerresheimer GmbH and is a past director of Eurand, N.V., Batelle Pharma, Cardinal Health, MedPointe Inc., NextPharma Technologies and Nycomed.

Paul Clark has been a director since August 2007. Mr. Clark served as Chief Executive Officer and President from June 1999 and Chairman of the Board from February 2000 until February 2007 of ICOS Corporation, a biotechnology company. Prior to ICOS, Mr. Clark was with Abbott Laboratories from 1984-1998, where he had responsibility for pharmaceuticals and other businesses, retiring from Abbott as Executive Vice President and a Board Member. Mr. Clark is also an Operating Partner and Strategic Advisory Board member of Genstar Capital LLC, and a Director of Agilent Technologies, Talecris Biotherapeutics, Harlan Labs and Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Clark received his B.S. in finance from University of Alabama and his MBA from Dartmouth College, Amos Tuck School.

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships between our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

As a privately-held company with no securities listed on a national securities exchange, we are not required to have independent directors on our board of directors or any committees of the board of directors. Accordingly, we have not made any determinations of independence with respect to any of our outside directors.

Committees of the Board

Our board of directors has an audit committee, an executive committee and a compensation committee. Our board of directors may also establish from time to time any other committees that it deems necessary and advisable.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee comprises Michael Dal Bello, Bruce McEvoy, Paul Clark and George L. Fotiades. Mr. Dal Bello is the Chairman of the Audit Committee. The audit committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors with its oversight responsibilities regarding: (i) the integrity of our financial statements; (ii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications and independence; and (iv) the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm.

While our board of directors has not designated any of its members as an audit committee financial expert, we believe that each of the current board members is fully qualified to address any accounting, financial reporting or audit issues that may come before it.

Executive Committee

Our executive committee comprises George L. Fotiades, Chinh E. Chu, Aleksandar Erdeljan and Michael Dal Bello. Mr. Fotiades is the Chairman of the Executive Committee. The primary purpose of the executive committee is to act, when necessary, in place of our full board of directors and to manage the affairs of the Company in the intervals between meetings of the board of directors. The executive committee is authorized to exercise all the powers of the board of directors that are permitted by law to be exercised by a committee of the board of directors, including the powers to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Our compensation committee comprises Chinh E. Chu, Peter Baird and Bruce McEvoy. Mr. Baird is the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee is responsible for determining, reviewing, approving and overseeing our executive compensation program.

No member of the Compensation Committee was at any time during fiscal 2009, or at any other time, one of our officers or employees. Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director in the Corporate Private Equity group of The Blackstone Group and Mr. McEvoy is an Associate at The Blackstone Group. We are parties to certain transactions with The Blackstone Group described in the “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” section below. None of our executive officers has served as a director or member of the

 

104


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity, whose executive officers served as a director of our company or member of our Compensation Committee.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted Standards of Business Conduct for all of our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. A copy of our Standards of Business Conduct has been posted on our Internet website at www.catalent.com/ourcommitment/ . Our Standards of Business Conduct is a “code of ethics”, as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K We will make any legally required disclosures regarding amendments to or waivers of provisions of our code of ethics on our Internet website www.catalent.com.

 

105


Table of Contents
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of the members of our board of directors during fiscal 2009. The compensation paid to Mr. Fotiades, who is the Chairman of our and PTS Holdings Corp.’s board of directors and also served as interim President and Chief Executive Officer for a portion of fiscal 2009, Mr. Lowry, our former President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors until July 30, 2008 and Mr. Chiminski, who became a member of our board of directors on March 17, 2009 and is our current President and Chief Executive Officer, is presented in the Summary Compensation Table and the related explanatory tables. Our President and Chief Executive Officer is generally not entitled to receive additional compensation for services as a director.

Director Compensation—Fiscal 2009

 

Name

(a)

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash($)

(b)
   Options
Awards
($) (2)(3)

(c)
   Change in
Pension Value
and Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($) (4)
(d)
   All Other
Compensation
($) (5)

(e)
   Total ($)
(f)

Chinh Chu (6)

   —      —      —      —      —  

Michael Dal Bello (6)

   —      —      —      —      —  

Peter Baird (1)

   125,000    26,773    —      —      151,773

Bruce McEvoy (6)

   —      —      —      —      —  

Paul Clark (1)

   125,000    28,133    —         153,133

Aleksandar Erdeljan

   —      13,991    60,778    200,000    274,769

 

(1) In July 2007, our board of directors approved an annual retainer fee of $125,000 for Messrs. Baird and Clark starting in fiscal 2008.
(2) In accordance with SEC rules, the amounts reported above do not include the full grant date fair value of the directors’ option or profits interests awards, as applicable, but instead reflect the aggregate dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with FAS 123R (disregarding any estimates of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions) for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 with respect to awards granted in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007. For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2008, included as part of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed on September 29, 2008 and Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2007, included as part of Amendment No. 1 to our Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed on March 3, 2008 (File No. 333-147871) (the “Registration Statement”). With respect to Mr. Erdeljan, the fiscal 2009 dollar amount recognized in accordance with FAS 123R for financial statement reporting purposes includes the impact of a cumulative expense reversal related to certain performance based profits interests either not vesting or it being determined that the profits interests are not likely to vest.
(3) As of June 30, 2009, Mr. Baird held 250 unexercised PTS Holdings Corp. options and Mr. Clark held 250 unexercised PTS Holdings Corp. options. In addition, as of June 30, 2009, Mr. Erdeljan held profits interests in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. in the form of 2,000 Class B-1 units, 1,333.33 Class B-2 units, 666.67 Class B-3 units, 1,000 Class B-4 units, and 1,000 Class B-5 units.
(4) Mr. Erdeljan is a participant in our Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan and Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation described below. The amount reported represents the change in the actuarial present value of his accumulated benefits for fiscal 2009.

 

106


Table of Contents
(5) The amount reported in column (e) for Mr. Erdeljan was earned during fiscal 2009 pursuant to Mr. Erdeljan’s consulting agreement with PTS Holdings Corp. described below.
(6) Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello and McEvoy are employees of The Blackstone Group and do not receive any compensation from us for their services on our board of directors.

Description of Director Compensation

This section contains a description of the material terms of our compensation arrangements for Messrs. Baird, Clark and Erdeljan. As noted above, Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello and McEvoy are employees of The Blackstone Group and do not receive any compensation from us for their services on our board of directors. All of our directors, including Messrs. Chu, Dal Bello and McEvoy, are reimbursed for the out-of-pocket expenses they incur in connection with their service as directors.

Messrs. Baird and Clark . In July 2007, we approved an annual retainer of $125,000 for each of Messrs. Baird and Clark starting in fiscal 2008. Messrs. Baird and Clark were each also granted an option to purchase 250 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan as part of their compensation. 100% of Messrs. Baird’s and Clark’s options are time options, and they will ordinarily become vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, subject to their continued provision of services. Messrs. Baird’s and Clark’s options will also become fully vested upon a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the portion of their options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of services without cause or due to death or disability will become vested in connection with such a termination of service. Other than the vesting terms described in this paragraph, the other terms of Messrs. Baird’s and Clark’s options are generally the same as described below for the Named Officers (other than Mr. Chiminski) under the heading “Description of Equity-Based Awards.”

Mr. Erdeljan . Mr. Erdeljan serves as a non-employee member of the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors pursuant to a consulting agreement. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, Mr. Erdeljan receives an annual retainer of $200,000. If we terminate Mr. Erdeljan’s services without cause during the term of his consulting agreement, or if we fail to renew his agreement at the end of its term, he will be entitled to receive a cash payment equal to his annual retainer. Any cash payment will be paid in equal monthly installments over a one-year period. Under his consulting agreement, Mr. Erdeljan must enter into a binding general release of claims as a condition to receiving this retainer payment following his termination of services, and the continued payment of such amounts is contingent on his compliance with certain restrictive covenants. In fiscal 2008, Mr. Erdeljan was granted Class B units in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Mr. Erdeljan’s Class B units, which represent profits interests, are divided into five tranches for vesting purposes. The Class B-1 units are time vesting units, the Class B-2 and Class B-3 units are performance vesting units, and the Class B-4 and Class B-5 units are exit vesting units. The vesting terms of each tranche of Class B units are substantially similar to the terms of the time options, performance options and exit options described below for the Named Officers (other than Mr. Chiminski) under the heading “Description of Equity-Based Awards.”

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

This section contains a discussion of the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our current and former Presidents and Chief Executive Officers, our current Chief Financial Officer and each of our three other most highly compensated executive officers who served in such capacities at the end of our fiscal year on June 30, 2009, collectively known as the “Named Officers.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Effective July 30, 2008, Mr. Lowry ceased to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director on our board of directors and we appointed Mr. Fotiades as our interim President and Chief Executive Officer.

Effective March 17, 2009, Mr. Fotiades ceased to serve as our interim President and Chief Executive Officer and we appointed Mr. Chiminski as our President and Chief Executive Officer, a member of our and PTS Holdings Corp.’s board of directors. Mr. Fotiades continues to serves as the Chairman of our PTS Holdings Corp.’s board of directors.

Our executive compensation program is determined and approved by our compensation committee. Our current and former Presidents and Chief Executive Officers did not participate in any discussions or decisions regarding their own compensation, although the compensation committee did take into account their recommendations regarding the compensatory arrangements for our executive officers other than themselves. Our current President and Chief Executive Officer provided the final compensation recommendations for our Named Officers to the compensation committee for review and approval. The other Named Officers do not have any role in determining or recommending the form or amount of compensation paid to our Named Officers. Our current and former Presidents and Chief Executive Officers are not members of the compensation committee.

Executive Compensation Program Objectives and Overview

Our current executive compensation program is intended to achieve two fundamental objectives: (1) attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent; and (2) align executive compensation with achievement of our overall business goals, adherence to our core values and stockholder interests. In structuring our current executive compensation program, we are guided by the following basic philosophies:

 

   

Competitive Compensation . Our executive compensation program should provide a fair and competitive compensation opportunity that enables us to attract and retain high caliber executive talent. Executives should be appropriately rewarded for their contributions to our successful performance.

 

   

Pay for Performance. A significant portion of each executive’s compensation should be “at risk” and tied to overall company, business unit and individual performance.

 

   

Alignment with Stockholder Interests . Executive compensation should be structured to include variable elements that link executives’ financial rewards to stockholder return. The equity portion of each executive’s compensation should be significant.

As described in more detail below, the material elements of our executive compensation program for Named Officers include base salary, an annual cash bonus opportunity, a long-term equity incentive opportunity, a deferred compensation opportunity and other retirement benefits. The Named Officers may also receive potential severance payments and other benefits in connection with certain terminations of employment or a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. We believe that each element of our executive compensation program helps us to achieve one or more of our compensation objectives, as illustrated by the table below.

 

Compensation Element

  

Compensation Objectives Designed to be Achieved

Base Salary   

•     Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunity   

•     Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals

Long-Term Equity Incentive Opportunity   

•     Align compensation with the creation of stockholder value and achievement of business goals

  

•     Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Deferred Compensation Opportunity and Other Retirement Benefits   

•     Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

Severance and Other Benefits Potentially Payable Upon Certain Terminations of Employment or a Change in Control   

•     Attract, motivate and retain high caliber talent

 

108


Table of Contents

These individual compensation elements are intended to create a total compensation package for each Named Officer that we believe achieves our compensation objectives and provides competitive compensation opportunities. We have not retained an independent compensation consultant to conduct a formal benchmarking process for the Named Officers’ compensation opportunities. On a periodic basis, we review market data provided by Towers Perrin and other commercially available compensation surveys to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive. In fiscal 2009, we used these materials to compare the compensation levels and types of benefits under our compensation programs with the levels and types of benefits under compensation programs offered to comparable positions at thirty-two (32) similarly-sized companies within the pharmaceutical and medical device industries, including Patheon Inc., Celgene Corporation and Shire Pharmaceuticals.

Executive Compensation Program Elements

Base Salaries

Base salaries are an important element of compensation because they provide the Named Officers with a base level of income. The Summary Compensation Table below shows the base salary paid to each Named Officer during fiscal 2009. As part of a company-wide cost savings initiative, our board of directors has determined that no merit increases will be provided to the Named Officers or our employee population, in general, in fiscal 2010.

Annual Cash Bonus Opportunities

We sponsor a management incentive plan (the “MIP”), which is not set forth in a written agreement or plan document. All of our Named Officers are eligible to participate in the MIP.

The primary purpose of the MIP is to focus management on key measures that drive financial performance and provide competitive bonus opportunities tied to the achievement of our financial and strategic growth objectives.

A target annual bonus, expressed as a percentage of base salary, is established within certain Named Officer’s employment agreements or by the compensation committee. The MIP award, which is a cash bonus, is tied to the financial results of the Company (the Business Performance Factor) and a combination of individual financial and/or strategic goals appropriate for each position (the Individual Performance Factor). The actual MIP award is the product of the Named Officer’s target annual bonus multiplied by (1) the Business Performance Factor and (2) each Named Officer’s Individual Performance Factor. With respect to the Named Officers, financial performance is measured 100% at the company-wide level. Financial performance relative to specified financial performance target(s) set by the compensation committee determines the aggregate funding level and the Business Performance Factor for the MIP. If the financial performance target(s) set by the compensation committee are met, the aggregate bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor will be set at the target amount in the annual operating budget, subject to the compensation committee’s discretion. If financial performance exceeds target, the aggregate bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor are increased above 100% of target based on a pre-established scale. If financial performance does not meet target, the bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor are decreased from the target amount based on the pre-established scale. The compensation committee has the discretion to adjust the MIP aggregate bonus pool amount and the Business Performance Factor determined by reference to the pre-established scale upwards or downwards, to address special situations.

We believe that tying the Named Officers’ bonuses to company-wide performance will encourage collaboration across the executive leadership team. We attempt to establish the financial performance target(s) at challenging levels that are reasonably attainable if we meet our performance objectives. For fiscal 2009, we used an internally adjusted EBITDA measure as the sole measure of financial performance because we believe that it provides a reliable indicator of the strength of our cash flow and overall financial

 

109


Table of Contents

results. We consider the specific internally adjusted EBITDA target applicable to the MIP to be confidential commercial and financial information, the disclosure of which could result in competitive harm to us. Based on our financial performance during fiscal 2009, our compensation committee determined to set the Business Performance Factor at 65% of target.

The compensation committee determines the actual bonuses paid to the Named Officers on a discretionary basis based on an assessment of each Named Officer’s Individual Performance Factor. The compensation committee approved the amount of each Named Officer’s final bonus in respect of fiscal 2009. The annual bonus that each Named Officer earned in respect of fiscal 2009 is presented in Column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table below.

Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards

We believe that the Named Officers’ long-term compensation should be directly linked to the value we deliver to our stockholders. Equity awards to the Named Officers are designed to provide long-term incentive opportunities over a period of several years. Stock options are currently our preferred equity award because the options will not have any value unless the underlying shares of common stock appreciate in value following the grant date. Accordingly, awarding stock options causes more compensation to be “at risk” and tied to growth realized by our stockholders. The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan also permits PTS Holdings Corp. to grant other types of equity-based awards, such as restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and other “full value” awards. For example, the Company has granted Mr. Chiminski 2,000 restricted stock units in connection with the commencement of his employment (see “Description of Equity-Based Awards” below) to promote ownership in the Company and align Mr. Chiminski’s interests with those of our stockholders.

With the exception of Mr. Chiminski, the stock option grants to the Named Officers are divided into three equal tranches for vesting purposes. The first tranche of options are time options that typically vest in a series of equal annual installments over a five-year period commencing on the grant date. We believe that this five-year vesting period provides an incentive for the Named Officers to continue working for us and ensures that, as long as they continue working for us and the value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock appreciates following the grant date, the Named Officers will receive some value with respect to their options. The second tranche of options also typically vest in a series of equal annual installments over a five-year period commencing on the grant date, but only if certain EBITDA and net outstanding debt targets established for each year are satisfied. We consider the specific EBITDA targets and net outstanding debt targets applicable to the performance options to be confidential commercial and financial information, the disclosure of which could result in competitive harm to us. However, at the time these targets were established, we believed that each of these targets, while difficult to attain, was reasonably attainable if we achieved our planned performance and growth objectives over the five-year vesting period applicable to the stock option awards. We believe that performance options create incentives for the Named Officers to achieve our overall business goals each year that are stronger than the incentives time options alone create. As a result, performance options are a key part of the Named Officers’ long-term compensation opportunity. As discussed in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” narrative below, the third tranche of options are referred to as exit options and will vest only if The Blackstone Group achieves both certain multiples of its investment in us and certain internal rate of return hurdles. We believe exit options create a very strong link between compensation and the creation of stockholder value—primarily because they will only vest and allow the Named Officers to realize value if The Blackstone Group receives its projected returns on its investment in us. Named Officers must generally remain employed on each applicable vesting date to vest in their options, although Named Officers may also vest in a portion of their time options in connection with certain terminations of their employment as described below.

As further discussed in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” narrative below, the options granted to Mr. Chiminski in connection with his employment agreement are divided into two equal tranches for vesting purposes. The first tranche of options are time options that vest in a series of equal annual installments over a five-year period commencing on his employment commencement date. The second tranche of options are exit options and will vest only if The Blackstone Group achieves either certain multiples of its investment in us or certain internal rate of return hurdles.

 

110


Table of Contents

Another key component of our long-term equity incentive program is that Named Officers and other eligible employees were provided with the opportunity to invest in the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. on the same general terms as the Investors. We consider this investment opportunity an important part of our equity program because it encourages stock ownership and aligns the Named Officers’ financial interests with those of our stockholders.

The amounts of each Named Officer’s investment opportunity and stock option and/or restricted stock unit award, as applicable, were determined based on several factors, including: (1) each Named Officer’s position and expected contribution to our future growth; (2) dilution effects on our stockholders and the need to maintain the availability of an appropriate number of shares for option awards to less-senior employees; and (3) ensuring that the Named Officers were provided with appropriate and competitive total long-term equity compensation and total compensation amounts. The number of options and/or restricted stock units, as applicable, granted to Named Officers during fiscal 2009 and the grant date fair value of these options and/or restricted stock units as determined under FAS 123R are presented in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2009 table below. A description of the material terms of the stock option and restricted stock unit awards is presented in the narrative section following the Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2009 table.

Option Exchange Offer

As part of a review of our executive compensation and employee benefit arrangements on behalf of and under the supervision of our board of directors and the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors, and in light of the economic conditions in which we operate and due to the shares underlying the previously granted options having a fair market value below the exercise price of the options, we determined that offering new options with different vesting terms and a lower per-share exercise price may be better suited than the existing options to meet our objectives to attract, motivate, retain and reward talented and experienced individuals. In addition, the exchange will align executive compensation with achievement of our overall business goals, adherence to our core values and stockholder interests. Therefore, on September 18, 2009 we commenced an offer to all eligible optionholders, including the Named Officers (other than Messrs. Chiminski and Fotiades), to exchange their existing unvested options for new options with a lower per-share exercise price and new vesting terms. The number of shares of common stock underlying the new options may be more than, less than or equal to the number of shares of common stock currently underlying the optionholder’s existing options. We expect the exchange offer to be completed in October 2009.

One-half of the new options will be subject to time-based vesting restrictions, one-sixth of the new options will be subject to performance-based vesting restrictions and one-third of the new options will be subject to exit event-based vesting requirements. The time, performance and exit event-based vesting requirements for the new options will be modified from the existing requirements applicable to the currently outstanding unvested options. The time-based vesting requirement will be based on a new five year vesting schedule. Subject to continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date, 20% of the options subject to time-based vesting will vest and become exercisable on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. The performance-based vesting options will vest and become exercisable with respect to 20% of the options subject to the new performance-vesting option on each of the first five anniversaries of the date of grant if, we achieve specified revised EBITDA performance targets (subject to a cumulative catch-up) which have been based on our new five year plan. The exit event-based vesting options will vest and become exercisable in two tiers if either specified revised internal rate of return or multiple of investment targets are achieved as follows:

 

   

One-half of the shares subject to the new exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 2.5 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 20% on its initial investment in us; and

 

111


Table of Contents
   

One-half of the shares subject to the new exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 1.75 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 15% on its initial investment in us.

However, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, in the event that the 2.5 multiple hurdle or the 20% internal rate of return hurdle is not met, but the 1.75 multiple hurdle or the 15% internal rate of return hurdle is met, the first tier of options will vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

In addition to the option exchange offer, PTS Holdings Corp. intends to offer Messrs. Fotiades and Chiminski the opportunity to exchange their unvested options for new options with a lower per share exercise price and new vesting terms.

If Mr. Chiminski elects to exchange such options, the new options will be divided into three tranches in the same manner as described above, and will now include performance based vesting requirements. In addition, if Mr. Chiminski elects to exchange such options, he will also be granted 1,000 restricted stock units subject to similar terms and conditions as those that were granted to him in connection with his commencement of employment.

If Mr. Fotiades elects to exchange his existing unvested options, the new options will not have performance-based vesting requirements and will be divided into two equal tranches instead of three, with the same time-based vesting requirements described above and new exit-event based vesting requirements as follows:

 

   

One-half of the shares subject to the new exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 2.75 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 20% on its initial investment in us; and

 

   

One-half of the shares subject to the new exit event-vesting options will vest on the date, if any, when either (1) The Blackstone Group will have received cash proceeds or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in us aggregating in excess of 2.0 times the amount of its initial investment in us or (2) The Blackstone Group will have received a cash internal rate of return of at least 15% on its initial investment in us.

However, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, in the event that the 2.75 multiple hurdle or the 20% internal rate of return hurdle is not met, but the 2.0 multiple hurdle or the 15% internal rate of return hurdle is met, the first tier of options will vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

In addition to the foregoing, BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. intends to offer Mr. Erdeljan the opportunity to exchange his unvested profits interest units in exchange for new profits interest units with new vesting terms, which units will participate in distributions once common unitholders receive a return of 75% of their initial capital contributions. If Mr. Erdeljan elects to exchange such profits interest units, the new profits interest units will not have performance-based vesting requirements and will be divided into three classes for vesting purposes, instead of five. One of the classes, which will represent one-half of the interests, will be time vesting interests and the remaining one-half of the interests will be divided into two equal classes of exit-event vesting interests with the same targets as will apply to Mr. Fotiades’ new exit-event vesting options.

If any of the Named Officers elect to participate in the option exchange offer they will be required to enter into a new option agreement that reflects the revised terms and an amendment to their existing option agreement in order to reflect the cancellation and forfeiture of their existing unvested options.

 

112


Table of Contents

Deferred Compensation Opportunity

Current U.S.-based Named Officers (all except Dr. Yarwood) are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan and in our non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan generally allows participants to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 20% of their base salaries, annual cash bonuses and other eligible compensation. We believe that providing such Named Officers with deferred compensation opportunities is a cost-effective way to permit them to receive the tax benefits associated with delaying the income tax event on the compensation deferred, even though our related deduction is also deferred. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan also provides for two types of discretionary company contributions to supplement the amounts deferred by the Named Officers and other eligible employees, subject to certain limits. In January 2009 we elected to suspend our company contribution and in February 2009 we elected to suspend our matching contribution. We have not made a decision about when to reinstitute such contributions for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The Nonqualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2009 table and related narrative section below describe our non-qualified deferred compensation plan and the benefits it provides.

Pension Benefits

In addition to our 401(k) plan and non-qualified deferred compensation plan, we have three frozen defined-benefit pension plans. These pension plans were originally established by R.P. Scherer Corporation and its affiliates, which was a predecessor corporation that was acquired by Cardinal Health. In connection with the Acquisition, we agreed with Cardinal Health to assume liability for benefits provided under these pension plans, subject to receiving certain asset transfers from Cardinal Health and its benefit plans. All three plans are currently closed to new participants and frozen with respect to benefit accruals. Mr. Stuart, Mr. Fotiades and Dr. Yarwood are the only Named Officers eligible to participate in these pension plans. Please see the Pension Benefits—Fiscal 2009 table and related narrative section below for a description of our frozen qualified and non-qualified defined-benefit pension plans.

Severance and Other Benefits

We believe that severance protections can play a valuable role in attracting and retaining high caliber talent. In the competitive market for executive talent, we believe severance payments and other termination benefits are an effective way to offer executives financial security to offset the risk of foregoing an opportunity with another company. For example, we offer each Named Officer an enhanced outplacement benefit. Consistent with our objective of using severance payments and benefits to attract and retain executives, we generally provide each Named Officer with amounts and types of severance payments and benefits that we believe will permit us to attract and/or continue to employ the individual Named Officer.

The severance benefits under these agreements are generally more favorable than the benefits payable under our general severance policy. For example, we offer each Named Officer a severance benefit payable upon a termination by the Named Officer for good reason or by us without cause. The good reason definition in these agreements would only be triggered by adverse circumstances that we believe would give rise to a constructive termination of employment.

At our discretion we may also provide certain executives with enhancements to our existing benefits that are not available to other employees, such as relocation assistance in connection with an offer for employment.

Section 162(m) Not Applicable

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation over $1,000,000 paid for any year to a corporation’s principal executive officer or an individual acting in such a capacity and the three most highly compensated executive officers (not including the principal executive officer or the principal financial officer). Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code applies to corporations with any class of common equity securities required to be registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. Because we do not currently have any publicly held common stock, Section 162(m)’s restrictions do not currently apply to us.

Compensation Committee Report

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis with management. Based on its review and discussion with management, the Compensation Committee recommended that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

Submitted by the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors:

Chinh E. Chu

Peter Baird

Bruce McEvoy

 

113


Table of Contents

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides summary information concerning the compensation of our current and former Presidents and Chief Executive Officers, our Chief Financial Officer and each of our other Named Officers. With respect to fiscal 2007, this table does not cover any compensation earned by the Named Officers for their services to Cardinal Health prior to April 10, 2007, the closing date of the Acquisition.

 

Name and

Principal Position

(a)

  Year
(b)
  Salary
($) (1)

(c)
  Bonus
($) (2)
(d)
  Stock
Awards
($) (3)

(e)
  Option
Awards
($) (4)

(f)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation ($)

(g)
  Change in
Pension

Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($) (5)
(h)
  All Other
Compensation
($) (6)(7)

(i)
  Total
($)
(j)

John Chiminski

  2009   216,345   1,375,000   198,795   494,583      —         2,284,723

President & Chief Executive Officer and Director

                 
George Fotiades   2009   454,161   —     —     (6,718   293,836   13,826   23,480   778,585

Interim President & Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Director

                 
John Lowry   2009   143,507   —     —     (967,203   —     698,160   820,141   694,605

Former President & Chief Executive Officer and

Director

  2008

2007

  529,559

116,472

  —  

82,961

  —  

—  

  1,396,487

194,604

  

  

  495,000   —  

—  

  24,380

435,874

  2,445,426

829,911

Matthew Walsh   2009   492,835   —     —     232,913      325,000   —     290,854   1,341,602

Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

  2008   102,596   200,000     86,200      83,632   —     113,302   585,730

Thomas J. Stuart

  2009   441,109     —     (6,375   300,000   27,045   38,081   799,860

Group President, Oral Technologies

  2008   415,251   —     —     639,864      336,996   7,375   53,995   1,453,481
  2007   87,360   44,774   —     89,177      —     —     346,272   567,583
Richard Yarwood (8)   2009   442,398     —     (6,375   —     660,680   52,577   1,149,280

Former Group President, Sterile Technologies

  2008   520,000   —     —     639,864      331,432   —     62,488   1,553,784
  2007   112,765   63,102   —     89,177      —     —     454,499   719,543
Samrat S. Khichi   2009   366,962     —     69,831      185,000     12,439   634,232

Senior Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

                 

 

(1) Amounts reported include any compensation a Named Officer elected to defer under our non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Mr. Chiminski commenced employment with Catalent on March 17, 2009 and the amount reported in column (c) for Mr. Chiminski reflects the portion of his annual base salary earned in fiscal 2009 from such date. Mr. Lowry’s employment with Catalent terminated on September 28, 2008 and the amount reported in column (c) for Mr. Lowry reflects the portion of his annual base salary earned in fiscal 2009 until such date. The amount reported in column (c) for Mr. Fotiades reflects the increase in Mr. Fotiades annual base salary from July 30, 2008 to March 17, 2009, during which Mr. Fotiades served as interim President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

 

114


Table of Contents
(2) Amounts reported for Mr. Chiminski represent a signing bonus of $1,000,000 earned in connection with his commencement of employment with Catalent and a cash payment of $375,000 earned on June 30, 2009 in lieu of any MIP award in respect of fiscal 2009. Amounts reported represent discretionary awards earned by Messrs. Lowry, Stuart, and Dr. Yarwood under the MIP for performance during fiscal 2007. The amount reported for Mr. Walsh represents a signing bonus earned in fiscal 2008 in connection with his offer of employment with us.
(3) Reflects restricted stock units (RSUs) granted by PTS Holdings Corp. to Mr. Chiminski in connection with his commencement of employment. Amounts reported for these RSUs reflect the aggregate dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with FAS 123R (disregarding any estimates of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions). For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of rsu awards contained in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2009, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(4) Reflects options granted by PTS Holdings Corp. to each of the Named Officers to acquire shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock. Amounts reported for these stock options reflect the aggregate dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with FAS 123R (disregarding any estimates of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions). For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2009, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2008, included as part of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by us on September 29, 2008 and Note 13 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2007, included as part of the Registration Statement. The fiscal 2009 dollar amount recognized in accordance with FAS 123R for financial statement reporting purposes includes the impact of a cumulative expense reversal related to certain performance based awards either not vesting or it being determined that the awards are not likely to vest. In connection with his termination of employment in fiscal 2009, Mr. Lowry forfeited options having a grant date fair value of $3,750,220. The amount reported for Mr. Lowry reflects option expense recognized in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008 that was reversed in fiscal 2009 when the awards were forfeited by Mr. Lowry.
(5) Amounts reported consist of the aggregate change in the actuarial present value of each Named Officer’s accumulated benefit under all of our defined benefit pension plans during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. For fiscal 2007 and 2008, the actuarial present value for Dr. Yarwood decreased by $346,000 and $360,000, respectively.
(6) Amounts reported in column (i) include contributions to our 401(k) plan on behalf of the Named Officers as follows: Mr. Walsh $8,023; Mr. Stuart $5,799; Mr. Khichi $6,439 and Mr. Fotiades $9,125. Amounts also include a Company contribution to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan for Mr. Walsh $10,000; Mr. Stuart $10,000; Mr. Khichi $6,000; Mr. Fotiades $6,000 and Mr. Lowry $6,150. The contribution amounts reported in this footnote also include the social security integration contribution available under each plan. Mr. Stuart also received a car allowance equal to $22,282. Dr. Yarwood does not participate in our 401(k) plan, and was instead paid a pension allowance of $30,325 that is reported above. Mr. Lowry also received $791,440 in severance and $22,551 in unused paid time off. Mr. Walsh received a relocation benefit equal to $272,831 of which $116,186 represented a tax gross-up payment. Dr. Yarwood was also entitled to medical benefits for his family that are not generally available to other employees. The premiums of $672 paid for these benefits during the period of fiscal 2009 are reported above. Dr. Yarwood also received a car allowance that is reported above equal to $21,580. Amount reported for Mr. Fotiades includes the imputed income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company on his behalf.

 

115


Table of Contents
(7) In fiscal 2007, Cardinal Health awarded Messrs. Lowry, Stuart and Dr. Yarwood retention bonuses in connection with the Acquisition. Amounts reported in column (i) include the portion of the retention bonus that was earned for services performed for us in fiscal 2007 following the closing date of the Acquisition. In connection with the Acquisition, Cardinal Health agreed to pay the full amount of the retention bonuses it awarded such Named Officers, including the portion that we have reported above as being earned for services rendered to us in fiscal 2007 following the closing date of the Acquisition.
(8) Because he is based in the United Kingdom, Dr. Yarwood’s cash compensation is generally paid to him in British pounds sterling rather than United States dollars. Amounts reported are based on the conversion rate in effect at the end of fiscal 2009, which was 1.66 United States dollars for each one British pound sterling.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2009

The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2009 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards occurring during fiscal 2009.

 

            Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards (1)
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Equity Incentive Plan
Awards
 

All Other
Stock Awards:
Number of
Shares of
Stock or Units
(#) (3)

(j)

  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options (#)
(k)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)
(l)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards
($) (4) (m)

Name and
Principal Position

(a)

  Grant Date
(b)
  Board
Approval
Date

(c)
  Threshold
($)

(d)
  Target
($)

(e)
  Maximum
($)

(f)
  Threshold
(#)

(g)
  Target
(#)

(h)
  Maximum
(#)

(i)
       

John Chiminski (2)

  3/17/09   2/23/09   —     —     —     3,750   7,500   7,500   —     7,500   1,000   2,756,888
  3/17/09   2/23/09   —     —     —     —     —     —     2,000   —     —     1,500,000

George Fotiades

      0   200,000   400,000   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

John Lowry

      0   550,000   1,100,000   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Matthew Walsh

      0   369,789   739,578   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Thomas J. Stuart

      0   331,189   662,378   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Richard Yarwood

      0   331,769   663,538   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

Samrat Khichi

      0   183,716   367,432   —     —     —     —     —     —     —  

 

(1) Figures represent awards payable under our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Actual cash awards are based on the target award multiplied by the Business Performance Factor and the Individual Performance Factor. In connection with their terminations of employment, Mr. Lowry did not receive a payment under the MIP in respect of fiscal 2009 and Dr. Yarwood was not eligible for a MIP payment. In connection with Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement, Mr. Chiminski received a cash payment of $375,000 in lieu of any payment made under fiscal 2009 MIP.
(2) As described in more detail in the narrative description of the equity-based awards that follows, Mr. Chiminski’s option award is divided equally into two tranches for vesting purposes: a time option and an exit option. The exit option tranche of Mr. Chiminski’s option award is reported as an equity incentive plan award, while the time option tranche of his award is reported as an other option award in column (k).
(3) Represents a grant of RSUs. Twenty percent of the RSUs will vest on each of the first five anniversaries of Mr. Chiminski’s commencement date as described in more detail in the narrative description of equity-based awards that follows.

 

116


Table of Contents
(4) For a discussion of the assumptions and methodologies used to calculate the amounts reported, please see the discussion of nonqualified option awards contained in Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2009, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Summary of Certain Named Officer Employment Agreements

This section describes employment agreements in effect for our Named Officers during fiscal 2009. In addition, the terms with respect to grants of restricted stock units and stock options described above under “Long-Term Equity Incentive Awards” are further described below for our Named Officers in the section entitled “Description of Equity-Based Awards.”. Severance agreements and arrangements are described below in the section entitled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control.”

Employment Agreement of John R. Chiminski

On February 23, 2009, the Company, PTS Holdings Corp. and Mr. Chiminski entered into an employment agreement with respect to Mr. Chiminski’s appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer of Catalent and PTS Holdings Corp. and a member of the board of directors of both Catalent and PTS Holdings Corp., in each case, commencing on March 17, 2009 which was his commencement date.

The employment agreement provides for an initial term of three years commencing on his commencement date. The initial term will be automatically extended for successive one-year terms thereafter unless one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term.

The financial terms of the employment agreement include (1) an annual base salary of $750,000, subject to discretionary increases from time to time by the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp., (2) subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment through June 30, 2009, a cash payment of $375,000 to be paid on June 30, 2009, in lieu of any annual cash bonus in respect of fiscal 2009, and in each successive full fiscal year thereafter, subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment through the end of such fiscal year, an annual cash bonus with a target amount equal to Mr. Chiminski’s annualized base salary for such fiscal year, subject to a maximum of 200% of base salary, based on and subject to the attainment of specified annual performance goals established by the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. in consultation with Mr. Chiminski, and (3) a cash sign-on bonus of $1,000,000 to be paid on the commencement date, of which $250,000 is to be invested by Mr. Chiminski in PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at a purchase price of $1,000 per share (he invested $100,000 on his commencement date and the remaining portion is to be invested on a later date as mutually agreed upon by the parties). Mr. Chiminski will be required to repay the entire portion of the sign-on bonus that was not used to purchase $250,000 worth of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock within thirty days following any termination of employment by him without good reason (and not due to death or disability) or by PTS Holdings Corp. or Catalent for cause, in either case, prior to the second anniversary of his commencement date. In addition to the requirement to purchase the $250,000 worth of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock, Mr. Chiminski is required to use 50% of the after-tax proceeds of the $375,000 payment and any payment he receives as an annual cash bonus while employed and paid in respect of fiscal 2010 or 2011, in each case, to promptly purchase PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at a purchase price equal to the fair market value of a share on the date of purchase. Mr. Chiminski’s total investment in PTS Holdings Corp. common stock is subject to a cap of $2,500,000.

In addition to the foregoing, Mr. Chiminski will be entitled to participate in all group health, life, disability, and other employee benefit and perquisite plans and programs in which other senior executives of Catalent generally participate. We have also agreed to pay reasonable legal fees and expenses (not to exceed $85,000) incurred by Mr. Chiminski in connection with the negotiation and documentation of the employment agreement and the equity-related documents, and reimburse Mr. Chiminski for the cost of reasonable moving expenses incurred on or prior to the first anniversary of his commencement date (not to exceed $50,000).

The employment agreement also provides for the grants of equity-based awards described below.

 

117


Table of Contents

Employment Agreement of George Fotiades

Pursuant to an employment agreement he entered into on April 19, 2007, Mr. Fotiades is employed by PTS Holdings Corp. as the chairman of its board of directors. Mr. Fotiades’ employment agreement provides for him to receive an annual base salary of $200,000. In connection with his appointment as our interim President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Fotiades’ annual base salary increased from $200,000 to $600,000 from July 30, 2008 to March 17, 2009. Beginning in fiscal 2008, Mr. Fotiades was eligible to earn a target annual bonus equal to $200,000. The actual amount of his bonus earned may be higher or lower than his target annual bonus. Mr. Fotiades’ annual bonus becomes payable based on the attainment of performance targets that are established by the board of directors or the compensation committee each year. The determination of the performance criteria for Mr. Fotiades will generally be the same as those established for our executive officers as part of our incentive plan as described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section under the heading “Annual Cash Bonus Opportunities.” Mr. Fotiades’ employment agreement entitles him to participate in all of our employee benefit plans that are in effect from time to time, including the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, our Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan, our Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation and our non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Following the closing date of the Acquisition, PTS Holdings Corp. granted Mr. Fotiades an option to purchase 6,000 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan. Like the option awards granted to the Named Officers described below, Mr. Fotiades’ option award is divided into three tranches for vesting purposes. One-third of Mr. Fotiades’ options are time options, one-third are performance options and one-third are exit options. The vesting and other terms of Mr. Fotiades’ options are generally the same as described below for the Named Officers other than Mr. Chiminski.

Employment Agreement of Thomas J. Stuart

Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement in effect on June 30, 2007 was originally entered into while he was employed by Cardinal Health and had been assumed by us following the closing date of the Acquisition. Because his prior position with Cardinal Health was eliminated, pursuant to the amendment to his employment agreement Mr. Stuart had the option to resign for good reason by providing notice at any time by July 31, 2007 and receive enhanced severance benefits. He did not exercise this option. Discussions with Mr. Stuart regarding his employment agreement and severance benefits resulted in a new agreement dated June 9, 2008, effective August 1, 2007, which superseded all prior agreements.

Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement includes the following material terms: (1) an initial term of three years commencing effective as of August 1, 2007, after which the initial term will automatically renew for additional one year terms following the last day of the initial term and each one year anniversary thereafter, as applicable, unless, one of the parties provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least sixty days prior to the end of the applicable term, (2) an annual base salary of $424,000 per year, (3) a MIP target bonus equal to 75% of his annual base salary, (4) entitlement to paid vacation, certain fringe benefit and reimbursement for reasonable business expenses, (5) entitlement to participate in other broad-based employee benefit programs of the Company on a basis that is no less favorable than is provided to other executives of the Company and (6) a car allowance in a gross amount of $22,282 per year.

Description of Equity-Based Awards

PTS Holdings Corp. has granted Mr. Chiminski 2,000 restricted stock units (the “RSUs”). Subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment on the applicable vesting dates, twenty percent of the RSUs will vest on each of the first five anniversaries of his commencement date. All vested RSUs will be settled on the earlier to occur of (x) the seventh anniversary of his commencement date and (y) the date that a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holding L.L.C. occurs.

PTS Holdings Corp. has granted each of the Named Officers options to acquire shares of its common stock. Each option may be exercised to purchase one share of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date. Each Named Officer’s stock option award has an ordinary term of ten years. The Named Officers are not entitled to any dividends or equivalent rights on their stock option awards.

 

118


Table of Contents

Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement provided for the grant of an option award with 50% of the options subject to time vesting and 50% of the options subject to exit event vesting. Subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment on the applicable vesting dates, 20% of the time options will vest on each of the first five anniversaries of his employment commencement date and subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment, the exit event options will vest as follows:

 

   

50% of the exit event options ( i.e. 25% of the options) will become vested and exercisable on the date, if any, when The Blackstone Group either (1) receives cash proceeds or marketable securities in respect of its investment in PTS Holdings Corp. having a value in excess of 3.4 times its initial investment or (2) achieves a cash internal rate of return of at least 25% on its initial investment; and

 

   

50% of the exit event options ( i.e. 25% of the options) will become vested and exercisable on the date, if any, when The Blackstone Group either (1) receives cash proceeds or marketable securities in respect of its investment in PTS Holdings Corp. having a value in excess of 2.5 times its initial investment or (2) achieves a cash internal rate of return of at least 20% in its initial investment.

However, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date, if the 3.4 multiple hurdle or the 25% internal rate of return hurdle is not met, but the 2.5 multiple hurdle and/or the 20% internal rate of return hurdle is met, the first tier of exit event options will vest based on straight line interpolation between the two points.

With the exception of Mr. Chiminski, all other Named Officer’s option awards are divided into three tranches for vesting purposes: a time option, a performance option and an exit option. The first one-third of each Named Officer’s option award is referred to as a time option, and ordinarily becomes vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, as long as the Named Officer remains employed by us on each vesting date. The second one-third of each Named Officer’s option award is referred to as a performance option. There are two types of performance options—the vesting of two-thirds of the performance options is tied to our attainment of certain internally adjusted EBITDA targets, and the vesting of one-third of the performance options is based on our attainment of certain targeted levels of net outstanding debt. Subject to each Named Officer’s continued employment, the performance options ordinarily become vested and exercisable in five substantially equal installments on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date, but only if the EBITDA or net outstanding debt targets for the year are achieved. If the EBITDA or net outstanding debt targets for a year are not met, then that year’s portion of the performance options will generally no longer be eligible to become vested and exercisable. However, the performance options have certain “catch-up” vesting provisions that enable the Named Officers to vest in one year’s portion of the performance options if certain cumulative EBITDA or net outstanding debt targets are achieved in one of the following two years. Depending on how close we come to achieving the EBITDA or net outstanding debt targets in the original performance year, the “catch-up” provisions enable the Named Officers to vest in 60% or 100% of the performance options scheduled to vest in the original performance year based on cumulative performance through the end of the first year after the original performance year, and, if no vesting occurs in the first catch-up year, in 30% of the original performance options based on cumulative performance through the end of the second year after the original performance year. The final one-third of each Named Officer’s option award is referred to as an exit option. The exit options vest in two tiers:

Subject to each Named Officer’s continued employment, 50% of the exit options will become vested and exercisable if on the date, if any, when The Blackstone Group both (1) receives cash or marketable securities from the sale of its investment in PTS Holdings Corp. having a value in excess of 3.4 times its initial investment and (2) achieves an internal rate of return of at least 25% on its initial investment. Subject to each Named Officer’s continued employment, the remaining 50% of the exit options will become vested and exercisable if The Blackstone Group both (1) receives cash or marketable securities from the sale of its

 

119


Table of Contents

investment in PTS Holdings Corp. having a value in excess of 2.5 times its initial investment and (2) achieves an internal rate of return of at least 20% on its initial investment. Please see the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below for a description of the potential vesting of the Named Officers’ stock option awards that may occur in connection with a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. or certain terminations of employment.

Any part of a Named Officer’s stock option award that is not vested and exercisable upon his termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. Any part of a Named Officer’s stock option award that is vested upon termination of employment will generally remain outstanding and exercisable for three months after termination of employment, although this period is extended to 12 months if the termination of employment is because of death or disability, and vested options will immediately terminate if the Named Officer’s employment is terminated by us for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise window will terminate.

As a condition to receiving his equity-based award, each Named Officer was required to enter into a subscription agreement with PTS Holdings Corp., and to become a party to PTS Holdings Corp.’s securityholder’s agreement. These documents generally govern the Named Officers’ rights with respect to any shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock acquired on exercise of vested stock options or settlement of RSUs, to the extent applicable. Under the subscription agreement, following a Named Officer’s termination of employment, PTS Holdings Corp. and The Blackstone Group have certain rights to repurchase any shares a Named Officer may have acquired upon exercise of his options or settlement of RSUs, to the extent applicable. Similarly, if a Named Officer’s employment terminates because of his death or disability, he may require us to repurchase the shares he acquired including those acquired upon exercise of his options or settlement of RSUs, to the extent applicable. The purchase price for any such shares that are repurchased will be equal to the fair market value of the shares at the time of repurchase, unless the Named Officer’s employment is terminated by us for cause, in which case the purchase price will be the lower of the Named Officer’s cost or fair market value on the date of repurchase. All repurchase rights will terminate on the earliest to occur of (1) a qualified public offering of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., (2) the occurrence of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and (3) May 7, 2012 (the “Lapse Date”). The subscription agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants. While employed and for one year following their termination of employment, Named Officers are prohibited from competing with us and from soliciting our employees, consultants and certain actual and prospective clients. The subscription agreement also contains an indefinite restriction on the Named Officers’ disclosure of our confidential information. If a Named Officer materially breaches any of these restrictive covenants and is unable to cure the breach, we have the right to “clawback” and recover any gains the Named Officer may have realized with respect to his shares (and with respect to Mr. Chiminski only the shares acquired upon exercise of the options or settlement of RSUs). The securityholder’s agreement generally restricts the Named Officers from transferring any shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock they hold until the Lapse Date. These transfer restrictions do not apply to any permitted transfers to the Named Officers’ family members, or to transfers in connection with a transaction or transactions where the “tag along” or “drag along” rights provided in the securityholder’s agreement would apply. Following the Lapse Date and prior to a qualified public offering of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., PTS Holdings Corp. has certain rights of first refusal, which permit it (or a third party) to purchase any shares a Named Officer wishes to transfer instead of the Named Officer’s intended transferee.

Each Named Officer’s equity-based award was granted under, and is subject to the terms of, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan. This plan is currently administered by PTS Holding Corp.’s board of directors , and the board has the ability to interpret and make all required determinations under the plan. This authority includes making required proportionate adjustments to outstanding stock options to reflect any change in the outstanding common shares of PTS Holdings Corp. by reason of a reorganization, recapitalization, share dividend or similar transaction, and making provision to ensure that participants satisfy any required withholding taxes.

 

120


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal-Year End

The following table provides information regarding outstanding equity awards held by each Named Officer as of June 30, 2009.

 

     Option Awards    Stock Awards

Name and

Principal Position

(a)

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Excerisable (1)

(b)
   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
(c)
   Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned

Options (#)
(d)
   Option
Exercise

Price
($)
(e)
   Option
Expiration
Date (2)

(f)
   Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested
(#) (1)

(g)
   Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
vested($) (3)
(h)

John Chiminski

   —      7,500    7,500    1,000    3/17/19    2,000    1,500,000

George Fotiades

   800    1,200    4,000    1,000    5/7/17      

John Lowry (4)

   —      —      —      —      —        

Matthew Walsh

   267    1,066    2,667    1,000    4/17/18      

Thomas J. Stuart

   733    1,100    3,667    1,000    5/7/17      

Richard Yarwood

   733    1,100    3,667    1,000    5/7/17      

Samrat Khichi

   133    534    1,333    1,000    11/27/17      

 

(1) The number of outstanding time options vested and exercisable are reported in column (b) above. Unvested outstanding time options are reported in column (c) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for time options described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above . Unvested outstanding performance options and exit options are reported in column (d) above and ordinarily become vested pursuant to the vesting schedule for performance options and exit options, as applicable, described in the “Summary of Certain Named Officers Employment Agreements” and “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above. None of the outstanding performance options and exit options vested in fiscal 2009. Based on the terms of the option agreement, certain performance based awards have not vested or are not likely to vest. Reference is made to the Summary Compensation Table footnote 4 for information regarding the FAS 123R expense associated with equity awards that will not vest. As described in the “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” section below, all or a portion of each option grant may vest earlier in connection with a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. or certain terminations of employment. Unvested outstanding RSUs granted to Mr. Chiminski are reported in column (g) above. Subject to Mr. Chiminski’s continued employment on the applicable vesting dates, 20% of the RSUs will vest on each of the first five anniversaries of his commencement date of March 17, 2009.
(2) The expiration date shown is the normal expiration date occurring on the tenth anniversary of the grant date. Options may terminate earlier in certain circumstances, such as in connection with a Named Officer’s termination of employment or in connection with certain corporate transactions, including a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C.
(3) Based upon a market value of $750 per share pursuant to an independent third party valuation of the Catalent as of March 31, 2009.
(4) All of Mr. Lowry’s unvested options were forfeited upon his termination date of September 28, 2008. In addition, since Mr. Lowry did not exercise the vested portion of his time options within the applicable ninety day post-termination window, all such vested options were forfeited on December 27, 2008.

 

121


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2009

During fiscal 2009, our Named Officers did not exercise any options or similar instruments or vest in any stock or similar instruments.

Pension Benefits—Fiscal 2009

The following table provides information regarding the pension benefits for our Named Officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

(a)

   Plan Name
(b)
   Number of Years
Credited Service

(#) (1)
(c)
   Present Value of
Accumulated
Benefits ($) (1)
(d)
   Payments During
Last Fiscal year
($)

(e)

John Chiminski

   —      —      —      —  

George Fotiades

   Pharmaceutical
Technologies and

Services Pension
Plan

   6.5    86,508   
   Supplemental Benefit
Plan for Key
Employees of R.P.
Scherer Corporation
   5.5    42,488   

John Lowry

   —      —      —      —  

Matthew Walsh

   —      —      —      —  

Thomas J. Stuart

   Pharmaceutical
Technologies and
Services Pension
Plan
   12.67    137,782    —  
   Supplemental Benefit
Plan for Key
Employees of R.P.
Scherer Corporation
   11.67    87,945   

Richard Yarwood

   UK Retirement and
Death Benefit Plan
   16.0    3,500,940    —  

Samrat Khichi

   —      —      —      —  

 

(1) The years of credited service and present value of accumulated benefits are presented as of June 30, 2009, assuming that each Named Officer retires at the earliest possible time without any reduction in benefits and that benefits are paid out in accordance with the terms of each plan described below. For a description of the material assumptions used to calculate the present value of accumulated benefits shown above, please see the discussion of defined benefit plans contained in Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended June 30, 2009, included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Pension Plans

While they were employed by Cardinal Health, Messrs. Stuart, Fotiades and Dr. Yarwood each participated in one or more defined benefit pension plans. These plans were originally established by R.P. Scherer Corporation and its affiliates and were continued by Cardinal Health following its acquisition of R.P. Scherer Corporation. In connection with the Acquisition, we agreed with Cardinal Health to assume liability for benefits provided under these pension plans. In exchange for our agreement, the trust funding benefits under our Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan received a transfer of assets from the trust funding benefits under the predecessor Cardinal Health plan in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition agreement. The following section contains a narrative description of the material terms of our Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan and the other two pension plans that we sponsor. All of these pension plans are currently frozen with respect to benefit accruals and are closed to new participants.

 

122


Table of Contents

Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan . The Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan is a non-contributory pension plan intended to be qualified under the Internal Revenue Code that we established following the closing date of the Acquisition. We established this plan and its related trust to accept the asset transfer from Cardinal Health and to provide benefits to the participants in the prior Cardinal Health plan for whom we agreed to assume liability. Participation in the plan is limited to those individuals who were employed by Cardinal Health or R.P. Scherer Corporation on or before December 31, 2002 and who were eligible to participate in the prior Cardinal Health and/or R.P. Scherer Corporation plans. Participation is closed to all of our other employees, and Messrs. Stuart and Fotiades are the only Named Officers eligible to participate in this plan.

Benefit accruals under this plan were frozen effective as of December 31, 2002, meaning that benefits under the plan are limited to the payment of amounts that were accrued as of that date. The plan’s normal retirement benefit formula is generally a monthly payment equal to the sum of (1) 1/12 of 1% of a participant’s average annual compensation earned over the five consecutive years prior to December 31, 2002 when compensation was the highest multiplied by the participant’s years of credited service earned through December 31, 2002 and (2) 1/12 of 0.5% of a participant’s average annual compensation earned over the five consecutive years prior to December 31, 2002 when compensation was the highest and that is in excess of covered compensation determined under IRS rules multiplied by the participant’s years of credited service earned through December 31, 2002 that do not exceed 35, less an offset for any benefits previously paid under this plan and for certain benefits payable under another qualified or foreign pension plan. Participants with accrued benefits under the plan as of December 31, 1993 are generally not subject to these same offsets on any benefits accrued as of December 31, 1993. Compensation under the plan is defined to include salary, bonuses and most other amounts earned for services (other than stock options and other equity awards), but is capped at an annual limit under the Internal Revenue Code. Benefit payments that are in excess of Internal Revenue Code limits will not be paid under this plan. The plan’s normal retirement benefits become payable once a participant has reached age 65, although normal benefits for participants who joined the plan after the end of 1987 do not become payable until the later of age 65 or the date they have participated in the plan for five years. The plan also has an early retirement feature that permits participants to retire before normal retirement age and receive a level of benefits that is reduced by an early commencement factor to account for the earlier payment of benefits. Participants first become eligible for early retirement when they reach age 55 and have 10 years of service, and benefits are actuarially reduced for all early retirements prior to age 62. Mr. Stuart was not eligible for early retirement on June 30, 2009 while Mr. Fotiades was eligible as of this date. The normal form of payment for early and normal retirement benefits is a life annuity for single participants and an actuarially equivalent joint and survivor annuity with a 50% survivor benefit for married participants. Participants may also elect to receive an actuarially equivalent amount of benefits in a different form, such as a life annuity that is guaranteed for 120 months, a joint and survivor annuity with a 66   2 /3% or 100% survivor benefit or a lump-sum if the actuarially equivalent value of the participant’s benefit is $5,000 or less.

Participants generally begin to vest in their benefits under the plan after completing three years of service. Benefits generally vest at the rate of 20% per year of service, with full vesting after seven years; however, benefits may vest earlier if the plan is determined to be “top heavy” under the Internal Revenue Code or if the participant was employed before December 31, 1990. Benefits under the plan are also payable in the event of a participant’s death or disability.

Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation . The Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation is a non-qualified plan that is linked to the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan described above. Unlike the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan, benefits under this non-qualified plan are paid from our general assets. This plan was established to provide benefits to certain key employees participating in the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan that have their benefits limited by the Internal Revenue Code and the compensation limits under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan. Messrs. Stuart and Fotiades are the only Named Officers eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits payable under this plan are equal to (1) the benefits payable under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan determined without regard to the applicable limits under the Internal Revenue Code and applying a higher compensation limit (the compensation limit was set at $242,286 in 1994 and has been adjusted each year thereafter to account for increases in the consumer price index), less (2) the

 

123


Table of Contents

benefits payable under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan. The benefit accruals under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan were frozen effective as of December 31, 2002; however, benefit accruals under this related plan were frozen as of December 31, 2001. Benefits under this plan are payable at the same time and in the same manner as benefits under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan. Similarly, the vesting schedule under the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services Pension Plan also applies to benefits under this plan.

UK Cardinal Health Retirement and Death Benefit Plan . The UK Cardinal Health Retirement and Death Benefit Plan is a pension plan that is intended to be tax qualified under applicable laws in effect in the United Kingdom. This plan was originally established by R.P. Scherer Corporation to provide pension benefits to its employees located in the United Kingdom. The defined benefit portion of the plan closed to future accrual effective as of August 31, 2003. Participation was closed to all employees from that date and the money purchase portion of the plan was established. Former members of the defined benefit portion of the plan were only eligible to join the money purchase portion on September 1, 2003. Participation is closed to all other employees. Dr. Yarwood is the only Named Officer with pension benefits in the defined benefit portion of this plan.

Benefit accruals under the defined benefit portion of this plan were frozen effective as of August 31, 2003. The plan’s normal retirement benefit for current executive employees is generally an annual payment equal to 1/30 th (or 1/30 th , 1/45 th or 1/60 th for periods after July 31, 2000 through August 31, 2003) of a participant’s highest annual compensation earned over the five years ending with the plan year next following August 31, 2003, multiplied by the participant’s years of credited service (up to a maximum of 20) earned through August 31, 2003. Non-executive members of the plan are entitled to benefits under a different formula. For executive participants such as Dr. Yarwood who joined the plan before August 1, 2000, compensation under the plan is generally defined to include salary, plus the average amount of bonuses and similar payments received during a three year period ending before the measurement date. For other participants, compensation is generally defined only to include salary. Pension benefits under the plan are also increased by an annual interest factor ranging from 3% to 5%. Benefit payments under this plan are in all events subject to applicable limits under United Kingdom law, and any benefits otherwise payable that are in excess of these limits will not be paid.

The plan’s normal retirement benefits become payable once a participant has reached age 65. The plan also has an early retirement feature that permits participants to retire before normal retirement age and receive a level of benefits that is actuarially reduced to account for the earlier payment of benefits. Participants first become eligible for early retirement when they reach age 50. The plan also permitted participants who were at least age 55 and who had at least seven years of service on August 31, 2003 to elect on or before July 31, 2003 to retire early on an agreed upon date. Participants who timely elected this early retirement option were credited with up to three additional years of service and age credits. Dr. Yarwood did not elect this early retirement option during 2003. Dr. Yarwood was eligible for early retirement on June 30, 2009. The normal form of payment for early and normal retirement benefits is equal monthly installments for the life of the participant. Participants may also elect to receive an actuarially equivalent amount of benefits in a different form, such as a smaller pension with a continuing benefit for surviving dependents or a smaller pension with a portion of benefits paid in a lump sum. Benefits under the plan are also payable in the event of a participant’s death or disability.

 

124


Table of Contents

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2009

The following table provides information regarding contributions, earnings and balances for our Named Officers under our nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

 

Name and Principal Position

(a)

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (1)

(b)
   Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($) (2)

(c)
   Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY
($) (3)

(d)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)

(e)
   Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE
($) (4)

(f)

John Chiminski

   —      —      —        —      —  

George Fotiades

   —      6,000    (721   —      5,279

John Lowry

   33,053    6,150    (87,404   —      224,189

Matthew Walsh

   42,151    10,000    (763   —      52,046

Thomas J. Stuart

   38,905    10,000    2,634      —      244,907

Richard Yarwood

   —      —      —        —      —  

Samrat S. Khichi

   5,565    6,000    800      —      12,365

 

(1) These amounts are also included in our Summary Compensation Table under “Salary.”
(2) These amounts are also included in our Summary Compensation Table under “All Other Compensation.”
(3) These amounts are not considered compensation reportable in the Summary Compensation Table.
(4) Includes the following amounts for each of the following Named Officers previously reported as compensation to such Named Officers in the columns “Salary” and “All Other Compensation” of the Summary Compensation Table: Mr. Stuart, $93,656 for fiscal 2008 and $4,368 for fiscal 2007 and Mr. Lowry, $18,166 for fiscal 2008 and $1,309 for fiscal 2007.

Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of our management (including all of the Named Officers except Dr. Yarwood). Eligible employees selected to participate in the plan may elect to defer between 1% and 20% of eligible compensation into the plan each year. Eligible compensation for employees generally includes salary, any annual cash bonuses, any special bonuses and other compensation includible as income for federal tax purposes, but does not include any income attributable to stock options or other equity-based awards. Participating directors may elect to defer between 20% and 100% of their fees for service on the board of directors (including meeting fees) into the plan each year. In our discretion, each year we may elect to make certain company contributions to participants in the plan; however, the plan does not require us to make any such contributions. Company contributions can be either matching contributions or contributions equal to a percentage of a participant’s compensation (regardless of the amount deferred) which includes a contribution designed to supplement social security benefits. Any such contributions, however, are generally only made with respect to the first $100,000 of a participant’s compensation in excess of the annual compensation limit under the Internal Revenue Code for each year (the limit was $245,000 for calendar year 2009). We elected to suspend the company contribution in January 2009 and the matching contribution in February 2009 and are continuing to evaluate when business conditions would support reinstatement of these contributions. Participants are always 100% vested in their elective deferrals, and in any company matching contributions (including related earnings in each case). Participants become vested in other company contributions and related earnings after three years of service with us or upon retirement, death, total disability or a change in control.

 

125


Table of Contents

Under the plan, we have the discretion to either credit participants’ deferrals with a hypothetical earnings rate, or to credit the deferrals with earnings and/or losses based on the deemed investment of the deferrals in investment alternatives selected by us, which investment alternatives generally include the investment funds available under our 401(k) plan. During fiscal 2009, participants were permitted to select the investment alternatives in which they wanted their deferrals to be deemed to be invested and were credited with earnings and/or losses based on the performance of the relevant investments. During fiscal 2009, the returns for the investment funds in which the participating Named Officers notionally invested their deferrals ranged from 4.1% to -24.2%. Participants were able to change the investment elections for their deferrals on a daily basis during fiscal 2009. Participants’ deferrals are paid out in a lump-sum on the 15th day of the month immediately following the month during which the six month anniversary of the participant’s separation from service (other than due to death) with us (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code) occurs. In the event of the death of a participant prior to the commencement of the distribution of benefits under the plan, such benefits will be paid no later than the later of (x) December 31 of the year in which the participant’s death occurs and (y) ninety days following the date of the participant’s death. Participants may also elect to receive a payout of their deferrals in annual installments over a period of five or 10 years after their separation from service (including death), although notwithstanding any such elections, deferrals will be paid in a lump-sum in connection with a participant’s separation from service within two years following a change in control of us. Participants may also elect to receive a payout in connection with an unforeseeable emergency, in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Salary deferrals, company contributions and any applicable gains are held in a “rabbi” trust. “Rabbi” trust assets are ultimately controlled by us. Operating the deferred compensation plan this way is required by federal tax law in order to defer the taxation benefits from the plan until they are paid to the participants.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The following section describes the payments and benefits that may become payable to the Named Officers in connection with their termination of employment and/or a change in control. All such payments and benefits will be paid or provided by us or PTS Holdings Corp. For purposes of this section, we have assumed that (1) the price per share of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock on June 30, 2009 is equal to its fair market value as determined in good faith by the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. because there has never been a public market for the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp., (2) PTS Holdings Corp. does not exercise any discretion to accelerate the vesting of outstanding options or restricted stock units in connection with a change in control of us and (3) the value of any stock options that may be accelerated is equal to the full value of such awards (i.e., the full “spread” value for stock options on June 30, 2009). The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan gives the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors considerable discretion with respect to the treatment of outstanding options and restricted stock units in the event of a change in control. If the PTS Holdings Corp. board of directors exercised its discretion to fully vest outstanding options and restricted stock units, the Named Officers may receive benefits in addition to those described below.

In addition to the amounts presented below, the Named Officers will also be entitled to the benefits quantified and described under the “Pension Benefits—Fiscal 2009” and “Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation—Fiscal 2009” sections above, as more fully discussed in those sections. Please see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Current Compensation Program Elements—Severance and Other Benefits” for a discussion of how the amounts of the payments and benefits presented below were determined.

John Chiminski

Mr. Chiminski’s employment agreement, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan and the related stock option agreement and restricted stock unit agreement each provide for certain benefits to be paid to him upon termination under the terms described below. If Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates due to his disability or death, he would be entitled to (1) a cash payment of $375,000 in lieu of a cash bonus in respect of fiscal 2009 or for any year after fiscal 2009, a pro-rata portion of any annual cash bonus he would have earned for the year of termination and (2) accelerated vesting of the portion of his time vesting

 

126


Table of Contents

options and restricted stock units that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment. In addition, Mr. Chiminski will retain the opportunity through the ten year term to vest, subject only to attaining the performance targets, in a portion of the unvested exit options equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the date of the event that triggers additional exit option vesting. Any pro-rata bonus payment would have been paid in a lump-sum within two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the fiscal year in which Mr. Chiminski’s termination of employment occurred.

The employment agreement provides that upon any good termination or due to Mr. Chiminski’s election not to extend the term, he will be entitled to receive, as applicable, a cash payment of $375,000 in lieu of a cash bonus in respect of fiscal 2009 or for any year after fiscal 2009 a pro-rata portion of any annual cash bonus he would have earned for the year of termination based on Catalent’s actual performance in respect of the full fiscal year in which Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates.

The employment agreement further provides that if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp. without cause, by Mr. Chiminski for good reason or due to Catalent’s or PTS Holdings Corp.’s election not to extend the term of his employment agreement, then, subject to his execution, delivery and non-revocation of a release of claims with respect to Catalent and its affiliates, Mr. Chiminski will be entitled to receive, in addition to certain accrued amounts and a pro-rata bonus, as discussed above, an amount equal to two times the sum of (x) Mr. Chiminski’s annualized then-current base salary (which salary, for purposes of calculating severance amounts, will in no event be less than $750,000) and (y) his annual target bonus, payable in equal monthly installments over a two year period; provided, however, that if such termination occurs within the two year period following a change in control such payment will instead be made in a single lump sum payment within thirty days following the termination date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Catalent’s obligation to make such payments will cease in the event of a material breach by Mr. Chiminski of the restrictive covenants contained in the employment agreement (described below), if such breach remains uncured for a period of ten days following written notice of such breach. Pursuant to the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Chiminski is subject to a covenant not to (x) compete with us while employed and for one year following his termination of employment for any reason and (y) solicit our employees, consultants and certain actual and prospective clients while employed and for two years following his termination of employment for any reason, in each case, subject to certain specified exclusions. The employment agreement also contains a covenant not to disclose confidential information, an assignment of property rights provision and customary indemnification provisions.

In addition to the payments described above, if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp. without cause, by Mr. Chiminski for good reason or due to Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp.’s election not to extend the term, Mr. Chiminski (and his spouse and eligible dependents, to the extent applicable) will also be entitled to continued participation (or after 18 months, reimbursement for the cost of participation on a tax-grossed up basis) in Catalent’s group health plans for up to two years.

At the end of fiscal 2009, Mr. Chiminski would have had a good reason to terminate employment if any of the following had occurred without his consent: (a) any material diminution in his duties, authorities, or responsibilities, or the assignment to him of duties that are materially inconsistent with, or that significantly impair his ability to perform, his duties as Chief Executive Officer of PTS Holdings Corp. or us; (b) any material adverse change in his positions or reporting structures, including ceasing to be the Chief Executive Officer of PTS Holdings Corp. or us or ceasing to be a member of the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. or our board of directors; (c) any reduction in his base salary or target annual bonus opportunity (other than a general reduction in base salary or target annual bonus opportunity that affects all members of senior management proportionately); (d) any material failure by us to pay compensation or benefits when due under his employment agreement; (e) any relocation of our principal office or of his principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from its location in Somerset, New Jersey, as of his commencement date; or (f) any failure by PTS Holdings Corp. or us, as applicable, to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligation to perform his employment agreement by any successor to all or

 

127


Table of Contents

substantially all of the assets of PTS Holdings Corp. or us, as applicable. No termination of his employment based on a specified good reason event will be effective as a termination for good reason unless (x) Mr. Chiminski gives notice to PTS Holdings Corp. and us of such event within 90 days after he learns that such event has occurred (or, in the case of any event described in clauses (e) or (f), within 30 days after he learns that such event has occurred), (y) such good reason event is not fully cured within 30 days after such notice, and (z) Mr. Chiminski’s employment terminates within 60 days following the end of the cure period.

In the event of any termination of Mr. Chiminski’s employment other than a good termination, all unvested RSUs and options which remain outstanding will be immediately forfeited without consideration as of the termination date. In the event of a good termination, Mr. Chiminski will be deemed vested as of the termination date in any portion of the RSUs and time options that would have otherwise vested if he had remained employed by the Catalent or PTS Holdings Corp. through the first anniversary of the termination date and he will also retain the opportunity through the ten year term to vest, subject only to attaining the performance targets, in a portion of the unvested exit options equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the termination date and the denominator of which is the number of days elapsing from his commencement date through the date of the event that triggers additional exit option vesting.

To the extent that all or a fraction of the exit options vest, a proportionate amount of each tranche of unvested RSUs and time options which remain outstanding will also vest.

In the event of (x) a change in control or (y) a good termination that occurs within the six month period prior to a change in control, all unvested RSUs and time options will become fully vested as of the change in control (or immediately prior to the change in control, with respect to the options). Any portion of the exit options that remain unvested upon a change in control will remain outstanding and remain eligible for potential future vesting in accordance with the terms of the stock option agreement.

Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the stock option agreement, any options that are not vested and exercisable upon Mr. Chiminski’s termination of employment will be immediately cancelled. Any options that are vested upon a good termination will remain outstanding and exercisable generally for one year from the termination date or the date on which the option became vested, as applicable, although the period is reduced to 90 days in the case of a termination of employment that is not a good termination and vested options will terminate immediately if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by PTS Holdings Corp. or Catalent for cause. Any vested options that are not exercised within the applicable post-termination exercise period will terminate.

All shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock acquired by Mr. Chiminski, including without limitation, shares settled following vesting of the RSUs and shares acquired upon the exercise of the options will be subject to the terms of a subscription agreement. In addition, in connection with the purchase of the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock and the grant of the RSUs and options, Mr. Chiminski became a party to PTS Holdings Corp. securityholders agreement. These documents generally govern Mr. Chiminski’s rights with respect to all such shares.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the subscription agreement , if Mr. Chiminski’s employment is terminated by him without good reason (and not due to death or disability) or by PTS Holdings Corp. or Catalent for cause, in either case, prior to the second anniversary of his commencement date, he will forfeit all rights and title to the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock he purchased or will purchase for $250,000.

If any payments to Mr. Chiminski are subject to golden parachute excise taxes in connection with a change in control and are eligible for exemption under the shareholder approval exemption, Catalent and PTS Holdings Corp. agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to seek the requisite vote. However, if such exemption is not available and Mr. Chiminski is subject to such taxes, he will also be entitled to receive a tax-gross up payment, provided that such payment will not exceed $1 million.

 

128


Table of Contents

The following table lists the benefits that would have been triggered for Mr. Chiminski under the circumstances described above assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 30, 2009.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan Compensation
($)
   Value of
Option/RSU
Acceleration ( 1 )
($)
   Value of Base
Salary and
Target Bonus
Payment ( 2 )
($)
   Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation ( 3 )
($)
   Value of
Excise Tax
“Gross Up” ( 4 )
($)
   Total
($)

Death or Disability

   —      300,000    —      —        —      300,000

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Chiminski for Good Reason

   —      300,000    3,000,000    22,099      —      3,322,099

Change in Control

   —      1,500,000    —      —        —      1,500,000

Death or Disability Within Six Months Prior to a Change in Control

   —      1,500,000    —      —        —      1,500,000

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Chiminski for Good Reason in Connection With a Change in Control

   —      1,500,000    3,000,000    22,099    $ 622,184    5,144,283

 

(1) The amounts reported represent partial or full accelerated vesting of RSUs. The board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. has determined that there has been no appreciation in the fair market value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock since Mr. Chiminski’s options were granted. As a result, his options currently do not have any “spread” value.
(2) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Mr. Chiminski’s annual salary and target annual bonus.
(3) The amount reported represents income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to Mr. Chiminski’s participation in our employee benefit plans for a two year period.
(4) Mr. Chiminski is entitled to an excise tax “gross up.”

Thomas J. Stuart

Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan and the related stock option agreement provide for certain payments and benefits to be paid to Mr. Stuart if his employment terminates for one of the reasons described below. If Mr. Stuart’s employment terminates due to his disability, he will be entitled to (1) a cash payment in an amount equal to two times his then-current base salary payable in equal installments over a two year period, which amount will be offset by any amounts paid or payable under Catalent’s disability plan and (2) accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment. The same portion of Mr. Stuart’s time options would also vest upon his termination of employment due to death, although he would not be entitled to any similar accelerated vesting for his performance options and exit options upon death or disability.

 

129


Table of Contents

If during the term of Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement, his employment is terminated by us without cause, he terminates for good reason or if we fail to renew his agreement at the end of its term, pursuant to the employment agreement, he will be entitled to receive: (1) a cash payment in an amount equal to two times the sum of his then-current base salary and his annual bonus award of 75% of base salary (regardless of whether any applicable performance targets are attained), which amount is payable in equal monthly installments over a two year period, (2) a pro-rata portion of the annual bonus, if any he would be entitled to receive for the year of termination, (3) continued participation (or after 18 months, payment for Catalent’s cost for such coverage on a tax “gross-up” basis) in Catalent’s group health plans for up to two years, (4) continued payment of his car allowance for a period of two additional years and (5) accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment (but not for his performance options and exit options).

At the end of fiscal 2009, Mr. Stuart would have had a good reason to terminate employment if any of the following had occurred without his consent: (a) a substantial diminution in his position or duties, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with his position as specified in his employment agreement, (b) any reduction in his base salary; (c) failure of PTS Holdings Corp. or us to pay compensation or benefits when due under his employment agreement; (d) the relocation of PTS Holdings Corp.’s or our headquarters to a location more than 50 miles from its location on the effective date of his employment agreement, (e) the failure of any successor to all or substantially all of our assets to assume and agree to honor his employment agreement, unless assumption of the agreement occurs by operation of law; or (f) the failure to provide an annual bonus opportunity that is at least at the same level as established for the 2008 fiscal year (which, for the avoidance of doubt, commenced July 1, 2007), in each case, which is not cured within 15 days following either PTS Holdings Corp.’s or our receipt of written notice from Mr. Stuart describing the event constituting good reason; which notice will be provided to either PTS Holdings Corp. or us within 90 days following Mr. Stuart’s knowledge of the occurrence of the event constituting good reason.

In the event of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., Mr. Stuart will be entitled to full vesting of his time options. Unlike the time options, Mr. Stuart’s exit options and performance options will not automatically become fully vested in connection with such a change in control; however the exit options and performance options may become vested in connection with the transaction if the applicable performance targets are attained.

Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement prohibits him from competing with us and from soliciting our employees for one year following his termination of employment for any reason. The agreement also contains an indefinite restriction on Mr. Stuart’s disclosure of our confidential information. If Mr. Stuart breaches any of these restrictive covenants, any unpaid severance payments will be forfeited. The restrictive covenants contained in Mr. Stuart’s employment agreement are in addition to the restrictive covenants contained in the subscription agreement entered into in connection with the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan; which covenants are described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above.

The following table lists the benefits that would be triggered for Mr. Stuart under the circumstances described above assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 30, 2009.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Non-Equity
Incentive
Compensation
($) (1)
   Value of
Option
Acceleration
($) (2)
   Value of Base
Salary
Continuation
($) (3)(7)
   Value of
Bonus
Payment
($) (4)
   Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation
($) (5)
   Value of
Continued
Automobile
Benefits
($) (6)
   Total
($)

Disability

   —      —      890,372    —      —      —      890,372

Death

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Termination by Us Without Cause or Termination by Mr. Stuart for Good Reason

   300,000    —      890,372    667,779    21,101    44,564    1,923,816

Change in Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

 

(1) If termination is by us without cause, due to our non-renewal of the employment term or by Mr. Stuart for good reason, Mr. Stuart will be entitled to a pro-rata portion of the annual cash bonus, if any, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days during which he was employed in the fiscal year of termination and the denominator of which is 365. The amount reflects the actual cash bonus paid for fiscal 2009 as part of the MIP.

 

130


Table of Contents
(2) The board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. has determined that there has been no appreciation in the fair market value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock since Mr. Stuart’s options were granted. As a result, his options currently do not have any “spread” value.
(3) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Mr. Stuart’s annual salary.
(4) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Mr. Stuart’s annual bonus award of 75% of base salary.
(5) The amount reported represents income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to Mr. Stuart’s participation in our employee benefit plans for a two year period.
(6) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Mr. Stuart’s annual car allowance.
(7) Amount reported does not reflect any offset for amounts Mr. Stuart may be entitled to under our disability plans.

Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi

Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi were not covered by employment agreements at the end of fiscal 2009. However, their severance agreements, the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan and the related stock option agreements provide for certain benefits to be paid to each of them if their employment terminates for one of the reasons described below. If the employment of Mr. Walsh or Mr. Khichi terminates due to death or disability, each will be entitled to accelerated vesting of the portion of their time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following a termination of employment (like the other Named Officers, they will not be entitled to any similar accelerated vesting for performance options and exit options).

If the employment of Mr. Walsh or Mr. Khichi was terminated by us without cause or by the executive for good reason, in each case at the end of fiscal 2009, each would have been entitled to a severance payment equal to one times the sum of their annual base salary and target annual bonus, payable in equal installments over the one period following the date of their termination of employment. Each would also be entitled to continued participation in our group health plans (to the extent the executives were receiving such coverage as of the termination date), at the same premium rates as may be charged from time to time for employees of Catalent generally, which coverage would be provided until the earlier of (x) the expiration of the one year period following the date of termination of employment and (y) the date the executive becomes eligible for coverage under group health plan(s) of any other employer. Each Named Officer is required to enter into a binding general release of claims as a condition to receiving most severance payments and benefits.

Under the stock option agreements entered into in connection with the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, if the employment of Mr. Walsh or Mr. Khichi is terminated by us without cause or by the Named Officer for good reason, he will be entitled to receive accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following termination of employment (there is no similar accelerated vesting for performance options and exit options). At the end of fiscal 2009, each of Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi would have had a good reason to terminate employment if without their consent (a) there had been a substantial diminution in his position or duties or an adverse change in his reporting lines, (b) he was assigned duties that were materially inconsistent with his position, (c) his base salary had been reduced or other earned compensation was not paid when due, (d) our headquarters were relocated by more than 50 miles, or (e) he was not provided with the same annual bonus opportunity specified in his offer letter in each case, which was not cured within 30 days following our receipt of written notice from him describing the event constituting good reason.

 

131


Table of Contents

In the event of a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., each of Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi will be entitled to full vesting of his time options. As with the other Named Officers, their exit options and performance options will not automatically become fully vested in connection with a change in control; however, the exit options and performance options may become vested in connection with the transaction if the applicable performance targets are attained. Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi are each subject to the restrictive covenants contained in the subscription agreement, which covenants are described in the “Description of Equity-Based Awards” section above.

The following table lists the estimated amounts that would become payable to Mr. Walsh and Mr. Khichi the circumstances described above assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 30, 2009.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Non-Equity
Incentive
Compensation
($)
   Value of
Option
Acceleration
($) (1)
   Value of Severance
Payment ($) (2)
   Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation
($) (3)
   Total
($)

Death or Disability

              

Matthew Walsh

   —      —      —      —      —  

Samrat S. Khichi

   —      —      —      —      —  

Termination by Us Without Cause or Termination by Executive for Good Reason

              

Matthew Walsh

   —      —      865,725    7,743    873,468

Samrat S. Khichi

   —      —      556,500    10,212    566,712

Change in Control

              

Matthew Walsh

   —      —      —      —      —  

Samrat S. Khichi

   —      —      —      —      —  

 

(1) The board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. has determined that there has been no appreciation in the fair market value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock since Mr. Walsh’s and Mr. Khichi’s options were granted. As a result, their options currently do not have any “spread” value.
(2) The amounts reported represent the sum of each executive’s annual base salary and target annual bonus.
(3) The amount reported represents income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to Mr. Walsh’s and Mr. Khichi’s continued participation in our employee benefit plans for a one year period.

George Fotiades

In connection with Mr. Fotiades transition from interim President and Chief Executive Officer to his former position as the Chairman of the board of directors of both the Company and PTS Holdings Corp. effective March 17, 2009, Mr. Fotiades continues to be employed by PTS Holdings Corp. pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement with PTS Holdings Corp.

Under Mr. Fotiades’ employment agreement, he may become entitled to certain termination payments and benefits depending on the circumstances of his termination of employment. If during the term of Mr. Fotiades’ employment agreement, his employment is terminated by us without cause or by him for good reason or if we fail to renew his agreement at the end of its term, he will be entitled to receive (1) a cash payment equal to the sum of his then current base salary and his target annual bonus and (2) continued participation in our group health plans for up to one year. Any cash payment in respect of

 

132


Table of Contents

Mr. Fotiades’ base salary and target annual bonus will be paid in equal monthly installments over a one-year period. In addition, pursuant to the terms of his option agreement, Mr. Fotiades will be entitled to full vesting of his time options upon a change in control of PTS Holdings Corp. or BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and to accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment by us without cause, by him for good reason, due to the non-renewal by us of his employment agreement or due to death or disability. Also, under the terms of his option agreement, unvested performance options may vest upon a change in control if a specified percentage of such options were vested prior to such date. Following his termination of employment by us without cause, by him for good reason, due to non-renewal by us of his employment agreement or due to death or disability, Mr. Fotiades will have the opportunity to become vested in any performance options and exit options that otherwise would have vested within 12 months of such termination of employment, only to the extent applicable goals have been attained. Subject to our cure rights, Mr. Fotiades would have had a good reason to terminate his employment if any of the following had occurred (a) a substantial diminution in his position or duties or an adverse change in his reporting lines, (b) he is assigned duties that are materially inconsistent with his position unless he is offered continued employment providing management-level management consulting and advisory services and continues to report directly to our board of directors or (c) his base salary is reduced or other earned compensation or benefits are not paid when due. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Fotiades must enter into a binding general release of claims as a condition to receiving any cash severance payment in respect to his base salary and target annual bonus and the continued payment of such amounts is contingent on his compliance with certain restrictive covenants.

The following table lists the benefits that would be triggered for Mr. Fotiades under the circumstances described above assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 30, 2009.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Non-Equity
Plan
Compensation
($)
   Value of
Option
Acceleration
($) ( 1 )
   Value of
Severance
Continuation
($) ( 2 )
   Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation
($) ( 3 )
   Total
($)

Death or Disability

   —      —         —      —  

Termination by Us Without Cause or by Mr. Fotiades for Good Reason

      —      400,000    10,298    410,298

Change in Control

   —      —      —      —      —  

 

(1) The board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. has determined that there has been no appreciation in the fair market value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock since Mr. Fotiades’ options were granted. As a result, his options currently do not have any “spread” value.
(2) The amount reported consists of the sum of Mr. Fotiades’ annual salary and target bonus.
(3) The amount reported represents income attributable to the health care premiums paid by the Company with respect to Mr. Fotiades’ continued participation in our employee benefit plans for a one year period.

John Lowry

Effective July 30, 2008, Mr. Lowry ceased serving as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of Catalent and, effective September 28, 2008, Mr. Lowry’s employment with Catalent terminated.

Catalent and Mr. Lowry entered into a separation agreement, dated September 26, 2008, in connection with his termination of employment. The separation agreement provides him with the same severance payments and benefits he was entitled to under his employment agreement and his stock option agreement entered into in connection with the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan in connection with a termination by us without cause. In addition, we agreed to recommend to the board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. that all of Mr. Lowry’s 1,172.836 shares of PTS Holdings Corp. be repurchased at a repurchase price of $1,000 per share for an aggregate repurchase price of $1,172,836. The separation agreement supersedes the terms of the employment agreement.

 

133


Table of Contents

Subject to the terms of Mr. Lowry’s separation agreement, which include compliance with certain restrictive covenants, he is entitled to receive (1) a cash payment in the form of salary continuation for a two year period equal to two times the sum of his then-current base salary and his target annual bonus ($2,166,050), (2) continued participation (or after 18 months, reimbursement for the costs of participation on an after tax basis) in our group health plans for up to two years (the value of continued benefit participation is $21,354) and (3) accelerated vesting of the portion of his time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment. Mr. Lowry was not entitled to any similar accelerated vesting for his performance options or exit options.

Richard Yarwood

Effective July 31, 2009, Dr. Yarwood ceased serving as our Group President, Sterile Technologies and terminated employment with the Company and it subsidiaries.

In connection with his termination by us without cause, Dr. Yarwood will be paid an aggregate amount of $975,605 in severance, payable in equal monthly installments for a 24 month period following his termination date. The severance benefit consists of (1) continued payment for 24 months of his average monthly salary earned over the two years prior to his termination of employment ($871,500), (2) continued participation in our group life, disability, accident and medical plans for 24 months, (3) continued payment for 24 months of a car allowance ($43,160) and two times his annual pension allowance ($60,945). The pension allowance is incremental to the benefit required under Dr. Yarwood’s employment agreement. Accelerated vesting occurred on the portion of Dr. Yarwood’s time options that would otherwise have vested within 12 months following his termination of employment. Dr. Yarwood was not entitled to any similar accelerated vesting for his performance options or exit options.

The following table lists the benefits that would have been triggered for Dr. Yarwood assuming that the applicable triggering event occurred on June 30, 2009.

 

Triggering Event

   Value of
Non-Equity
Plan
Compensation
($)
   Value of
Option
Acceleration (1)
($)
   Value of
Base Salary
Continuation
($) (2)
   Value of
Continued
Benefits
Participation
($) (3)
   Value of
Continued
Automobile
Benefits
($) (4)
   Total
($) (5)

Disability

   —      —      871,500    —      —      871,500

Death

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

Termination by Us Without Cause, by Dr. Yarwood for Good Reason or Due to Our Non-Renewal

   —      —      871,500    1,344    43,160    916,004

Change in Control

   —      —      —      —      —      —  

 

(1) The board of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. has determined that there has been no appreciation in the fair market value of PTS Holdings Corp.’s common stock since Dr. Yarwood’s options were granted. As a result, his options currently do not have any “spread” value.
(2) The amount reported consists of two times the sum of Dr. Yarwood’s annual salary.
(3) The amount reported represents two times the income attributable to the annual medical premium paid by the Company.
(4) The amount reported consists of two times Dr. Yarwood’s annual car allowance.
(5) Amount reported does not reflect any offset for amounts Dr. Yarwood may be entitled to under our disability plans.

 

134


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Beneficial Ownership of PTS Holdings Corp.

PTS Holdings Corp. owns 100% of the limited liability company interests of PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, which owns 100% of our issued and outstanding common stock.

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. as of September 1, 2009 for (i) each individual or entity known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of the common stock of PTS Holdings Corp., (ii) each of our Named Executive Officers, (iii) each of our directors and (iv) all of directors and our executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is 14 Schoolhouse Road, Somerset, New Jersey, 08873.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Amount and Nature of
Beneficial Ownership (1)
   Percent  

Blackstone Funds (2)

   1,053,979    99.15

Stephen A. Schwarzman (2)

   1,053,979    99.15

Peter G. Peterson (2)

   1,053,979    99.15

John R. Chiminski (3)

   100    *   

John Lowry (4)

   —      —     

Matthew Walsh (5)

   667    *   

Samrat Khichi (5)

   233    *   

Thomas J. Stuart (5)

   1,293    *   

Richard Yarwood (5)

   1,965    *   

George L. Fotiades (5)

   2,900    *   

Peter Baird (5)

   100    *   

Paul Clark (5)

   100    *  

Chinh E. Chu (6)

   —      —     

Michael Dal Bello (7)

   —      —     

Bruce McEvoy (8)

   —      —     

Aleksandar Erdeljan (9)

   400    —    

All directors and executive officers as a group (18 persons) (10)

   9,328    *   

 

(*) Less than 1%
(1) Fractional shares beneficially owned have been rounded up to the nearest whole share.
(2)

Shares shown as beneficially owned by the Blackstone Funds are held directly by Phoenix Charter LLC. 100% of the limited liability company interests of Phoenix Charter LLC are held directly by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC is the managing member and controls approximately 87% of BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Aleksandar Erdeljan and Paul Clark each hold less than 1% of the interests in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and affiliates of Aisling Capital and Genstar Capital, LLC hold 2.4% and 9.6% interests, respectively, in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC, by virtue of its management rights and controlling interest in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C., has investment and voting control over the shares of PTS Holdings Corp. indirectly held by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P., Blackstone Capital Partners V-AC L.P., BCP V-S L.P., BCP V Co-Investors L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V L.P., Blackstone Family Investment Partnership V-A L.P., Blackstone Participation Partners V L.P. and International Healthcare Partners LLC are members of Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC and Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. is the managing member of Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC (collectively, the “Blackstone Funds”). Blackstone Management Associates V L.L.C. (“BMA”) is the general partner of Blackstone Capital Partners V L.P. BMA V L.L.C. is the sole member of BMA. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member and majority in interest owner of BMA V L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III

 

135


Table of Contents
 

L.P. is indirectly controlled by The Blackstone Group L.P. and is owned, directly or indirectly, by Blackstone professionals and The Blackstone Group L.P. The Blackstone Group L.P. is controlled by its general partner, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., which is in turn wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founders, Stephen A. Schwarzman and Peter G. Peterson. Each of Messrs. Peterson and Schwarzman disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Chu, a director of the Company, is a member of BMA and disclaims any beneficial ownership of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock beneficially owned by BMA. Mr. Erdeljan, a director of the Company, is a member of International Healthcare Partners LLC and disclaims any beneficial ownership of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock beneficially owned by Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC. Additionally, pursuant to the terms of the PTS Holdings Corp. securityholders agreement, the Blackstone Funds may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the remaining .85% of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock held by senior management of the Company. The address of each of the entities listed in this footnote is c/o The Blackstone Group L.P., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(3) Does not include 2,000 unvested non-voting restricted stock units granted to Mr. Chiminski on March 17, 2009 in connection with the commencement of his employment.
(4) Effective July 30, 2008 John Lowry ceased serving as our President and Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company and, effective September 28, 2008, Mr. Lowry’s employment with the Company terminated. Pursuant to Mr. Lowry’s separation agreement, the 1,172.836 shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. previously purchased by Mr. Lowry were repurchased by PTS Holdings Corp. on November 8, 2008 at repurchase price of $1000 per share. In addition, Mr. Lowry’s vested time options to purchase 1,600 shares of common stock have expired since Mr. Lowry did not elect to exercise such options within 90 days of his termination date in accordance with the terms of his separation agreement.
(5) Includes shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of each director’s and executive’s vested time options: Mr. Stuart (733); Dr. Yarwood (733), Mr. Khichi (133); Mr. Fotiades (800); Mr. Baird (100) and Mr. Clark (100).
(6) Mr. Chu is a Senior Managing Director of Blackstone. Mr. Chu disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(7) Mr. Dal Bello is a Principal of Blackstone. Mr. Dal Bello disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(8) Mr. McEvoy is an Associate of Blackstone. Mr. McEvoy disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(9) Mr. Erdeljan is a member of International Healthcare Partners LLC. Mr. Erdeljan disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares owned directly or indirectly by the Blackstone Funds.
(10) Includes 3,686 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of vested time options.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 with respect to shares of PTS Holdings Corp. common stock that may be granted under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights (2)

(a)
   Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights (3)

(b)
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))

(c)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   —        —      —  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (1)

   63,850    $ 1,000.00    12,150

 

(1) The 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan was approved by the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Corp. on May 7, 2007.
(2) All of the awards granted under the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan are stock options, except for the 2,000 restricted stock units granted to Mr. Chiminski on March 17, 2009 in connection with the commencement of his employment.
(3) The weighted-average exercise price does not take into account restricted stock unit awards, which by their nature do not have an exercise price.

See Note 14 of the Audited Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for more information on the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

136


Table of Contents
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

While we do not have a formal written policy, our board of directors will review and approve related party transactions on an as needed basis.

Agreements with Cardinal

We entered into with Cardinal and Phoenix Charter LLC an agreement (the “Supply Agreement”) which provides that we manufacture or have manufactured and supply to Cardinal all of Cardinal’s requirements of the respiratory products Albuterol Sulfate, Ipratropium Bromide and Cromolyn Sodium (the “Products”) under certain Abbreviated New Drug Applications (the “ANDAs”). The Products are manufactured by us under these ANDAs. We have the exclusive right to manufacture the Products for Cardinal under the ANDAs and Cardinal is responsible for the maintenance of the ANDAs. The Supply Agreement has a three year term. We charge prices based on the type of customer to which Cardinal distributes the Products.

In addition, we are also party to certain other ordinary course agreements, which survived the Acquisition, with Cardinal and its subsidiaries pursuant to which we provide Cardinal, or Cardinal provides us, certain manufacturing, development and other services. Also, we purchase certain supplies from Cardinal.

Agreements with Our Parent Companies

BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Securityholders Agreement

In connection with the closing of the Acquisition and the related financings, BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. entered into a Securityholders Agreement with the Investors. The BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Securityholders Agreement governs the economic and voting characteristics of the units representing limited liability company membership interests in BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. (which owns all of the equity interests of Phoenix Charter LLC), including with respect to the election of our directors and the directors of our parent companies, restrictions on the issuance or transfer of shares, including tag-along rights and drag-along rights, other special corporate governance provisions and registration rights (including customary indemnification provisions).

 

137


Table of Contents

PTS Holdings Corp. Securityholders Agreement

Following the consummation of the Acquisition and related financings, PTS Holding Corp. issued shares of its common stock and granted stock option awards to certain officers, directors and key employees of the Company (collectively, “Executives”) pursuant to the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan. As a condition to acquiring such shares of common stock and receiving such options, the Executives were required to become a party, or agree to become a party, to the securityholders agreement between PTS Holdings Corp., Blackstone PTS Holdings L.L.C. and Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC. Under the securityholders agreement each party agrees, among other things, to elect or cause to be elected to the respective boards of directors of PTS Holdings Corp. and each of its subsidiaries such individuals as are designated by BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. Each party also agrees to vote their shares in the manner in which BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. directs in connection with amendments to PTS Holdings Corp.’s organizational documents (except for changes that would have a material adverse effect on the management of PTS Holdings Corp.), the merger, security exchange, combination or consolidation of PTS Holdings Corp. with any other person, the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the property and assets of PTS Holdings Corp. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, and the reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of PTS Holdings Corp. The securityholders agreement also includes certain restrictions on the transfer of shares, “tag along” and “drag along” rights, and rights of first refusal in favor of PTS Holdings Corp. See “Executive Compensation—Description of Stock Option Awards.”

Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement

We and one or more of our parent companies entered into a transaction and advisory fee agreement with the affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors pursuant to which such entities or their affiliates provide certain strategic and structuring advice and assistance to us. In addition, under this agreement, affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors provide certain monitoring, advisory and consulting services to us for an aggregate annual management fee equal to the greater of $10 million or 3.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the senior secured credit agreement) for fiscal 2008, 2009 and each year thereafter. Affiliates of Blackstone and certain of the other Investors also receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them or their affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the agreement. In addition, pursuant to such agreement, the affiliates of the Investors also received a transaction fee of $34 million, which amount was included in the $38.0 million of estimated fees and expenses discussed under “Use of Proceeds,” in connection with services provided by Blackstone and its affiliates related to the Acquisition and related financings. The transaction and advisory fee agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Blackstone and its affiliates.

Upon a change of control in our ownership, a sale of all of our assets, or an initial public offering of our equity, and in recognition of facilitation of such change of control, asset sale or public offering by affiliates of Blackstone, these affiliates of Blackstone may elect to receive, in lieu of annual payments of the management fee, a single lump sum cash payment equal to the then-present value of all then current and future management fees payable under the agreement. The Agreement has a term of up to ten years. The lump sum payment would only be payable to the extent that it is permitted under other agreements governing our indebtedness.

Other Agreements and Relationships

Certain of our Softgel facilities purchase Gelatin and a Oral Technologies German subsidiary leases plant facilities, purchases other services and receives loans from time-to-time from a German company that is also the minority owner of our Oral Technologies German subsidiary.

Gerresheimer and Klöckner Pentaplast, which are affiliated with Blackstone, supply us with packaging materials, raw materials and other supplies used in our operations. Purchases from Gerresheimer and Klöckner Pentaplast were approximately $1 million and $4.6 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009. We believe that these transactions were entered into in the ordinary course of our business and were conducted on an arm’s length basis.

We have a participation agreement with CoreTrust Purchasing Group (“CPG”), which designates CPG as a supplier of an outsource service for indirect materials. We do not pay any fees to participate in this group arrangement, and we can terminate our participation at any time prior to the expiration of the agreement without penalty. The vendors separately pay fees to CPG for access to CPG’s consortium of customers. Blackstone entered into an agreement with CPG whereby Blackstone receives a portion of the gross fees vendors pay to CPG based on the volume of purchases made by us and other participants. Purchases from CPG totaled approximately $4.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

 

138


Table of Contents
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Audit and Non-Audit Fees

The following table presents fees for professional services rendered by Ernst & Young for the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements for the years ended June 30, 2009 and June 30, 2008, and fees billed` for other services rendered by Ernst & Young during those periods.

 

     2009    2008
(in thousands)          

Audit Fees

   $ 3,230    $ 3,595

Audit-Related Fees

     95      225

Tax Fees

     1,680      341

All Other Fees

     —        662
             

Total

   $ 5,004    $ 4,823
             

Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consistent with SEC and PCAOB requirements regarding auditor independence, the Audit Committee has responsibility for appointing, setting compensation and overseeing the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. In recognition of this responsibly, the Audit Committee has established a policy to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Prior to engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm for the next year’s audit, management will submit a list of services and related fees expected to be rendered during that year within each of the four categories of services to the Audit Committee for approval.

 

  1. Audit services include audit work performed on the financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, as well as work that generally only the independent registered public accounting firm can reasonably be expected to provide, including comfort letters, statutory audits, and discussions surrounding the proper application of financial accounting and/or reporting standards.

 

  2. Audit-Related services are for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the independent registered public accounting firm, including due diligence related to mergers and acquisitions, employee benefit plan audits, and special procedures required to meet certain regulatory requirements.

 

  3. Tax services include all services, except those services specifically related to the financial statements, performed by the independent registered public accounting firm’s tax personnel, including tax analysis; assisting with coordination of execution of tax-related activities, primarily in the area of corporate development; supporting other tax-related regulatory requirements; tax planning; and tax compliance and reporting.

 

  4. All Other services are those services not captured in the audit, audit-related or tax categories.

Prior to engagement, the Audit Committee pre-approves independent public accounting firm services within each category and the fees of each category are budgeted. The Audit Committee requires the independent registered public accounting firm and management to report actual fees versus the budget periodically throughout the year by category of service. During the year, circumstances may arise when it may become necessary to engage the independent registered public accounting firm for additional services not contemplated in the original pre-approval categories. In those instances, the Audit Committee requires specific pre-approval before engaging the independent registered public accounting firm.

The Audit Committee may delegate pre-approval authority to one or more of its members. The member to whom such authority is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to the Audit Committee at its next scheduled meeting. All of the services under the captions “Audit Fees”, “Audit-Related Fees”, “Tax Fees” and “All-Other Fees” in the table above were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

 

139


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)(1)   Financial Statements. The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements, filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
(a)(2)   Financial Statements Schedules. Financial statement schedules are omitted since the required information is either not applicable or is included in our audited consolidated and combined financial statements.
(b)   Exhibits.

The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  2.1    Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.01 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)
  2.2    Amendment No. 1, dated March 9, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.02 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)
  2.3    Amendment No. 2, dated April 10, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.03 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 16, 2007, File No. 1-11373)
  2.4    Amendment No. 3, dated June 22, 2007, to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2007, by and between Cardinal Health, Inc. and Phoenix Charter LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1.4 to Cardinal Health’s Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2007, File No. 1-11373)
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
  3.2    Amended and Restated By-laws of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
  4.1    Senior Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc. and the Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
  4.2    Senior Subordinated Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc. and the Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
  4.3    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Banc of America Securities LLC, Banc of America Securities Limited, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, GE Capital Markets, Inc. and GE Corporate Finance Bank SAS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
  4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2008, to the Senior Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among Catalent US Holding I, LLC, Catalent US Holding II, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
  4.5    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 3, 2008, to the Senior Subordinated Indenture dated as of April 10, 2007, among Catalent US Holding I, LLC, Catalent US Holding II, LLC and The Bank of New York Mellon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)

 

140


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

†10.1    Separation Agreement, dated September 26, 2008, between John Lowry and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.2    Employment Agreement, dated April 19, 2007, between PTS Holdings Corp. and George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.3    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (George Fotiades) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Catalent Pharma Solutions Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.4    Summary of Additional Compensation for George L. Fotiades (incorporated by reference to Item 5.02(c) of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 4, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.5    Consulting Agreement, dated May 10, 2007, between PTS Holdings Corp. and Aleksandar Erdeljan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.6    Separation Agreement, dated July 24, 2009, between Richard J. Yarwood and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.*
†10.7    Employment Agreement, dated June 9, 2008, between Thomas Stuart and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 11, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.8    Offer Letter, dated August 27, 2007, between Samrat S. Khichi and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.*
†10.9    Severance Agreement, dated January 11, 2008 between Samrat S. Khichi and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.*
†10.10    Offer Letter, dated February 29, 2008, between Matthew Walsh and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.11    Severance Agreement, dated February 29, 2008, between Matthew Walsh and Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
10.12    Transaction and Advisory Fee Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Blackstone Management Partners V L.L.C., Genstar Capital LLC and Aisling Capital, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.13    Securityholders Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, among PTS Holdings Corp., Blackstone Healthcare Partners LLC, BHP PTS Holdings L.L.C. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
†10.14    Form of Unit Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.15    Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.16    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (executives) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.17    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (non-employee directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed on March 3, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.18    2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)

 

141


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

†10.19    Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan*
†10.20    First Amendment to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on February 17, 2009, File No. 333-147871)
†10.21    Second Amendment to the Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan*
†10.22    Form of Supplemental Benefit Plan for Key Employees of R.P. Scherer Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.23    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and other Lenders as parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.24    Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.25    Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
10.26    Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.27    Intellectual Property Security Agreement Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Acquisition Corp., Cardinal Health 409, Inc., PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
10.28    Guaranty, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed on December 6, 2007, File No. 333-147871)
10.29    Guaranty Supplement, dated as of July 1, 2008, to the Guaranty, dated as of April 10, 2007, among PTS Intermediate Holdings LLC, Certain Subsidiaries of Holdings Identified Herein and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2008 filed on September 29, 2008, File No. 333-147871)
†10.30    Employment Agreement, dated February 23, 2009 by and among PTS Holdings Corp., Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. and John R. Chiminski (including Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement and Form of Management Equity Subscription Agreement) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 5, 2009, File No. 333-147871)
12.1    Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges*
21.1    List of Subsidiaries*
31.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*

 

142


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

31.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*
32.1    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
32.2    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**

 

* Filed herewith.
** Furnished herewith.
Represents management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.

 

143


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on September 28, 2009.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.  
By:  

/s/ Samrat S. Khichi

 
Name:   Samrat S. Khichi  
Title:  

Senior Vice President,

 
 

General Counsel and Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

  

Date

/s/ George L. Fotiades

     

September 28, 2009

George L. Fotiades    Chairman of the Board of Directors   

/s/ John R. Chiminski

     

 September 28, 2009 

John R. Chiminski

   President and Chief Executive Officer   

/s/ Matthew M. Walsh

     

September 28, 2009

Matthew M. Walsh

  

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

  

/s/ Chinh E. Chu

     

September 28, 2009

Chinh E. Chu

  

Director

  

/s/ Michael Dal Bello

     

September 28, 2009

Michael Dal Bello

  

Director

  

/s/ Bruce McEvoy

     

September 28, 2009

Bruce McEvoy

  

Director

  

/s/ Peter Baird

     

September 28, 2009

Peter Baird

  

Director

  

/s/ Aleksandar Erdeljan

     

September 28, 2009

Aleksandar Erdeljan

  

Director

  

/s/ Paul Clark

     

September 28, 2009

Paul Clark

  

Director

  

 

144


Table of Contents

Supplemental Information to be Furnished With Reports Filed Pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act by Registrants Which Have Not Registered Securities Pursuant to Section 12 of the Act.

No annual report or proxy material has been sent to security holders.

 

145

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO  
 

Catalent Pharma Solutions

14 Schoolhouse Road

Somerset, NJ 08873

 

T (732) 537-6200

F (732) 537-6480

www.catalent.com

July 24, 2009

Dr. Richard J. Yarwood

[Home Address]

Subject: Separation Agreement and Release

Dear Richard,

The purpose of this letter agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is to confirm the agreement between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (“ Catalent ”) and all of its parents, subsidiaries and affiliated companies (together with Catalent, collectively referred to as the “ Catalent Group ”) and Richard J. Yarwood (referred to as “ You ”) concerning your termination of employment with the Catalent Group.

Termination Date You agree that your last day of employment with the Catalent Group will be July 31, 2009 (the “ Termination Date ”) and following such date you will cease to be an officer or employee of the Catalent Group.

Severance Pay Following the Termination Date, subject to receipt of this fully-executed Agreement, the receipt and non-revocation of the release of claims attached hereto as Appendix A (the “ Release ”), and your adherence to both the restrictive covenants contained herein and in the Management Equity Subscription Agreement, dated May 7, 2007 by and between PTS Holdings Corp. (“ Holdings ”) and you (the “ MESA ”, together with the restrictive covenants contained herein, collectively, the “ Restrictive Covenants ”), you will be paid an aggregate amount of £587,714 in severance (“ Severance Benefits ”), payable in equal monthly installments for a twenty-four (24) month period commencing following the Termination Date. Severance Benefits consists of an aggregate amount which represents two (2) times your average base salary as computed by Catalent for the prior twenty-four (24) consecutive month period (£525,000), two (2) times you annual car allowance (£26,000) and two (2) times your annual pension allowance (£36,714).

Continuation of Welfare Benefits/Perquisites Following the Termination Date, in addition to the severance pay described above, and irrespective of (x) furnishing the Release and (y) adherence to the Restrictive Covenants, for a period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months following the Termination Date, you are entitled to continue to participate in such group life, disability, accident, hospital and medical insurance plans, in accordance with the terms thereof, as from time to time may be in effect.


UK Pension Plan

You may be entitled to receive benefits under the Cardinal Health Retirement and Death Benefit Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the plan.

PTS Equity Compensation Plan

With respect to the 1,231.920 shares of common stock of Holdings (“ PTS Shares ”) that you previously purchased, you will continue to hold all such shares subject to the terms and conditions of the MESA and the Securityholders Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, among Holdings and the other parties thereto (the “ Securityholders Agreement ”).

With respect to the options to purchase PTS Shares (the “ Options ”) subject to your nonqualified stock option agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007 (the “ Option Agreement ”), you will have 90 days from the Termination Date to exercise 60% of the shares ( i.e ., 1099 shares) subject to your Time Option (as defined in the Option Agreement). The remaining 40% of the shares subject to your Time Option, as well as 100% of the shares subject to your Performance Option and Exit Option (each, as defined in your Option Agreement) will be forfeited as of the Termination Date and you will not be able to exercise your option with respect to these shares. If you decide to exercise the portion of your Time Option that is exercisable, any shares that you receive upon such exercise will be subject to the terms and conditions of the MESA and the Securityholders Agreement, including the call rights set forth in Section 4.2 of the MESA.

Transition Procedure

You agree to (i) continue to conduct your activities in a professional manner and to cooperate with Catalent in all reasonable ways to achieve a smooth transition and resolution to any open items on which you were working, (ii) not intentionally injure any member of the Catalent Group in any way relating to company property or personnel, (iii) refrain from any conduct, activity, or conversation which is intended to or does interfere with or disparage the relationships between the Catalent Group and its employees, customers, suppliers or others, and (iv) turn over any company property including proprietary information in your possession including, but not limited to, all credit cards, prescription cards, office or warehouse keys, supplies or equipment, all company documents and all copies thereof.

Restrictive Covenants

You agree and acknowledge that you will continue to be subject to the covenants not to compete, not to solicit and not to disclose confidential information contained in the MESA as well as the following provisions:

Confidentiality

For purposes of this Agreement, “proprietary information” shall mean any information relating to the business of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries that has not previously been publicly released by duly authorized representatives of Catalent and shall include (but shall not be limited to) company information encompassed in all research, product development, designs, plans, formulations and formulating techniques, proposals, marketing and sales plans, financial information, costs, pricing information, strategic business plans, customer information, and all methods, concepts, or ideas in or reasonably related to the business of Catalent and its subsidiaries.

You agree to regard and preserve as confidential all proprietary information pertaining to Catalent’s business that has been or may be obtained by you in the course of your employment with the Catalent Group, whether you have such information in your memory or in writing or other physical form. You will not, without prior written authority from Catalent to do so, use for your benefit or purposes, or disclose to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, either during the term of your employment or thereafter, any proprietary information connected with the business or developments of Catalent and its subsidiaries, except as required in connection with the performance by you of your duties and responsibilities as an employee of the Catalent Group. This provision shall not apply after the proprietary information has been voluntarily disclosed to the public, independently developed and disclosed by others, or otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

Removal and Return of Documents or Objects

You agree not to remove from the premises of Catalent and its subsidiaries any document (regardless of the medium on which it is recorded), object, computer program, computer source code, object code or data (the “ Documents ”) containing or reflecting any proprietary information of Catalent. You recognize that all such Documents, whether developed by you or by someone else, are the exclusive property of Catalent.

 

2


You shall promptly return all property in the your possession belonging to the Company and their subsidiaries and affiliates, including, but not limited to, keys, credit cards, computer equipment, software and peripherals and originals or copies of books, records, or other information pertaining to the Company or its subsidiaries’ or affiliates’ businesses. In addition, you shall promptly return all electronic documents or records relating to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates that you may have saved to any such laptop computer or other electronic or storage device, whether business or personal, including any PowerPoint or other presentation stored in hard copy or electronically. Further, if you stored any information relating to the Company on a personal computer or other storage device, you shall permanently delete all such information; provided, however, that, prior to deleting that information, you shall print out one copy and provide it to the Company.

Non-Competition

You agree that for a period of two years from the date hereof, you will not in any way, directly or indirectly, manage, operate, control, solicit officers or employees of Catalent and its subsidiaries, accept employment a directorship or a consulting position with or otherwise advise or assist or be connected with or own or have any other interest in or right with respect to (other than through ownership of not more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of a corporation’s stock which is listed on a national securities exchange) any enterprise which competes or shall compete with Catalent and its subsidiaries, by engaging in or otherwise carrying on the research, development, manufacture or sale of any product of any type developed, manufactured or sold by Catalent or any subsidiary thereof, whether now or hereafter (to the extent that any such product is under consideration by the Board of Directors of Catalent (the “ Board ”) at the time your employment terminates or is terminated).

Corporate Opportunities

You agree you will not take any action which might divert from Catalent or any subsidiary of Catalent any opportunity which would be within the scope of any of the present or future businesses of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries (which future businesses are then under consideration by the Board), the loss of which has or would have had, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, an adverse effect upon Catalent, unless the Board has given prior written approval.

Relief

It is understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that the services rendered by you, and the rights and privileges granted to Catalent by you hereunder, are of a special, unique, extraordinary and intellectual character, which gives them a peculiar value, the loss of which cannot be reasonably or adequately compensated in damages in any action at law, and that a breach by you of any of the provisions contained in this Agreement will cause Catalent great irreparable injury and damage.

You hereby expressly agree that Catalent shall be entitled to the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent a breach of this Agreement by you. You further expressly agree that in the event you breach the non-competition provisions or the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, the balance of any payments due under this Agreement shall be forfeited by you.

These provisions shall not, however, be construed as a waiver of any of the rights Catalent may have for damages or otherwise.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event of any conflict between the aforementioned terms and the terms of Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of the MESA, the terms contained herein shall govern.

 

3


Intellectual Property

You agree to take all requested actions and execute all requested documents (including any licenses or assignments required by a government contract) at Catalent’s expense (but without further remuneration) to assist Catalent in validating, maintaining, protecting, enforcing, perfecting, recording, patenting or registering any of Catalent’s rights in its inventions, patent applications and other intellectual property. If Catalent is unable for any other reason to secure your signature on any document for this purpose, then you hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Catalent and its duly authorized officers and agents as your agent and attorney in fact, to act for and on your behalf and stead to execute any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts in connection with the foregoing.

Officer and Directorships

You agree to resign from your position as a director and/or officer of the entities listed in Appendix B.

No Additional Payments

The severance payments, rights and benefits described in this Agreement will be the only such payments, rights and benefits you are to receive as a result of your termination of employment and you agree you are not entitled to any additional payments, rights or benefits not otherwise described in this Agreement. You hereby acknowledge and agree that you are not eligible to be a participant in any severance or retention plan of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries. Any payments, rights or benefits received under this Agreement will not be taken into account for purposes of determining benefits under any employee benefit plan of Catalent or any of its subsidiaries, except to the extent required by law, or as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of such plan.

Litigation and Regulatory Cooperation

You agree to cooperate fully with Catalent in the defense or prosecution of any claims or actions now in existence or which may be brought in the future against or on behalf of Catalent that relate to events or occurrences that transpired during your employment with Catalent. Your full cooperation in connection with such claims or actions shall include, but not be limited to, being available to meet with counsel to prepare for discovery or trial and to act as a witness on behalf of Catalent at mutually convenient times. In scheduling your time to prepare for discovery or trial, Catalent shall attempt to minimize interference with any other employment obligations that you may have. You also will cooperate with Catalent in connection with any investigation or review of any foreign, federal, state or local regulatory authority as any such investigation or review relates to events or occurrences that transpired while you were employed by Catalent. Catalent will reimburse you for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with any litigation and regulatory cooperation provided after the Termination Date. This provision will survive the termination of this Agreement.

Deduction; Withholding; Set-Off

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any payments or benefits hereunder will be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as Catalent reasonably determines it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. The amounts due and payable under this Agreement will at all times be subject to the right of set-off, counterclaim or recoupment for any amounts or debts incurred and owed by you to Catalent whether during your employment or after the Termination Date.

Compliance with IRC Section 409A

To the extent applicable, this Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and will be interpreted accordingly. References under this Agreement to your termination of employment will be deemed to refer to the date upon which you experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any payment of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payment or other benefits will be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits will be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Board, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits will be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, each payment made under this Agreement will be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Catalent will consult with you in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this section; provided that neither Catalent nor any of its employees or representatives will have any liability to you with respect to thereto.

 

4


Review of Agreement and Release

You agree and represent that you have been advised of and fully understand your right to discuss all aspects of this Agreement and the Release with counsel of your choice. Your execution of this Agreement and Release establishes that, if you wish the advice of counsel, you have done so by the date you signed the Agreement and the Release, and that you were given at least 21 days to consider whether or not to sign. You may sign this Agreement and the Release before the end of the 21-day period and you agree that if you decide to shorten this time period for signing, your decision was knowing and voluntary. The parties agree that a change, if immaterial, does not restart the running of the 21-day period. You will have 7 days from the date that you sign this Agreement and the Release to revoke the Release and to change your mind, in which case this Agreement and the Release will be ineffective and of no legal force. If you so revoke the Agreement and the Release, then there will be no obligation on the part of Catalent to pay you any severance or provide you with any other benefits and you agree to repay to Catalent any such severance or other benefits previously paid or provided to you.

Modifications/Severability

This Agreement, the MESA and the Securityholders Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered, and supersede any and all previous agreements on these subjects, including the Employment Agreement, dated as of February 1, 1998, between you and RP. Sherer Corporation, as amended from time to time, including January 18, 2000 and May 25, 2000 amendments (the “ Employment Agreement ”) (other than Sections 5, 6 and 7 of the Employment Agreement, which provisions are restated herein under the heading “Restrictive Covenants”). The parties agree that this Agreement will not be terminated or modified except in writing signed by you and Catalent. If any provision or portion of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable for any reason, all other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will be enforced according to their terms.

Full Compliance

You acknowledge and agree that Catalent’s agreement to provide severance and other benefits under this Agreement is expressly contingent upon your full compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and the MESA and Securityholders Agreement, to the extent applicable.

Successors

You and anyone who succeeds to your rights and responsibilities are bound by this Agreement and the Release and this Agreement and the Release will accrue to the benefit of and may be enforced by Catalent and its successors and assigns.

Governing Law

You agree that all questions concerning the intention, validity or meaning of this Agreement and the Release will be construed and resolved according to the laws of the State of Delaware. You also designate the Superior Court of Somerset County, New Jersey as the court of competent jurisdiction and venue for any actions or proceedings related to this Agreement and the Release, and hereby irrevocably consents to such designation, jurisdiction and venue.

 

5


Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one in the same instrument.

I believe the foregoing accurately reflects the terms of your severance from Catalent, and ask that you sign an extra copy of this letter to confirm your agreement. You must return the signed Agreement and the Release to me by A ugust 14, 2009 , otherwise, I will assume that you reject this offer and it will no longer be available to you.

Sincerely,

John Chiminski

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

/s/ John Chiminski

   Date  

September 2, 2009

  
Agreed to:        

/s/ Richard J. Yarwood

   Date  

August 10, 2009

  
Richard J. Yarwood        

 

6


APPENDIX A

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

This Release and Waiver of Claims (“ Release ”) is entered into as of this          day of                     , 2009, by and between Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Richard J. Yarwood (the “ Executive ”).

The Executive and the Company agree as follows:

1.        The employment relationship between the Executive and the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, will terminate on July 31, 2009 (the “ Termination Date ”).

2.        In consideration of the payments, rights and benefits provided for in the Separation Agreement, dated July 24, 2009 (the “ Separation Agreement ”), the sufficiency of which the Executive hereby acknowledges, the Executive, on behalf of himself and his agents, representatives, attorneys, administrators, heirs, executors and assigns, hereby releases and forever discharges the Company and its members, parents, affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, any and all current and former directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors and their heirs and assigns, and any and all employee pension benefit or welfare benefit plans of the Company, including current and former trustees and administrators of such employee pension benefit and welfare benefit plans (the “ Released Parties ”), from all claims, charges, causes of action, obligations, expenses, damages of any kind (including attorneys’ fees and costs actually incurred) or demands, in law or in equity, whether known or unknown, which may have existed or which may now exist from the beginning of time to the date of this Release arising from or relating to Executive’s employment or termination from employment with the Company or otherwise, including a release of any rights or claims the Executive may have under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and the Civil Rights Act of 1991 (which prohibits discrimination in employment based upon race, color, sex, religion, and national origin); the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (which prohibits discrimination based upon disability); the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (which prohibits discrimination based on requesting or taking a family or medical leave); Section 1981 of the Civil Rights Act of 1866 (which prohibits discrimination based upon race); Section 1985(3) of the Civil Rights Act of 1871 (which prohibits conspiracies to discriminate); the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (which prohibits discrimination with regard to benefits); the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. Section 201 et. seq .; the New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act; any other federal, state or local laws against discrimination; or any other federal, state, or local statute, regulation or common law relating to employment, wages, hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment. This includes a release by the Executive of any and all claims or rights arising under contract (whether written or oral, express or implied), covenant, public policy, tort or otherwise.

3.        The Executive acknowledges that the Executive is waiving and releasing any rights that the Executive may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (“ ADEA ”) and that this Release is knowing and voluntary. The Executive and the Company agree that this Release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the effective date of this Release. The Executive acknowledges that the consideration given for this Release is in addition to anything of value to which the Executive is already entitled. The Executive further acknowledges that the Executive has been advised by this writing that: (i) the Executive should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; (ii) the Executive has up to twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Release, although the Executive may, at the Executive’s discretion, sign and return this Release at an earlier time, in which case the Executive waives all rights to the balance of this twenty-one (21) day review period; (iii) for a period of 7 days following the execution of this Release in duplicate originals, the Executive may revoke this Release in a writing delivered to Harry Weininger, SVP, Human Resources, by hand or mail (signature of receipt required), and this Release shall not become effective or enforceable, and neither the Company nor any other person is obligated to provide any benefits to the Executive until the revocation period has expired; and (iv) nothing in this Release prevents or precludes the Executive from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this Release under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. If the Executive has not returned the signed Release by August 14, 2009, then the offer of payments set forth in the Separation Agreement will expire by its own terms at such time.

4.        This Release does not release the Released Parties from (i) any obligations due to the Executive under the Separation Agreement or under this Release, (ii) any vested rights the Executive has under the Company’s employee pension benefit and welfare benefit plans or (iii) any rights of the Executive under the Management Equity Subscription Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, by and between PTS Holdings Corp. (“ Holdings ”) and the Executive and the Securityholders Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2007, among Holdings and the other parties thereto.

5.        This Release is not an admission by the Released Parties of any wrongdoing, liability or violation of law.

6.        The Executive waives any right to reinstatement or future employment with the Company following the Executive’s separation from the Company on the Termination Date.

 

7


7.        The Executive agrees not to engage in any act after execution of the Release that is intended, or may reasonably be expected to harm the reputation, business, prospects or operations of Released Parties.

8.        The Executive shall continue to be bound by the Restrictive Covenants (as defined in the Separation Agreement).

9.        This Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to the principles of conflict of laws.

10.        This Release represents the complete agreement between the Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter in this Release and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral. This Release may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

11.        Each of the sections contained in this Release shall be enforceable independently of every other section in this Release, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any section shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other section contained in this Release.

[Rest of page intentionally left blank]

 

8


12.        The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has carefully read and understands this Release, that the Executive has the right to consult an attorney with respect to its provisions and that this Release has been entered into voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that no representation, statement, promise, inducement, threat or suggestion has been made by any of the Released Parties to influence the Executive to sign this Release except such statements as are expressly set forth herein or in the Separation Agreement. The parties to this Release have executed this Release as of the day and year first written above.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.     RICHARD J. YARWOOD

 

   

 

By:      
Title:      

 

9


APPENDIX B

Richard Yarwood

Director and Officer Positions

as of 22 July 2009

 

Company

 

Position

Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.   Group President, Sterile Technologies
Catalent USA Paintball, Inc.   Group President, Sterile Technologies
Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC   Group President, Sterile Technologies
Catalent US Holding I, LLC   Director
Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc.   Group President, Sterile Technologies
Catalent USA Packaging, Inc.   Group President, Sterile Technologies
Catalent France Limoges Holding S.A.S.   President & Chairman
Catalent France Limoges S.A.S.   President & Chairman
Catalent Japan K.K.   Director
Catalent Netherlands Holding B.V.   Managing Director
Catalent Cosmetics AG   Director & Chairman
Catalent Belgium Holding S.A.   Director
Catalent Belgium S.A.   Director
Ingel Technologies Limited   Director
Catalent Pharma Solutions Limited   Director & Company Secretary
Catalent U.K. Swindon Encaps Limited   Director
Catalent U.K. Swindon Holding I Limited   Director
Catalent U.K. Swindon Zydis Limited   Director
Catalent U.K. Stockport Limited   Director
Catalent U.K. Stockport Holding Limited   Director
Catalent U.K. Swindon Holding II Limited   Director

 

10

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO   

Catalent Pharma Solutions

14 Schoolhouse Road

Somerset, NJ 08873

 

T (732) 537-6341

F (732) 537-5996

www.catalent.com

    

August 27, 2007

Mr. Sam Khichi

[Home Address]

Dear Sam:

Congratulations on your offer of employment! Catalent is the leading provider of pharmaceutical development services, drug delivery technologies, manufacturing and packaging services to the global pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. We take great pride in hiring executives who have talent, drive and commitment and we are extremely delighted to have you join our team.

Attached is important information about our organization, your individual position, benefits and rewards. I encourage you to review all materials thoroughly and contact me with questions.

I am pleased to confirm in writing our offer of employment to you. The major provisions of your offer are:

 

  1. Position: Your position is Senior Vice President, General Counsel, reporting directly to John Lowry, President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

  2. Pay: Your base bi-weekly rate of pay will be $13,461.54 (annualized to $350,000). The official Catalent workweek starts on Monday and runs through Sunday. Catalent employees are paid every other Friday, one week in arrears according to the payroll schedule included in your packet.

 

  3. Performance: Your performance and merit reviews will follow the standard annual review calendar for Catalent.

 

  4. Sign-on Bonus: You are also being offered a one-time sign-on bonus of $100,000 (with tax gross-up) which will be paid in your first paycheck. If you voluntarily terminate employment with Catalent within twelve months of your start date, you will be obligated to repay Catalent the full amount of the sign-on bonus.

 

  5. Rewards: Catalent is pleased to offer a comprehensive, competitive compensation program that rewards talented employees for their performance.

 

  a. You will be eligible for participation in our short-term incentive plan, which we call our Management Incentive Plan (MIP). Your potential incentive for fiscal year 2008 (July 1, 2007 - June 30, 2008) will be 50% of your annual base salary, prorated to reflect the number of days you are employed during the fiscal year. Annual bonus payments are determined based upon the achievement of specific financial and management agenda objectives. This will be explained to you in more detail when you come on board, but I am happy to answer any questions you may have in the interim.


LOGO

 

  b. You will be eligible for our health, life, disability and 401(k) retirement savings plans on your first day of employment. You will receive more information on these benefits during your new hire orientation session.

 

  c. You will be eligible to participate in Catalent’s Deferred Compensation Plan that enables you to save over the IRS limits in the qualified 401(k) plan. Complete details on the features of this plan and how to enroll will be mailed to your home following hire date.

 

  d. We will use our commercially reasonable efforts to recommend to the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Cop. (parent entity of Catalent) that you be awarded stock options to acquire shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. with an aggregate value of $2,000,000 dollars (based on the per share exercise price in effect at the time of grant) and with an exercise price per share equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant (as such term is defined in the Equity Documents). The grant of your award will be subject to your investment of not less than $100,000 in cash to purchase shares of common stock of PTS Holdings Corp. at a per share purchase price equal to the Fair Market Value. The grant of your award is also subject to the approval of the Board of Directors of PTS Holdings Corp. and the date of the award, if so approved, will be the date the Board of Directors approves your award. The timing of the approval of your recommended grant is dependent on your acceptance and start date. The complete terms and conditions of this equity award, including vesting provisions, will be communicated to you as part of the Equity Documents that you will receive, pending approval of the award. Equity Documents as used herein is defined as the PTS Holdings Corp. Management Equity Subscription Agreement, PTS Holdings Corp. Securityholders Agreement, 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan, and the Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement to the 2007 PTS Holdings Corp. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

  6. Severance: A separate severance agreement is being prepared that will provide to you severance equal to your annual base salary and MIP target bonus, subject to the terms of the agreement.

 

  7. Paid Time Off. Upon joining Catalent you will receive seven (7) paid company holidays (New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day following, and Christmas Day).

 

  a.

During the 2007 calendar year, you will be eligible to receive 9 days of Paid Time Off (PTO) for your first year benefit, assuming an October 1 st start date.

 

  b. Beginning January 2008, you will be eligible to receive up to 26 days of PTO. PTO includes vacation, sick and personal days, all of which need to be used during the 2008 calendar year. Please note that Catalent does not allow the carryover of unused PTO unless required by state law. Currently, New Jersey does not require such carry-overs.

 

  8. Start Date: Your first day of employment will be on a mutually agreement date.

 

  9. Screening: Consistent with our policies for all Catalent personnel and the special consideration of our industry, this offer is contingent upon the taking of a company-paid drug screening test, the results of which must be negative, as well as an acceptable background check, including references.

 

  a. The drug screen must be completed within five days of receipt of this offer.

 

2


LOGO

 

  b. The background check, including references must be complete prior to your start of employment. Please sign and fax back within 72 hours of receipt of your electronic offer packet the following documents authorizing us to move fotward with the initiation of the required background check:

 

  1. Signed copy of this offer
  2. Background Check – Notice & Acknowledgement

 

  10. Terms: Employment with Catalent is not for any definite period of time and is terminable, with or without notice, at the will of either you or the company at any time for any reason. There shall be no contract, express or implied, of employment.

 

  1l. Ethics: As a company founded on a core set of values, we ask you to review the attached Standards of Business Conduct and be prepared to sign a letter of compliance.

 

  12. Orientation: Orientation for new hires is conducted monthly at the Somerset facility. We will work out a mutually agreeable day and time for your orientation to receive information about the benefits program, as well as technology training. If possible, on your first day, please bring the necessary identification to fill out your I-9 form. Typical identification items include your driver’s license and social security card.

As mentioned above, please fax back a signed copy of this offer as well as the completed Background Check – Notice & Acknowledgment to commence your background investigation to Scott Butchley at 732-537-5996.

If you have any questions, please feel free to call me at 732-537-6401.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ John Lowry

John Lowry
President and CEO
Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc.

Enclosures

 

cc:    H. Weininger      
   I accept the above offer of employment      
  

/s/ Sam Khichi

     

September 4, 2007

   Sam Khichi       Date

 

3

Exhibit 10.9

LOGO

August 29, 2007

Sam Khichi

[Home Address]

Re: Severance Benefits

Dear Sam:

As you know, BHP PTS Holdings, L.L.C. (formerly known as Phoenix Charter LLC) (“ Phoenix ”), an affiliate of The Blackstone Group, acquired the Pharmaceutical Technologies and Services segment of Cardinal Health, Inc., excluding the Martindale and Beckloff businesses, (the “ PTS Businesses ”). As a result of the consummation of the acquisition of the PTS Businesses by Phoenix (the “ Sale ”), you became employed by Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. or one of its affiliates or subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Company ”). The purpose of this letter is to memorialize the severance payments and benefits to which you will be entitled if your employment with the Company ceases under specified circumstances.

Specifically, if either (i) you are involuntarily terminated by the Company for a season other than Cause (as defined below), death or disability, or (ii) you resign from your position with the Company for Good Reason (as defined below), you will receive the following severance payments and benefits on account of such termination:

 

  (a) A severance payment equal to one (1) times the sum of your annual base salary and target bonus, payable in equal installments over the one (1) year period following the date of your termination of employment (the “Severance Period”), consistent with the normal payroll practices of the Company; and

 

  (b) You will continue to receive the group health benefits coverage in effect on your termination date (or generally comparable coverage) for yourself and, where applicable, your spouse and eligible dependents (to the extent they were receiving such coverage as of the termination date), at the same premium rates as may be charged from time to time for employees of the Company generally, which coverage shall be provided until the earlier of (x) the expiration of the Severance Period and (y) the date you are or

 

1


 

become eligible for coverage under group health plan(s) of any other employer. Such continued coverage shall run concurrently with COBRA.

These severance payments and benefits are conditioned on you signing and not revoking the Company’s standard release of claims for executives generally. In addition, your entitlement to the severance payments and benefits are conditioned on your execution of and adherence to, the Management Equity Subscription Agreement; Section 6 of that Agreement sets forth customary restrictions on competition during your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year following your termination of employment for any reason as well as customary confidentiality and non-solicitation covenants.

For purposes of this letter, the term “Cause” shall mean: (i) your willful failure to perform your duties which is not cured within fifteen (15) days following written notice from the Company; (ii) your conviction or confessing to or becoming subject to proceedings that provide a reasonable basis for the Company to believe that you have engaged in a (x) felony, (y) crime involving dishonesty, or (z) crime involving moral turpitude and which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its subsidiaries; (iii) your willful malfeasance or misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company and its subsidiaries; or (iv) breach by you of the material terms of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality provisions. For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act will be deemed “willful” unless effected by you not in good faith.

The term “Good Reason” shall mean, without your consent,: (i) a substantial diminution in your position or duties, adverse change in reporting lines, up and down, or assignment of duties materially inconsistent with your position; (ii) any reduction in your base salary; (iii) failure of the Company to pay compensation or benefits when due; (iv) the Company’s failure to provide you with an annual bonus opportunity that is at the same level as established following the consummation of the Sale; or (v) you are required to move your principal business location more than fifty (50) miles, in each case, which is not cured within thirty (30) days following the Company’s receipt of written notice from you describing the event constituting Good Reason.

Please note that, with respect to your outstanding equity rights at the time of your termination of employment, your individual grant agreement and the related equity documents set forth the consequences of your termination of employment on such equity rights.

Your agreement to the terms of this letter supercedes any other oral or written agreement or understanding you have with the Company (including any predecessor entity) regarding your eligibility for severance payments and benefits.

 

2


Please sign below your agreement to the terms of this letter. This letter may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

If you have any questions regarding these severance payments and benefits you should contact John Lowry at (732) 537-6401.

 

Sincerely,

/s/ John Lowry

John Lowry
President and CEO

I hereby agree to the terms of this letter.

 

/s/ Sam Khichi

   

  January 11, 2008

Sam Khichi       Date

 

3

Exhibit 10.19

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, LLC

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Effective April 10, 2007


          Page

ARTICLE I

   DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS    1

ARTICLE II

   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION    4

ARTICLE III

   DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND CREDITS    5

ARTICLE IV

   VESTING    7

ARTICLE V

   DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS    8

ARTICLE VI

   PLAN ADMINISTRATION    10

ARTICLE VII

   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION    12

ARTICLE VIII

   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS    13

 

-i-


CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, LLC

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

The purpose of this Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is to permit the members of the Board of Directors of Cardinal Health 409, Inc. (the “Company”) and a select group of the management and highly compensated employees of the Company to continue to defer a portion of the base salary, bonuses and other cash compensation otherwise payable to them in the same manner and subject to the same terms as the Prior Plan. The Plan shall be effective as of April 10, 2007.

Background Information

A. The Company intends for the Plan to continue that portion of the Prior Plan that applied to the Company’s employees. The Plan will continue to be an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation arrangement as provided under ERISA and to satisfy the requirements of a “top hat” plan thereunder and under Labor Regulation Section 2520.104-23.

B. This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and to constitute a good faith effort at meeting such requirements pending the issuance of final regulations by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). To the extent inconsistent with Code Section 409A or regulations issued thereunder, this Plan shall be amended to conform to such requirements within applicable time limitations established by the IRS.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 Definitions . The terms defined in this Article shall have the meanings set forth below unless the context clearly requires another meaning. When the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized.

(a) Account . The bookkeeping account described in Section 3.6 under which Benefits (as adjusted for earnings or losses) are credited on behalf of a Participant.

(b) Beneficiary . The person(s) entitled to receive any distribution hereunder upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary for Benefits payable under this Plan shall be the beneficiary designated by the Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee as of the Participant’s date of death, or, in the absence of any such designation, the Participant’s estate.

(c) Benefits . Collectively, Deferred Compensation Credits, Matching Credits, Company Contribution Credits, Social Security Supplement Credits and Prior Plan Credits.

(d) Board . The Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) Change of Control . For purposes of the Plan, a Change of Control means: (i) the sale or disposition, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act other than The Blackstone Group or its affiliates or (ii) any “person” or “group”, other than The Blackstone Group or its affiliates, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company, including by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise and The Blackstone Group ceases to control the Board.

(f) Code . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(g) Committee . The Compensation Committee of the Board or such other committee of the Board to which the Board has delegated power to oversee the administration of the Plan and, if no such committee has been created, the Board.

(h) Company . Cardinal Health 409, Inc.

(i) Company Contribution Credits . Company Contribution Credits shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.4 of the Plan.


(j) Compensation . Amounts paid or payable by the Company or its affiliates to an Eligible Employee for a Plan Year which are includable in income for federal tax purposes, including base salary and variable compensation in the form of commissions and/or bonuses (except as otherwise provided herein). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following amounts are excluded from Compensation: (i) other cash or non-cash compensation, expense reimbursements or other Benefits or contributions by the Company or its affiliates to any other employee benefit plan, other than pre-tax salary deferrals into the Qualified Plan or any Code Section 125 plan sponsored by the Company, or any of its affiliates, (ii) amounts realized (A) from the exercise of a stock option, (B) when restricted stock (or property) held by a Participant either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, (C) when the shares underlying restricted share units are payable to a Participant, or (D) from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option, and (iii) any amounts that are required to be withheld from a Participant’s wages from the Company pursuant to Code Section 3102 to satisfy the Participant’s tax obligations under Code Section 3101. With respect to Directors, “Compensation” means any and all fees paid for service as a member of the Board, including fees for attendance at Board meetings or committee meetings.

(k) Compensation Deferral Agreement . Compensation Deferral Agreement shall mean the deferral election agreement by which a Participant elects the percentage of Compensation to be deferred and credited to an Account on such Participant’s behalf. For the first Plan Year, the Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement executed in connection with deferral elections for the 2007 Plan Year under the Prior Plan shall continue to apply.

(l) Deferred Compensation Credits . Deferred Compensation Credits shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 of the Plan.

(m) Director . A member of the Board.

(n) Distribution Options . A single lump sum or annual installment payments over a period of five (5) or ten (10) years. The “standard” form of distribution shall be a single lump sum payment unless otherwise elected by a Participant in accordance with the terms of the Plan or as determined by the Company to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A and regulations thereunder.

(o) Effective Date . April 10, 2007.

(p) Eligible Employee . Any individual who is (i) among a select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA), and (ii) designated by the Company as eligible to make Compensation deferral contributions under Article II of the Plan in accordance with eligibility criteria established from time to time by the Committee. For the 2007 Plan Year, any employee who was an Eligible Employee in the Prior Plan will continue to be an Eligible Employee in the Plan.

(q) ERISA . The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

(r) Exchange Act . The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(s) Matching Credits . Matching Credits shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 of the Plan.

(t) Participant . Any Director or any Eligible Employee who meets the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan as set forth in Article II and who earns Benefits under the Plan.

(u) Plan . The Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Deferred Compensation Plan, as set forth herein, and as such Plan may be amended from time to time hereafter.

(v) Plan Year . The fiscal year of the Plan, which is the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning January 1 and ending December 31, with the exception that the year of the Plan’s inception will be from April 10, 2007 through and including December 31, 2007.

(w) Prior Plan . The Cardinal Health Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2005.


(x) Prior Plan Credits . Company Contribution Credits shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 of the Plan.

(y) Qualified Plan . The Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.

(z) Retirement . An Eligible Employee’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A(2)(A)(i) of the Code) with the Company or its affiliates following attainment of age 65 or the retirement from the Board of any Director.

(aa) Social Security Supplement Credits . Social Security Supplement Credits shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.5 of the Plan.

(bb) Termination of Employment . A Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A(2)(A)(i) of the Code) with the Company or its affiliates for any reason other than Retirement, death or Total Disability.

(cc) Total Disability . Occurs when a Participant is either unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity or is receiving income replacement benefits under an accident and health plan covering employees for a period of not less than three (3) months, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. The Company shall determine the existence of a Total Disability in its sole discretion and may require the Participant to submit to periodic medical examinations at the Participant’s expense to confirm the existence and continuation of a Total Disability. The determination of Total Disability shall be made in accordance with Code Section 409A and applicable regulations.

(dd) Unforeseeable Emergency . A severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent of the Participant (as defined in Code Section 152(a)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

(ee) Year of Service . A period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months during which a Participant is employed by the Company or one of its affiliates and prior to April 10, 2007 by Cardinal Health, Inc. or one of its affiliates.

1.2 General Provisions . The masculine wherever used herein shall include the feminine; singular and plural forms are interchangeable. Certain terms of more limited application have been defined in the provisions to which they are principally applicable. The division of the Plan into Articles and Sections with captions is for convenience only and is not to be taken as limiting or extending the meaning of any of its provisions.

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1 General Eligibility Conditions . To become eligible to participate in the Plan, an individual must be (i) among a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, and (ii) designated as an Eligible Employee by the Company (or another participating employer) to receive any applicable Company contributions and to make Compensation deferral contributions under the Plan. For the 2007 Plan Year, any Participant in the Prior Plan will continue to be a Participant in the Plan. In order to receive a benefit under the Plan, however, a Participant must also meet the requirements of Sections 2.2 and 2.3.

2.2 Elections to Defer Compensation . To participate actively in the Plan (i.e., to make deferrals hereunder), a Participant must execute or acknowledge a Compensation Deferral Agreement, or otherwise agree to defer some of his Compensation in accordance with such other procedures, including electronic enrollment, as are established by the Committee from time to time. A Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement shall be maintained by or on behalf of the Committee. A Compensation Deferral Agreement may include separate elections for each item described below or may include one election that applies to one or more of the items described below as determined by the Committee.

(a) Initial Election . A Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement must be executed, acknowledged, filed or submitted electronically within thirty (30) days of first becoming eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to


services to be provided following such election. For purposes of an initial election with respect to Participants who were Participants in the Prior Plan and who continue to be Participants in this Plan on the Effective Date, such Participant’s Compensation Deferral Agreement filed under the Prior Plan shall continue to apply under this Plan for the 2007 Plan Year.

(b) Elections to Defer Non-Performance-Based Compensation . After a Participant’s initial election to participate in the Plan, an election to defer salary or any non-performance-based compensation must be filed in advance of the beginning of the calendar year during which the services upon which the compensation is based are performed, or at such other time as may be required under Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

(c) Elections to Defer Performance-Based Compensation . After a Participant’s initial election to participate in the Plan, an election to defer performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Code Section 409A) earned over a period of at least twelve (12) months must be filed (i) no later than six (6) months before the end of the service period to which the performance-based compensation relates and (ii) before it becomes substantially certain that such compensation will be paid and the amount of such compensation has become readily ascertainable.

(d) Modification of Election . Elections to participate and defer Compensation shall be irrevocable with respect to the Compensation to which they apply and may be amended, revoked or suspended by the Participant only effective as of the January 1 following the amendment, revocation or suspension in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, unless Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder permit amendment, revocation or suspension as of some other time.

2.3 Eligibility List; Suspension of Active Participation . The Committee shall maintain a written list of those employees who then qualify as Eligible Employees under the Plan, as determined by the eligibility criteria established by the Committee. Any Participant not listed as an Eligible Employee for a given Plan Year shall cease to have any right to defer Compensation for such Plan Year. However, any amounts credited to the Account of a Participant whose participation is suspended shall otherwise continue to be maintained under the Plan in accordance with its terms.

2.4 Termination of Participation . A Participant’s participation in the Plan shall continue until such individual ceases (i) to be described as a Director or as an Eligible Employee, and (ii) to have any vested interest in the Plan (as a result of distributions made to such Participant or his Beneficiary, if applicable, or otherwise).

2.5 Participation by Other Employers . With the consent of the Company, any corporation that is a member of the same controlled group as the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 1563(a)) may become a participating employer under the Plan by taking such action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to such corporation. Accrued account amounts under the Prior Plan sponsored by the prior parent of the Company for the members of the Board and for their employees shall be transferred to and assumed by this Plan as soon as practicable following the date on which the Company is no longer part of the same controlled group as its prior parent and the trustee of the Prior Plan is able to complete such transfer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the terms of any such plans shall thereafter be governed by the terms of this Plan provided that the accrued benefit of all participants in such plans shall not be reduced and shall be preserved and assumed by this Plan.

2.6 Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement . In its discretion, the Company may require any Eligible Employee selected to become a Participant in the Plan to execute a Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement with the Company or its affiliates in consideration of the Benefits to be provided hereunder.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRED COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

3.1 Deferred Compensation Credits . Pursuant to the provisions of Article II and this Article III, a Participant and the Company may, by mutual agreement, provide for deferred and postponed payment of a percentage of the Participant’s Compensation which otherwise would be paid during the applicable Plan Year(s) for services to be rendered in such year(s). A Participant who is an Eligible Employee may elect to defer between one percent (1%) and twenty percent (20%) of Compensation. A Participant who is a Director may elect to defer between twenty percent (20%) and one hundred percent (100%) of Compensation. The Company may, in its discretion, establish and change from time to time the minimum and maximum amount that may be so deferred for Participants in a given Plan Year. Elections shall be made in accordance with Section 2.2 and any procedures established by the Committee. In addition, special limitations may be established by the Committee to apply to the deferral of any special bonus or other non-periodic Compensation that a Participant is expected to receive. The Company will credit the deferred compensation


amount agreed to for each Plan Year to the Participant’s Account from time to time as the deferred amounts otherwise would have been earned by the Participant. All contributions under this provision to the Accounts of Participants in the Plan, as adjusted for earnings or losses (described below), are referred to as “Deferred Compensation Credits.”

3.2 Suspension of Deferrals . A Participant’s Deferred Compensation Credits hereunder will be automatically suspended during any unpaid leave of absence or temporary layoff. Contributions suspended in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph shall be automatically resumed, without the necessity of any action by the Participant, upon return to active employment at the expiration of such suspension period.

3.3 Matching Credits . The Company may, in its discretion, credit to a Participant’s Account each Plan Year during which the Participant is selected to participate in the Plan an amount equal to a percentage of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Credits as a matching contribution. The amount of any such contributions may vary from Plan Year to Plan Year or among Participants in the discretion of the Company. In general, such matching contributions may be made at the same rate as is applicable to the Participant under the Qualified Plan, but only with respect to the portion of a Participant’s deferrals from the first $100,000 of Compensation in excess of the maximum amount of Compensation recognized under the Qualified Plan under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the fiscal year of the Qualified Plan that coincides with or ends within the Plan Year of this Plan. All contributions under this provision to the Accounts of Participants in the Plan, as adjusted for earnings or losses (described below), are referred to as “Matching Credits.”

3.4 Company Contribution . The Company may, in its discretion, credit to the Participant’s Account each Plan Year during which the Participant is selected to participate in the Plan an amount equal to a percentage of the Participant’s Compensation in excess of the dollar limitation in effect for the Plan Year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, but not more than $100,000 above such compensation limit. All contributions under this provision to the Accounts of Participants in the Plan, as adjusted for earnings or losses (described below), are referred to as “Company Contribution Credits.” Contributions made to Participant Accounts under this Section 3.4 may be subject to additional requirements as established from time to time by the Committee, such as a requirement to be employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

3.5 Social Security Supplement Credits The Company may make an additional discretionary contribution to the Participant’s Account for each Plan Year during which the Participant is selected to participate in the Plan equal to a percentage of the Participant’s Compensation in excess of the dollar limitation in effect for the Plan Year under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, but not more than $100,000 above such compensation limit, for the purpose of supplementing the benefits the Participant will receive at retirement under the Social Security program. All contributions under this provision to the Accounts of Participants in the Plan, as adjusted for earnings or losses (described below), are referred to as “Social Security Supplement Credits.” Contributions made to Participant Accounts under this Section 3.5 may be subject to additional requirements as established from time to time by the Committee, such as a requirement to be employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

3.6 Prior Plan Credits . The Company shall credit to each Participant’s Account the accrued benefit of the Participants, if any, under the Prior Plan. All amounts credited as contributions under this provision to the Accounts of Participants in the Plan, as adjusted for earnings or losses (described below), are referred to as “Prior Plan Credits.” A schedule of the amounts credited to the Accounts of Participants from the Prior Plan shall be maintained by the Committee.

3.7 Participant’s Account .

(a) Establishment of Account . Solely for the purpose of measuring the amount of the Company’s obligations to each Participant or his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries under the Plan, the Company will maintain a separate bookkeeping record for each Participant in the Plan.

(b) Determination of Earnings or Losses . The Company, in its discretion, may either credit a hypothetical earnings rate to a Participant’s Account balance for the Plan Year or any portion of the Plan Year, or may actually invest an amount equal to the amount credited to the Participant’s Account from time to time in an account or accounts in its name with investment media or companies, which investment options may include some or all of those used for investment purposes under the Qualified Plan, as determined by the Company in its discretion. If such separate investments are made, the Participant may be permitted to direct the investment of the portion of the Company’s accounts allocable to him under the Plan in the same manner he is permitted to direct the investment of his account in the Qualified Plan, except that certain of the investment options may not be available options under this Plan. The Participant may change the allocation of his Account among the applicable investment alternatives then available under the Plan in accordance with procedures established by the Committee from time to time. The Company is not obligated to make any particular investment options available if investments are in fact made, and may, from time to time in its sole discretion, change the investment alternatives. Nothing herein shall be construed to confer on the Participant the right to continue to have any particular investment available.


The Company will credit the Participant’s Account with hypothetical or actual earnings or losses at least quarterly based on the earnings rate declared by the Company or the performance results of the Company’s account(s) invested pursuant to the Company’s or the Participant’s directions, and shall determine the fair market value of the Participant’s Account based on the bookkeeping record or the fair market value of the portion of the Company’s accounts representing the Participant’s Account. The determination of the earnings, losses or fair market value of the Participant’s Account may be adjusted by the Company to reflect its payroll, income or other taxes or costs associated with the Plan, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(c) Establishment of Trust . The Company may also establish a deferred compensation trust that qualifies as a so-called “rabbi” trust meeting applicable requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

ARTICLE IV

VESTING

4.1 Deferred Compensation Credits, Matching Credits and Prior Plan Credits . A Participant will always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in amounts credited to his Account as Deferred Compensation Credits, Matching Credits, Prior Plan Credits and earnings allocable thereto.

4.2 Company Contribution Credits and Social Security Supplement Credits . A Participant shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in amounts credited to his Account as Company Contribution Credits and Social Security Supplement Credits and earnings allocable thereto upon his Retirement, death, Total Disability or upon a Change of Control. If a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment (other than due to a Change of Control), all rights of the Participant, his Beneficiaries, executors, administrators, or any other person to receive Benefits under this Plan derived from amounts credited as Company Contribution Credits and Social Security Supplement Credits shall vest as of the date that the Participant has completed three (3) Years of Service with the Company or any of its affiliates. If a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment before that date (other than due to a Change of Control), all Company Contribution Credits and Social Security Supplement Credits shall be forfeited. If a Participant experiences a Termination of Employment but is subsequently re-employed by the Company or its affiliates, no Benefits forfeited hereunder shall be reinstated unless otherwise determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE V

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

5.1 Timing of Payment . A Participant shall receive payment of the amounts credited to his Account upon his Retirement, death, separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) due to Total Disability or Termination of Employment. The Participant will begin to receive the amount credited to his Account as of such date beginning on the first regular payment processing date to occur at least six (6) months after the date of the Participant’s Termination of Employment, Retirement, death or Total Disability. The Committee may establish regular payment processing dates and change the same from time to time in its discretion, provided there are at least two such dates each Plan Year. If payment is to be made in a lump sum, it shall occur on the first regular payment processing date as described above. If payment is to be made in annual installments, it shall commence on such first regular payment processing date with subsequent annual installments to occur on the same date each year thereafter until the Participant’s Account is distributed in full.

5.2 Distribution Upon Retirement, Termination of Employment, or Service as a Director . The Participant must provide the Company advance notice of his intention to retire and receive Benefits hereunder in accordance with uniform procedures established by the Committee. Upon Retirement, Termination of Employment, or “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) from the Board, the Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Account in the standard Distribution Option commencing as of the date specified in Section 5.1 above. Alternatively, a Participant may elect another Distribution Option at the time of initial enrollment in the Plan. The Participant may change his election of a Distribution Option pursuant to an election made during the annual deferral election period prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, provided said election is made at least twelve (12) months prior to the date that payments would have otherwise begun under such option, the new Distribution Option does not complete the distribution of the Participant’s Account more quickly than the election in effect at the date of the new election and all amounts with respect to which the subsequent election is effective shall be or begin to be paid no earlier than the fifth anniversary of the date such amounts were previously payable. If a Distribution


Option election is made or changed and distribution is triggered before twelve (12) months have elapsed, the distribution will be made in accordance with the Distribution Option election in effect prior to the change or, if none, in accordance with the standard Distribution Option.

If an annual installment payment method is the selected Distribution Option, the amount of the annual Benefit shall equal the amount necessary to fully distribute the Participant’s Account as an annual Benefit payable over the installment period, consistent with the following methodology: the amount payable as the annual installment shall equal the value of the Participant’s Account as of the most recent Account valuation date, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the number of annual installments remaining in the installment period elected by the Participant. For example, assuming a ten (10) year installment payment period applies, the amount distributed at each of the distribution dates would represent the value of the Participant’s Account as of the most recent valuation date preceding the actual distribution date multiplied by the following factors: Year 1 - 10% (1/10), Year 2 - 11.11% (1/9), Year 3 - 12.5% (1/8), Year 4 - 14.29% (1/7), Year 5 - 16.66% (1/6), Year 6 - 20% (1/5), Year 7 - 25% (1/4), Year 8 - 33.33% (1/3), Year 9 - 50% (1/2) and Year 10 - 100% (1/1).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant experiences a “separation of service” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) within two (2) years after a Change of Control occurs, then the Participant’s Account shall be payable in a single lump sum on the first regular payment processing date after the termination of the Participant’s employment or service, as applicable, unless a longer delay is required by applicable law, in which event the lump sum shall be paid as soon as is permitted by applicable law.

5.3 Distribution Upon Death .

(a) After Distribution Has Begun . In the event of the death of a Participant while receiving Benefit payments under the Plan, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall be paid the remaining payments due under the Plan in accordance with the method of distribution in effect with respect to the Participant at the date of death.

(b) Before Distribution Has Begun . In the event of the death of a Participant prior to the commencement of the distribution of Benefits under the Plan, such Benefits shall be paid to the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designated by the Participant, beginning as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death. Such Benefits shall be paid in the standard Distribution Option unless another Distribution Option was timely elected by the Participant at least twelve (12) months prior to his death.

5.4 Distribution Upon Total Disability . In the event of a Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A) due to Total Disability, the Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of the amounts credited to his Account in the standard Distribution Option commencing as soon as practicable after the Committee is satisfied as to the existence of a Total Disability with respect to such Participant. The Participant’s Account may also be payable in one of the other Distribution Options provided such other Distribution Option was timely elected by the Participant at least twelve (12) months prior to such separation from service.

Total Disability shall be considered to have ended and entitlement to a disability benefit shall cease if the Participant (i) is re-employed by the Company or its affiliates, or (ii) engages in any substantial gainful activity, except for such employment as is found by the Committee in its sole discretion to be for the primary purpose of rehabilitation or not incompatible with a finding of Total Disability. If entitlement to a disability benefit ceases in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph, the Participant shall not be prevented from qualifying for a Benefit under another provision of the Plan.

5.5 Special Rules for Prior Plan Credits . Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account as Prior Plan Credits shall be payable under the terms of this Plan notwithstanding any contrary provisions of the Prior Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amounts that are currently being paid to Participants who are no longer employed by the Company or its affiliates or are no longer members of the Board as of the Effective Date, shall continue to be distributed in accordance with the elections in effect as of that date unless to do so is not permitted under Code Section 409A and regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

5.6 Withdrawals for Unforeseeable Emergency . Upon the occurrence of an Unforeseeable Emergency, a Participant shall be eligible to receive payment of the amount necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the participant’s assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship). The amount determined to be properly distributable under this Section 5.6 and applicable regulations and guidance under Code Section 409A shall be payable in a single lump sum only. It shall be the responsibility of the Participant seeking to make a withdrawal under this Section 5.6 to demonstrate to the Committee that an Unforeseeable Emergency has occurred and to document the amount properly distributable hereunder.


ARTICLE VI

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

6.1 Administration . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee as an unfunded deferred compensation plan that is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of Code Section 401.

6.2 Committee .

(a) Duties of the Committee . The Committee shall operate and administer the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish that purpose, including, but not limited to the discretionary authority to:

(i) interpret the Plan;

(ii) determine all questions relating to the rights and status of Eligible Employees and Participants;

(iii) make such rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof or applicable law;

(iv) change or waive any requirements of the Plan to conform with the law or to meet special circumstances not anticipated or covered in the Plan;

(v) determine the times and places for holding meetings of the Committee and the notice to be given of such meetings;

(vi) employ such agents and assistants, such counsel (who may be counsel to the Company), and such clerical and other services as the Committee may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan;

(vii) authorize one or more of their number or any agent to execute or deliver any instrument on behalf of the Committee; and

(viii) such other authority and powers relating to the administration of the Plan, except such as are reserved for the Board.

(b) Committee Decisions Final . All decisions made by the Committee or the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.

6.3 Reliance . The members of the Committee, and the Company and its officers and directors, shall be entitled to rely upon all valuations, certificates and reports furnished by any funding agent or service provider, upon all certificates and reports made by an accountant, and upon all opinions given by any legal counsel selected or approved by the Committee, and the members of the Committee and the Company and its officers and directors shall, except as otherwise provided by law, be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon any such valuations, certificates, reports, opinions or other advice of a funding agent, service provider, accountant or counsel.

6.4 Statement of Participant’s Account . The Committee shall, as soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, provide to each Participant a statement setting forth the Account of such Participant under Section 3.7 as of the end of such Plan Year. Such statement shall be deemed to have been accepted as correct unless written notice to the contrary is received by the Committee within thirty (30) days after providing such statement to the Participant. Account statements may be provided more often than annually in the discretion of the Committee.

6.5 Claims Procedures .

(a) Filing Claims . Any Participant, Beneficiary or other individual (hereinafter a “Claimant”) entitled to Benefits under the Plan, or otherwise eligible to participate herein, shall be required to make a claim with the Committee (or its designee) requesting payment or distribution of such Plan Benefits (or written confirmation of Plan eligibility, as the case may be), on such form or in such manner as the Committee shall prescribe. Unless and until a Claimant makes proper application for Benefits in accordance with the rules and procedures established by the Committee, such Claimant shall have no right to receive any distribution from or under the Plan.


(b) Notification to Claimant . If a Claimant’s application is wholly or partially denied, the Committee (or its designee) shall, within ninety (90) days, furnish to such Claimant a written notice of its decision. Such notices shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by such Claimant, and shall contain at least the following information:

(i) the specific reason or reasons for such denial;

(ii) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions upon which such denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for such Claimant to perfect his claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(iv) an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure describing the steps to be taken by such Claimant, if he wishes to submit his claim for review.

(c) Review Procedure . Within sixty (60) days after the receipt of such notice from the Committee, such Claimant, or the duly authorized representative thereof, may request, by written application to the Plan, a review by the Committee of the decision denying such claim. In connection with such review, such Claimant, or duly authorized representative thereof, shall be entitled to receive any and all documents pertinent to the claim or its denial and shall also be entitled to submit issues and comments in writing. The decision of the Committee upon such review shall be made promptly and not later than sixty (60) days after the receipt of such request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review. Any such decision on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

6.6 Payment of Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred in administering the Plan shall be paid from the Plan unless the Company elects to pay the costs and expenses.

6.7 Not a Restriction on Other Arrangements . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for the Participants.


ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

7.1 Amendment . The Company has reserved, and does hereby reserve, the right at any time and from time to time by action of the Committee or the Board to amend, modify or alter any or all of the provisions of the Plan without the consent of any Eligible Employees or Participants; provided, however, that no amendment shall operate retroactively so as to affect adversely any rights to which a Participant may be entitled under the provisions of the Plan as in effect prior to such action. Any such amendment, modification or alteration shall be expressed in an instrument executed by an authorized officer or officers of the Company, and shall become effective as of the date designated in such instrument.

7.2 Termination . The Company reserves the right to suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan, at any time in whole or in part; provided, however, that a suspension, discontinuance or termination of the Plan shall not accelerate the obligation to make payments to any person not otherwise currently entitled to payments under the Plan, unless otherwise specifically so determined by the Company and permitted by applicable law, relieve the Company of its obligations to make payments to any person then entitled to payments under the Plan, or reduce any existing Account balance.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1 Employment Relationship . A Participant shall be considered to be in the employ of the Company (and its related affiliates and subsidiaries) as long as he remains an employee of either the Company, any of its affiliates or any corporation to which substantially all of the assets and business of the Company are transferred. For this purpose, a subsidiary corporation of the Company is any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, as of the date such determination is to be made, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. Nothing in the adoption of the Plan or the crediting of deferred compensation hereunder shall confer on any Participant the right to continued employment by the Company or its affiliates, or affect in any way the right of the Company or its affiliates to terminate his employment at any time. Any question as to whether and when there has been a termination of a Participant’s employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.

8.2 Company as Agent for Related Employers . Each corporation which shall become a participating employer pursuant to Section 2.5 by so doing shall be deemed to have appointed the Company its agent to exercise on its behalf all of the powers and authority hereby conferred upon the Company by the terms of the Plan, including but not limited to the power to amend and terminate the Plan. The Company’s authority shall continue unless and until the related employer terminates its participation in the Plan.

8.3 Facility of Payments . Whenever, in the opinion of the Committee, a person entitled to receive any payment, or installment thereof, is under a legal disability or is unable to manage his financial affairs, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority to direct payments to such person’s legal representative or to a relative or friend of such person for his benefit. Alternatively, the Committee may in its discretion apply the payment for the benefit of such person in such manner as the Committee deems advisable. Any such payment or application of Benefits made in good faith in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.3 shall be a complete discharge of any liability of the Committee with respect to such payment or application of Benefits.

8.4 Funding . All Benefits under the Plan are unfunded and the Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets in order to assure the payment of any amounts under the Plan; provided, however, that in order to provide a source of payment for its obligations under the Plan, the Company may establish a trust fund. The right of a Participant or his Beneficiary to receive a distribution hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company, and neither the Participant nor his Beneficiary shall have any rights in or against any amounts credited under the Plan or any other specific assets of the Company. All amounts credited under the Plan to the benefit of a Participant shall constitute general assets of the Company and may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such purposes as it may deem appropriate.

8.5 Anti-Assignment . No right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void. No right or benefit shall be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, or torts of the person entitled to such


benefits. If a Participant, a Participant’s spouse, or any Beneficiary should become bankrupt or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any right to Benefits under the Plan, then those rights, in the discretion of the Committee, shall cease. In this case, the Committee may hold or apply the Benefits at issue or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or Beneficiary in such manner as the Committee may deem proper.

8.6 Unclaimed Interests . If the Committee shall at any time be unable to make distribution or payment of Benefits hereunder to a Participant or any Beneficiary by reason of the fact that his whereabouts are unknown, the Committee shall so certify, and thereafter the Committee shall make a reasonable attempt to locate such missing person. If such person continues missing for a period of three (3) years following such certification, the interest of such Participant in the Plan shall, in the discretion of the Committee, be distributed to the Beneficiary of such missing person.

8.7 References to Code, Statutes and Regulations . Any and all references in the Plan to any provision of the Code, ERISA, or any other statute, law, regulation, ruling or order shall be deemed to refer also to any successor statute, law, regulation, ruling or order.

8.8 Liability . The Company, and its directors, officers and employees, shall be free from liability, joint or several, for personal acts, omissions, and conduct, and for the acts, omissions and conduct of duly constituted agents, in the administration of the Plan, except to the extent that the effects and consequences of such personal acts, omissions or conduct shall result from willful misconduct. However, this Section 8.8 shall not operate to relieve any of the aforementioned from any responsibility or liability for any responsibility, obligation, or duty that may arise under ERISA.

8.9 Governing Law; Severability . The Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, including choice of law provisions, and all provisions hereof shall be administered according to the laws of that State, except to the extent preempted by federal law. A final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. In the event that any one or more of the provisions of the Plan shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of the Plan, but the Plan shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had never been contained herein, and there shall be deemed substituted such other provision as will most nearly accomplish the intent of the parties to the extent permitted by applicable law.

8.10 Tax Consequences of Compensation Reductions . The income tax consequences to Participants of Compensation reductions under the Plan shall be determined under applicable federal, state and local tax law and regulation.

8.11 Taxes . The Company shall be entitled to withhold any taxes from any distribution hereunder or from other compensation then payable, as it believes necessary, appropriate, or required under relevant law.

8.12 Section 409A . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, this Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and shall at all times be interpreted in accordance with such intent such that amounts credited to Participant’s Accounts shall not be taxable to Participants until such amounts are paid to Participants in accordance with the terms of the Plan. In furtherance thereof, no payments may be accelerated under the Plan other than to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A of the Code such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment or would otherwise subject a Participant to a penalty tax under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof. To the extent that the Company determines that Participants may be given greater flexibility to modify or revoke deferral elections under the Plan in a manner consistent with Section 409A of the Code (based on future guidance promulgated by the Internal Revenue Service and the Treasury Department from time to time), the Company may (but shall not be obligated to) amend the Plan to provide for such greater flexibility.

CARDINAL HEALTH 409, INC.

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION COPY

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, LLC

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

SECOND AMENDMENT dated July 24, 2009 (this “Amendment”) to the CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, LLC DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN effective April 10, 2007 as amended as of December 29, 2008 (the “Plan”).

WHEREAS, in order to clarify that Matching Credits under the Plan are not to be administered in a manner that would require a “true up” for total Compensation earned during a Plan Year, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) desires to amend the Plan, effective January 1, 2009, as set forth below.

Section 3.3 is amended to add the following to the end thereof:

“Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, Matching Credits, if any, for a Plan Year shall be made with respect to Deferred Compensation Credits based on a Participant’s Compensation at the time such amounts would otherwise have been earned by a Participant and in no event shall be construed to require a “ true up” of Matching Credits for annual Compensation earned by the Participant for the Plan Year as a whole.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has duly executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Harry Weininger

Name:   Harry Weininger
Title:   SVP Human Resources

Exhibit 12.1

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

     Successor             
     For the
Fiscal Year
Ended 2009
    For the
Fiscal Year
Ended 2008
    For the
Period
April 10, 2007
to June 2007
           For the
Period
July 1, 2006
to April 9, 2007
(in millions, except for ratios)                              

Earnings/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest

   $ (256.7   $ (534.1   $ (164.4        $ 48.4

Plus Fixed Charges:

             

Interest expense

     181.6        201.2        44.1             8.9

Capital interest

     —          —          —               —  

Estimated interest within rental expense

     6.6        4.6        0.9             3.6
                                   

Total Fixed Charges

     188.2        205.8        45.0             12.5

Plus: amortization of capitalized interest

     1.1        1.1       0.3             0.5

Less: Interest expense capitalized

     —          —          —               —  
                                   

Earnings

     (67.4     (327.2     (119.1          61.4

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

                4.9

Shortfall

     (255.6     (533.0     (164.1       

EXHIBIT 21.1

EX-21.1 LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC. SUBSIDIARIES

(AS OF JUNE 30, 2009)

NAME (STATE OF ORGANIZATION)

WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF CATALENT PHARMA SOLUTIONS, INC.

  1. Allcaps Weichgelatinekapseln GmbH & Co. KG (GERMANY)

  2. Allcaps Weichgelatinekapseln Verwaltungs GmbH (GERMANY)

  3. Catalent Argentina S.A.I.C. (ARGENTINA)

  4. Catalent Australia Holding Pty Ltd. (AUSTRALIA)

  5. Catalent Australia Pty Ltd. (AUSTRALIA)

  6. Catalent Belgium Holding S.A. (BELGIUM)

  7. Catalent Belgium S.A. (BELGIUM)

  8. Catalent Brasil Ltda. (BRAZIL)

  9. Catalent Canada, Inc. (CANADA)

10. Catalent Cosmetics AG (SWITZERLAND)

11. Catalent France Beinheim S.A. (FRANCE)

12. Catalent France Limoges Holding S.A.S. (FRANCE)

13. Catalent France Limoges S.A.S. (FRANCE)

14. Catalent Germany Holding I GbR (GERMANY)

15. Catalent Germany Holding II GmbH (GERMANY)

16. Catalent Germany Holding III GmbH (GERMANY)

17. Catalent Germany Schorndorf GmbH (GERMANY)

18. Catalent Ireland Holding Limited (IRELAND)

19. Catalent Ireland Limited (IRELAND)

20. Catalent Italy Holding S.r.l. (ITALY)

21. Catalent Italy S.p.A. (ITALY)

22. Catalent Japan K.K. (JAPAN)

23. Catalent Netherlands Holding B.V. (NETHERLANDS)

24. Catalent Pharma Solutions, LLC (DELAWARE)

25. Catalent Pharma Solutions GmbH (SWITZERLAND)

26. Catalent Pharma Solutions Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

27. Catalent PR Humacao, Inc. (PUERTO RICO)

28. Catalent PR Manati, Inc. (PUERTO RICO)

29. Catalent PR Guaynabo, Inc. (PUERTO RICO)

30. Catalent U.K. Swindon Holding I Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

31. Catalent U.K. Swindon Holding II Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

32. Catalent U.K. Swindon Encaps Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

33. Catalent U.K. Swindon Zydis Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

34. Catalent U.K. Packaging Holding Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

35. Catalent U.K. Packaging Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

36. Catalent U.K. Stockport Holding Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

37. Catalent U.K. Stockport Limited (UNITED KINGDOM)

38. Catalent USA Packaging, LLC (DELAWARE)

39. Catalent USA Paintball, Inc. (DELAWARE)

40. Catalent USA Woodstock, Inc. (ILLINOIS)

41. Catalent US Holding I, LLC (DELAWARE)

42. Catalent US Holding II, LLC (DELAWARE)

43. Catalent Uruguay S.A. (URUGUAY)

44. F&F Holding GmbH (GERMANY)

45. Glacier Corporation (VERMONT)

46. R.P. Scherer DDS B.V. (NETHERLANDS)

47. R.P. Scherer GmbH & Co. KG (GERMANY)

48. R.P. Scherer (Spain) S.A. (SPAIN)

49. R.P. Scherer Technologies, Inc. (NEVADA)

50. R.P. Scherer Verwaltungs GmbH (GERMANY)

51. Top Shot Publishers Limited (IRELAND)

52. Venture Laminate Limited (IRELAND)

Exhibit 31.1

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, John R. Chiminski, President and Chief Executive Officer of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2009 of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 28, 2009

 

/s/ John R. Chiminski

John R. Chiminski

President and

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION

I, Matthew M. Walsh, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 2009 of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Registrant”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Dated: September 28, 2009

 

/s/ Matthew M. Walsh

Matthew M. Walsh

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John R. Chiminski, Chief Executive Officer of the Company certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 28, 2009

 

/s/ John R. Chiminski

John R. Chiminski

President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Catalent Pharma Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Matthew M. Walsh, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: September 28, 2009

 

/s/ Matthew M. Walsh

Matthew M. Walsh

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer